CONTENTS.

LEADING ARTICLES:

Gases in Living Plants, J. C. ARTHU

Certain Shell Heaps of the St. John’s River, Florida (Illustrated), CLARENCE

B. Moore 8, 113, 605,

Legends of the Sumiro Accadians of Chaldea, ALICE BODINGTON

The Flight of Birds (Illustrated). J. LANCASTER

Joint Formations Among the Invertebrata (Illustrated). BENJAMIN SHARP...

The Ancyclopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyx (Illustrated) H. F. OSBORN..

The Quantity of Human Life, J. Lawron WILLIAMS

The Titanotherium Beds (Illustrated).

An _—_ Produced oe without Charictatiasice of the Mother (Illus-

é H. Bo

‘On the ee of p POES RSE R. W. SHUFELDT.

The Genealogy of Man (Illustrated). E. D. COPE

The Probable Physiognomy of the Cretaceous Plant Population, C. MACMIL-

LAN...

An Extreme Case.of Parasitism, ROBERT HESSLER

'On the TUNE and Distribution of the North Aaron Unionidae, with

s on the West Coast aries C. T. Sm

Recent uaa of. Catnivorous Plants; J.-G. Saabr its. ois cists wsiesseiesn’: dhevens

A New Theory of the Mechanical rt x the Metapodial Keels of Di-

plarthra (Illustrated). J. L. WORTMA

Among the Cliff-Dwellers (Illustrated). C. c WEBSTER

New Discoveries of Fossil Mammalia of Southern Patagonia, F. AMEGHINO..

Recent Researches upon the Succession of the Teeth in Mammals, H. F. Os-

BO:

Symbiosis and Mutualism in Lichens, ROSCOE POUND.....-.sssseee cesses sesseseee

Evolution and Dichromatism in the Genus Megascops, E. M. HASBROUCK ...521,

The Cinnamon Harvest-Spider and its Variations (Illustrated). C. M. WEED.

Some —— in etic and Phylogeny in Brachiopoda (Illustrated),

C. E.B

ssssesse

Notes on nog Tarea of Europe ue BasHFoRD DEAN. 625,

The Spore-Forming Species of the Genus Saccharomyces, J. C: BAY...........

The Philosophy of Flower Seasons, H. L. CLARKE

The Morphology of Root ebeiles of Leguminosae (Illustrated). ALBERT

On oe — of the Carapace in the Devonian Crustacean Rhinocaris ; and

e Relation of the Genus to Mesothyra and the Phyllocardia (Ilustra

p J M. CLARKE

708

118

599

697

685

General Physiology and its Relation to Morphology. C. O. WHITMAN........

rece in its General AEN H. L. RUssELI

847,

f Lateroversion of the Ophidian Heart (Illustrated). P. A. FISH.

Woes as an Acquired ak erpai ALPHEUS HYATT......

a Eggs of Pityophis melanoleucus (Illustrated). J. P. MOORE

he Genera of the Dipnoi Dipneumones, HOWARD AYRES

Wied Intelligence, JAS. WEI

Notes on a Collection of A from North Western Louisiana, and Harri-

son County, Texas, L. W. VAUGHN

Trenton and ceg mme Gravel Specimens Compared with the SA "9

Refuse in America and Europe rapsi C.M

Notes on E ppap insect, TD; AG

The Color Variations of the Milk Snake (Illustrated). E. D. Cope.............

EDITORIALS.— The Antivivisectionists in Pennsylvania,-26; The Coming

Peary Expedition, 26; Dates of Issue of the NATURALIST for 1892,

27; The Law of Priority in Nomenclature, 184; The Meeting of the

Societies at Princeton, 135; The American Table at Naples, 136; ae

Geological Survey of Inoi, 238; Reform in Orthography, 238;

tality of the English Sparrow, 239; The American aa So.

rnal o

ogy, 360; A Preserve for New Zealand, 360; The Geological Survey

of Georgia, 450; The Exhibition of Monstrosities, 450; Game Protec-

tion in New York, 451; The ee of the American Philo-

sophical Society, 542; A Museum for Chicago, 886; Duplication of

Names for Postoffices, 886 ; Biography of American Botany, 887;

he Zoologists and the Am n Association, maipi Specimens in the

Mails, 979; The Glacialists? Macs ne, 980; The Bureau of Ethnol-

gy ; The Pronunciation of Arkansas, ie, College and Univer-

sity Periodicals, 1072; Appropriation for the Gypsy Moth Commission,

1072; Dates of Issues of the NATURALIST for 1893, 1073.

RECENT BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS.—28, 137, 240, 361, 452, 544, 650, 724, 808,

889, 982,

iv The American Naturalist. ; [Vol. XXVII,

802

1050

RECENT LITERATURE.—The Apodi idae, 31; Darwin and After Darwin, 31;

The Diseases of Personality, 33; Two Text-Books of Human Embry-

ology, 140 ; Geological Survey of Texas, 1891, 142; Mineral Resour-

ces of the United States, 1889 and 1890, 143 ; Memojrs of the PRS

Academy of Sciences, Vol. V, 243; Brooks and Bruce on the E bry-

ology of the Macrura, 243; Campbell’s Biology, "e laia

Papers of the U. S. Geol. Surv., Neocene, 246; Cary on the Evolution

of the Minnesota Valley, 365; Ridgwa way, on the Anatomy of the Hum-

ming-Birds and Swifts—A Rejoinder, 367; Beddard’s Animal Colora-

Vols. I and II, 455; The Earth’s Hi story, 456; Wright’s Light, 496;

Evolution of the Colors of North American Land Birds, 547 ; Wright’s

Man and the Glacial Period, 550 ; Some Recent Books on B Bacteriology,

554; Report on the Fish and Fisheries of the United States for 1888,

1893] s Contents. v

556; A Popular Botany, 653; Two Text-Books of Physiology, 654;

Caldenwood on Mental Evolution,654; Hawks and Owls of the United

States, 727; Fresh Water Algae and the Desmidieae of the United

States, 727; Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the New Jersey Creta-

ceous _— 7285 smears # oe Veuetants vers ali; Report of the

Year,1891,811;

The ae Paleolgy aa the Liane itatacado, 811; Weider-

sheim’s Comparative Anatomy, 892; Mill’s Diatomaceae, 892; Ken-

nel’s Zoology, ae Iowa Geological Survey, First Annual Report for

2,985; Correlation Papers—The Newark System, 987; Spalding’s

Guide to the Study of Common Plants, 988; Annual Report of the

United States Geological Survey, 1889-90, 990; The Report of the

Death Valley Expedition, 990 ; Piersol’s Histology, 1077; First Annual

ol for sping of the Iowa ie Rept niki Survey, 1078; The Pale-

ozoic p of afi 1078; The Mesozoic Echinodermata of the

de seein. 1079; The Flora a the Dakota Group, 1079; Fritsch’s

Fauna of the faiths of Bohemia 1079

GENERAL NOTES.— Geography and Travels.—Africa, 253, 458, 730 ; America,

255; Asia, 257, 461; Europe, 261, 730; Polar Regions, 268, 468;

ee 260, 466 ; The Iowa State sees ere to the West

dies and Florida Keys, set General Not 464

cae sald Paleontology.—On e T SPAT y ie 34; Geology of

Northwestern Alabama, nates ; The Mesosauria of South Africa, 35; Kan

sas Pterodactyls, 36; dies Formations of Southern ennen

44; The Genus Hybodus, 145 ; On some Dicynodont and Other Rep-

tilian Remains from the Elgin Sandstone, peed Cenozoic Insects, 146:

Uplifts in the Sierras of Califo ornia, 147; w Pliocene Ruminant,

147; A Remarkable Artiodactyle from a el River Epoch, 147 ;

The White Clays of the Ohio Region, 148 ; Geology of Eastern Siberia,

257 ; Geological Features of Arabia Petraea and Palestine, 267; Ver-

tebrate Fauna of the Ordovician of Colorado, 268; The Loess in South-

ern Russia, 269; Sources of the Texas Drift, 269; Currents of the

North Atlantic, 375; Fins of Paleaspis americana, 375; New Re eptiles

from the Elgin Sandstone, 376; Fossil Reptiles from the Parana, visas

On the Systematic Position of the Genus Protogonodon, ash, Bro

Coal and Lignite of Texas; Extinct Fauna of Mauritius, 379; The

‘Western oman of Ecuador, 469; Devonian Fossils fm Manitoba,

469; Jura and Trias in Taylorville, California, 470; The Post-Lara-

mie Beds of Middle Park, Colorado, 471; Marine Pliocene Beds of the

aea 471; The Oneonta and Chemung Formations in Eastern

Cen New York, 558; Tertiary Insects from Colorado and Utah,

e A Supposed New Order of Gigantic Fossils from Nebraska, 559 ;

Mammalia from the “ Pits of Gargas,” 560; The Norian nag of Can-

ada, 656; The Caudal Fin of Ichthyosaurian Reptiles

sil Fishes from the Upper Lias, 657 ; Affinities of sins Se 657;

Cretaceous Formations of Mexico, 657; On a New Musteline from the

John Day Miocene, 658 ; The Mammals of the Deep River Beds, 659;

- Conditions of Eraio Beneath Deep Glaciers, 662 ; The Moon’s Face,

The American Naturalist. [Vol. XXVII,

734; North America During Cambrian Time, 734; Lower Silurian

Brachiopoda of Minnesota, 735; Recent Volcanic Eruptions in Cali-

fornia, 818; Continental Problems, 816; Mineral Resources of the

United States for 1891, 816; Notes on Upper Devonian Fishes from

Canada, 817; The Diatomaceae of the Triassic (?) Sandstone of New

Jersey, 817; Do Glaciers Excavate? 818; Plistocene Deposits of Rus-

sia, 819; A New Plistocene Sabre-Tooth, 896; The Laurentian of the

Ottawa District, 996 ; Relations of the Laurentian and Huronian Rocks

North of Lake Huron, 996; The Carboniferous Glaciers of Central

France, 997 ; Quicksilver Ore Deposits, 998; The Discovery of Mio-

cene Amphisbaenians, 988; On Symmorium and the Position of the

Cladodont Sharks, 999; Mud Avalanches in the Mustagh Mountains,

82; Cladodont Sharks of the Cleveland Shale, 1083; The Neocene

Sierra aoe 1084; Geological News, 37, 149, 270, 471, 560, 662,

Minera S Petrography.—The Origin and ae of Igneus Rocks,

; The Novaculites of Arkansas, 42; ew Occurrence of Prtiolite,

43; Mineral Syntheses, 45, 277, 567; Lande Blowpipe Analysis

46; The Rocks of the Thalhorn, 272; The New Jersey Eleolite- ag

nite, 272 ; Mica a from kai ms; Rhyolites in Maryland

and Penn., 273; The Nepheline and Lencite Rocks of Brazil, 274;

Cecialinerschic aoe of Diopsides, 275; Hore from Hebron,

Maine, 276; Methods and Instruments, 278; An Appendix to ‘* Gems

of North America,” 278; Description of the New Rock Type, Mal-

chite, 880; Petrography of Hokkaido, Japan, 880; Two Peculiar

Rocks from Siberia, 381; An Ottrelite Bearing Conglomerate in Ver-

mont, 382; Lithophysae in the Rocche-Rosse, 382; The Composition

of Dune Sands of the Netherlands, 882; Quartz-Gabbro in Mary-

d, 383; Minerals from the Diamond Fields of Brazil, 383 ; ta

Resins 385; Isomorphism, 386; Etched Figures 6;

chemical Reaction. 387; Miscellaneous, 387 ; The Besisgrapky at ad

anada, 564; The Melibocus “Massiv” and its Dyke Rocks,

; The Granites of Argentina, S. A., 565; New Edition of Rosen-

ater Volume of Minerals, 567 ; eae Teal 567, 1093; Rock Sep-

arations, 568; Anorthorites and Diabases from the Minnesota Shore of

Lake Superior, 898; Volcanic Rocks of the Andes, 898; Basalts and

Trachytes from Gough’s Island, 899; Origin of the Gneisses of Heidel-

rg, 899; American Minerals, 901; Trachytes and Andesites of the

Siebengebirge, 1003; Variolite Dyke in Ireland, 1003; Chemical Na-

ture of Eruptive Rocks, 1003; Norites in the Eastern United States,

1004; Ottrelite Conglomerate in Vermont, 1004; Chalcedony and

other Silicious Spherulites, 1005; Danalite from Redruth, Cornwall

1005; Mirabilite Changed to Theradite, 1006 ; The Schists of South-

ern Berkshire, Massachusetts, 1087; The Phonolytes of the Hegan,

1087 ; The Ricks of a-New Island off Pantelleria, 1088; Analy:es

of Aalan Minerals, 1090; North American Minerals, 1091; Phy-

Contents.

cal Properties of Minerals, 1092; Petrographical News, 42, 274,

yan 1008 ; Mineralogical News, 43, 276, 384, 903, 1006; New Min-

erals, 45, 566, 900; Miscellaneous, 387, 903

Botany. —A New Edition Wolle’s Desmids, 47 ; Botanical Definitions, og

ngler

Timely Words o the Nomenclature Question, 48;

Prantl’s Waiuitichea Pa anil. 49; An International Sisk

Congress, 279; N orth American shai Century, , 474; New

York Fungi, 474; Seymour and Earle’s Economic Fungi, 475; H

sted’s Weed. Seeds, 475 ; Morong’s earki e he Canadian Mosses

and Lichens, 476; Caeoma nitens, 569; Our Naids, 569; Hough’s

American Woods, 570; Allen’s Characeae of Pai 570; The

Plants of the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Grand Cayman, 664; “The e Sapro-

legniaceae of the United States, 665; The Coming Botanical Meetings

at Madison, 738 ; ae Algae, 739; Check-List of New North

American ta, 821; Shall we Decapitalize Specific Names? 821;

The Use of Personal imi in Designating Species, 822; Botany at

the Madison Meetings, 823; Kuntze’s Revisio Generum Plantarum,

0 ws

Zoology.—Locomotion of Limpets, 51; Tunicate Studies, 51; Skeleton and

Teeth of the Australian Dugong, 51; On the Cephalohumeral Muscle

and the So-Called Clavicle of mers 52; A New Synaptomys from

New Jersey, 53; A New Evotomys from Southern New Jersey, 54;

The Cercaria Stage of Aiia, 151; Fecinidioi of the Eggs of

phiuma, 154; On a New Spade-Foot from Texas, 155; The Pedal

Skeleton ofthe Dorking Fowl,156; Allen’s Faunal hi of North Amer-

ica, 282; The Madagascar Fauna, 282; The Nephridia of Amphioxus,

283; The Position of the Marsipobranchs, 284; Degeneration of the

Clitoris, 284; Sed German Zoological Society, 388; Eyes of sont

tes, 389; Arachnida, 389; The Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Am

North of Cerros ae 390 ; On the Mechanical Genesis of the Sais

of Fishes, 391; Systematic Position of the Kiwi, 392; Mammals from

the Galapagos Islands, 394; The New England Species of Balanoglos-

sus, 477 ; Marsipobranchs, 477; Lateral Line of Siluroids, 477; Pro-

dromus of a New System of the Non-venomous Snakes, 477; A Medusa

from Lake Tanganyika, 571 ; The Air-Bladder and Weberian Ossicles

in the Siluroid Fishes, 571; Age Modifications of the Mucous Lining

of the Stomach of Ruminants, 572; A Deformity Inherited, 667; Pre-

liminary Note on the ae of the Species Usually United under

the Generic Name Sebastodes, 668 ; Batrachians of British India, 671;

Washington and British soar Ornithology, 671; Notes on the

Classification of the Cryptodira, 672; Two New Species of North

American Testudinata, 675; Zoology of the Lower Saskatchewan River,

741; Classification of the Actiniae, 829; Maioid Crabs in the National

Museum, 830; A New Lancelet 830; Descriptions of Four New Ro-

dents from California, 831; How Young Flickers are Fed, 1014; For-

syth Major and Rése on the Theory of Dental Evolution, 1014; Effects

Vil

1008

viii The American Naturalist. [Vol. XXVII,

of Temperature on the aape of Lepidoptera, 1016; Fish Acclimati-

zation on the Pacific Coast, 1017; The Molluscs of the Water Mains of

Embryolo — trulation of Aurelia, 57; Cleavage n Aeguoria Jorskila:

58; Experimental Embryology, 158 ; Studies in n Insect Embryology,

i erm- Epi

ade pee 397; Experiments mi “Cleav e, 388; Germ-Layers of

Vertebrates, 485 ; The Mantle of Ascidians 486; The Sea-Urchin Egg,

743 ; A Contribution to Insect Embryology, 745 ; Frog Eggs Under

Pressure, 1097; Em PTR i Chiton, 1098; Lithium Monsters,

1099; Mechanics of Embr

Entomology. —The Pupa of Areyramoti oedipus, 60; Horn-F ly in Cana ie

and Texas, 63; The Wheat Frit-Fly, 64; On a Small Collection of

c nent from the High pink B of British Columbia, 164 ;

Peculiar Seed Like Case-Worm from t an n, 166, 402; The

Pear-Tree ; Notes on Ohi other Phalangiidae, 294;

Gall-Producing Insects, 296 ; Recent Publications, 29 a ; Termi-

tophilous Insects, 400; Notes on the Mou s and Thorax of In-

sects and Chilopods ; The Woolly Alder Aphis, 402; The upar

i (0) pùaripeza, 402; No eric ormetida 74;

om 680 ;

& a

[e]

T; $ i

n Atriplex, 1104; Honey Adulterations, 1105; North Ameri-

can italien: 1106; Entomological News, 64, 169, 578

AES Fa Solution of the Dust oe m in Microscopy ee ed),

ing P ne, 407; A Meth he fey sori the Blood-Vessels

i n Ova

Psychology.—Notes on Habits of European may e; A Nest-Building F ie,

67 ; Horse ‘‘Human Nature,” 68; Vision in a Young Girl Six Years

of Age, Operated upon for Double Congenital Cataract, 171; The

i e Snakeman

Archeology and Ethnology.—Lege ndary Evolution of the Navajo Indians, 69

ea and Population of European Co untries, 173; A Measure of Civil-

ization, 174; International Congress of Americanists, 300, 579, 755

838; Language Versus Ana’ atomy in Determining Human Races, 581 :

The cents of New: Zew Zealand, 582; The Exposicion Historico.

. Americano, 838, 907; The Explorations in the Delaware Valley, 1023;

The Tatera sl Congress of ee Archeology and Anthro-

at prer

RECORD oF AMERICA j van beiesi

PROCEEDINGS OF Scimvrivic SOCIETIES, 80; 176, 306, 409, 488, 585, 682,

762, 918, 1

ScIENTIFIC News, a 191, 410, 489, 592, 683, 764, 844, 917, 1088... ..000000

1096

1100

298

1893.]

Index. ix

INDEX.

CANTHODES semistriatus.... 149

Accipiter nisus 65

oe A poe rast 36 166

red Character 191

Acquired Pohibdetertetic Dic uevieesvebeed 865

Acr eu perinus 662

Actiniae, “Clastcaton of PRE EE ST 829

Acuto ME A Eni 669

Adelonycters Pho vise heverenes UO

Aisculus hi stanum Lesecssssen 589

Aine of Ichthyormisi.s. sos 657

African Travel, notes of........s.00 254

Apa Scientific Society of Oregon 683

Agathaumas, plaster cast of........ - 593

Agelacrinitidaë... siseses. sesse -soem 87

Age Fy ator! of the mucous

ing of the Stomach of

gues I ts 572

Agrimonia mollis 1112

nia striata 1112

a falcata.......+. se reer 153

ASi e ERN 1

riage ay and Weberian Ossicles

n the Siluroid Fishes........... 7

P ee a al Survey. 192

Algae (Fr h Water) 73

Algae abe Deamids me Water)

of the U..S., Stokes’..2..6<.2...

pheus saulcyi 243

Amara remotestriata De iiias

Ameghino, F,, New Discoveries

of re en in South-

ern 439

Soka F AERE ERPE Society... 289

American g pigain Society, Fifth

_ Annu tin 17,

American Aes ra iE ee 901

American Morphological Society. 307

American Psychological Associa

GO a e ciseeeee 186

ican Society of Naturalists... . 306

erican Woods, Houghs.......... 570

Amnicola lutetiana . 1094

Amone God Sera ame Cok.

Am Peis lips leni Harr...... 289

Amphibolips ilicifoliaé Bass......... é

Amphibolips i me Ses ics, 289

Amphisbaenians, Miocéne.......... 998

Amphistomum subclavatum. ........ 151

rr ala POCORN oss Bs cccese 296

Anal 007

Analysis of American Minerals.... 1090

Aoii OF PIE Sa e cssss nah 008

Anchitherium equinum 661

ee .&B 670

Ancyk 118

Ancylopoda Chalicotherium and

Artionyx, H. F. Osborn........ 118

Andricus sep si Rw: 289

pe bie M Seana iia ore 1018

al Colo loration, Beddard’s......

Animal Intelligence, Jas. Weis Jr. 933

736

a S A dae Wes bwl E E NE 1093

Anorthosites of Cana 563

ET and “se

he Mapaana Shore of Lake

3 perio

rcti c Con

Antivivisectionists i - n Pennsylvania 26

omus mu

Authon 64

Aphis persicoe- eae E Seuveceus 578

Aphodius pi obey Mani. ics 166

Aphodius granarius Linn............. 165

Aphodius ursinus a Ma ts. 165

Apodidae, Bernard’s 31

Appendicularia mossii 51

Pran proe ate Fauna of

Wyoming and Montana........ 1096

Arabia Petraea 267

Arachinda...... 389

ralia eocenica 971

Archeology 69, 173, 300, 579, 755

838, 907, 1023

Archean News 149 270

Penge ge MS auses

Area a A pues of European

Cot 173

teens ipus Fabs usri. 60

Arkansaw or Arkans

Arthur, J. j D in n Living

Plants

baat hal from the White “ages

Epoch, description of, E.

118

x The American Naturalist.

Tn gaudryi

Ascidia

Asia Minor, ve tbe co peepee

Aspidium cris

a a ee Anato-

Astr. wis MRO

Fesinsoe ron lucayanum...

Atalaph a bra chyoti Ss

Atriplex canescens 1021

pugon separ ~ the Advance- i

Adain, A OTA 466

Avian fauna of yeki beds

OF Qacenlahd assein

joai Pocket i in certain Chame-

Ayes H., On the Genera of thé

Dipnoi Dipneumones............ 91

Azurite 276

ACTERIA and their Products. 556

E T a a PR ‘554

Bacteriology in its General

Relations, A, L. Russell

847 1050

Baden, Geolagical History of...... 1089

Badde ley

Bailey, L H, What is an Acquired

NEED 91

Delano hs kowalevskii........... 77

Balanoglossus, the New England

species of

Banks, N., Notes on the Mouth-

parts ‘and akg of Insects

and. Chilopodt i ise Feri 400

Baram LT and Mi, Dulit, Bor-

oie phon Of. ccs 1 FES

Basaltsa and” Trachytes from Gough’s

Batrachians 9 a Tegea Indias. vise 671

Potra hiii News, nei a sso 28

Batrachia fi from "Tex

mar, = Dasit of Testudi-

675

nen, G; bee Hantal of Mio-

cene Amphisbænians............ 998

ga G, Notes on haiak Box

ur, G., Rep tes on the Clas:

tion of the Cry PR cs <07

y, J-C., Spore-forming

of the genus Saccharomyces... 685

Bay of Fundy ‘Coast during t the

Beecher, es Sn ey eal Correlations

in the ee and Phylo-

geny of the Brachiopoda...... 599

[XXVII

Belonostomus sweetii 150

nse aia insertum Mots. siess eee 164

384

Bessey, E E., Daia Nomen-

E 47

ons e E., Botany at the Mad-

ison Meeting 823

Bessey, C. E., Allen’s Characeæ

of America 570

Bessey, C. E., Review of Dana’s

How to know Wild Flowers.. 653

man Ba Hough’s American

S r jN Review of Humph-

rey’s Saprolegniaceæ of the

UMEO AMES sioneer parate 664

Bessey, C. E., on s Naiads... 569

Bessey, C. E., Review of MacMil-

lan’s gat of the Min-

NESDIS VANE V cis centinsoses saene 5

Bessey, C. E., Review of Spald-

ines Gilde X the Study of

Com Plants 988

Bessey, C. E, Richard’s Develop-

ment of Caeoma TT NOORA 9

Dai, C. E., Shall we decapi-

talize specific names 21

B G E of

ames in desiginating species. 822

Bibliography of American Py 887

ig -» Review of Hae

sky s Cleavage i in Aequoria ra

cannes 58

Biological, aaas of the Iow

e University to the West

Indies and the Florida Keys... 894

Biological Station at Plon............ 17

Biology, Camp 245

Bird Bones (Neocene)........0. sses: 737

Birds, Mexican 742

Birds of Michig 096

Birds of Paradise and the Bower-

Birds ~- BA

Bismuthinite 903

ege ae hydrographical explor-

n of. 262

itean ias ni odias 573

tga fa antilopinus APITAR 662

Bles 844

Blowpipe pecan Landauer’s.... 46

at “a on, A., Legends of the

Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea

14,1 410

Boliyina pe TREE 561

Book Publication i in “America. stessa 859

Borneo, travels i

1893,]

T pocer Natural History, 81

, 313, — = 585, 682, 1113

ienis Club, eedin pes of,

Madison, pele 18 913

Botanical Definitions 7

AE hee at Madison...... 738

Botanical 279

Bot ms Bd 2 474, 569, 664, 738, 821

Botan e Madison Meetings,

eel a 823

erence of silicious me init Retire 44

Boveri, The Organism produced

exua aed await aiarar

f the 222

Box Tortoises, PARTEA of, G,

Packscb i aeae ches Sorte anar 677

Brachiopoda of Minnesota Lower

Silu 735

i 45, 1007

ect C. L. Restoration of Osmic

Acid Solutions 175

Brook, Ja 917

Brooks and Bruce on ia: Embryol-

ogy of the Macroura....... sii 243

Brown Coal and Li lais of Texas,

Dumble’s..: 3

Bufo compactilis 156

Bufe debitis 156

Bufo punctatus 156

Bulima trigona..........066 seo 561

B s lauta I 165

Bureau of Ethnology 980

a rma = eee TOA TOM. cissi 65

of Rodents (fossil)......... 559

tng eyelophorus Kisbycnacna 16:

Byrrhus kirbyi I 135

ACHE, Long Bluff..ss.e..-......…- 616

Cacoma nitens 56

Calcium carbonate crystal..... 276

Call, Prof. R. E 411

Calyptrate Muscidæ 578

Canis ANCEDS icc ss cece: S TR

Canis lupt 5i

Cape Town University 817

Carabus oregonensi p becrreand 1

Carapace in ~ Devonian Crusta-

cean Rhino J. M.C _ 793

Cocboatinness Eustis of Centra

France 997

Carnivorous AFU 413

Carrington PERN 4

Case- worm from the Grand Cation;

a 1

Cauc i Rs s erat 261

Caudal "Fin of ran Rep- i

til es 65

Cecidomyia atriplicis............+.-.- 1021

Cecidomyia caryocola O. S........... 273

Indez.

Cecidomyia holotricha O. S.. 73

Cecidomyia alae a Q. S.. iaie - 278

Cecidomyia tubicola O. S............ 273

Cecro se a cocoons 184

Cenozoic In 146

Genote news, 38 150, 271, 473,

561, 663, 737, 100 2, 1085

Cephalo-humeral muscles and the

so-called Clavicle of Carniv-

ora 52

Cephalophus spadix 56

Cercaria Stage of Amphistomum.... 151

Cerussite 44

Chabasite 884

io crue and other Silicious

Sp RRB ET anv bins: O RR 1095

E bálicaiké ME TERE OREO 118, 128

Chameleon isabellinus 286

Chameleon vulga 1095

Ch mpia parvu ula 979

C treme of America, Allen’s...., 570

CUO Mi a E ues, 1038

C baek- List of New North Ameri-

ant 821

Chelonia ERS iirde foriros 673

a ao e E E O 673

TNIV OVONCER. core sesesicssess scevcsaes 673

ara: pe ft a pati A 830

on marmoratus 1098

oie squamosus 1098

Christianite 884

Cinnamon Harvest Spider and its

Varieties. e M. Weed......... 534

Cladod ont SHARES nini ear 1083

Cladodus tepeleri 1083

Clarke, te t : Philosophy of

Flower Sea 769

Clarke, o n the structure of

the Carapace in tbe’ Devonian

Crustacean Rhinocaris ;

Relation of the genus to

Moothgma and the Phyllocar-

San s s Mesozois Echinodermata of

the United States.................

oe? wet Aequor forskalea,

Cams k’s ne on... 398

Clidastes velox......... sisereses 1985

Clidas aaa somsis OS

Chi Dwellers seess iisas sedeesses 435

CupE spiatteliaties thdoewrnebaee be 56

Clymnella elongata...........ssseeseee 1096

C te ahoga: sssi aeus 560

Coccinella transversoguttata a Fabr.. +- 105

occus cacti 1041

Cockerell, T. D. A. N on the

ochineal Insec 1041

Coelocerus grandis

FOOTE ee come ee seewee

xii

Cole, A. H., Solution of the Dust

copy

The American Naturalist.

Problem in Microscopy.....+++- 405

Coleoptera from High Mountains of

British Columbia 164

Coloceras globatum 872

Color Variations of the Milk Snake

E. D. ope

a "Anatomy, Wieder-

sheim 892

Cone-in-Cone Structure 0

` Congress oerna ry of the World’

Columbian Exposition of 1893. 1028

pos a at Teius Bey i. 1085

a a $ came of pre-

tag M olluscan Ova........... 1026

Conquest nt es Vegetable ¥ World,

ETS 811

E Poblet 16

Conway, W. M., expedited of..... 465

Cooke, C 170

Cookeite ......... 901

Cope, E. 038

Cope, E. D., Color Variations of

the Milk Snake 6

Cope, E. D., pare of Spea

laticeps Co 155

Cope, E. D., Fossil Reptiles from

iha Danan 76

e E. D., The Genealogy of

Man 21

Cope, E. D., A New Plistocene

Sa ae h 896

Cope. E. D., morium, and

the Position of the Cladodont

999

Cope, E. D., Prodomus of a new

system of the ek ra

Snakes var

Cope, E. D,, Review of Beddard’s

Animal Coloration 871

Cope, D.. Review of Calder-

wood’s Mental aran cutee 654

Cope, E. D., Review of Cary

Study 48

Cope, E. D., Review, ul The

Death o oo EER

i ‘ ew of Earle s

Species of albert -- 250

Cope, E. D., Review of Fritsch’

Gaskhole of Bohemia............. 1079

Cope, E. D., Review of- Forsyth

Major and Röse on the Theory

of Dental Evolution............. 1014

Cope, E. D., Review of Keeler’s

Evolution of the North Amer-

ican Land 47

Cope, E. D., Review a Wrights

Man and the Glacial Period... 550

Cope E. D., Remarkable Artio-

dactyle from the White River

Cope, E D., Vertebrate nies

ogy of the Llano Esta

Corning, Dr. H.

Correlation — a = Lt RS

Geol.

Correlations ol On + i lien d Phy-

n the Besthiopida, C,

ne ae

Corvus monedula

S Earle’s species

Co: ene, ao American ......

Coultero pre E

Crassidulus

sce

Cre apis EE of Mexico..

Cretac

atins strata on Staten Island..

Crommelin, Dr., Jan Pieter van

Wickevoor

Plants

Crustaceans from the Indian Arch-

ipelago

Cryptodira, classification of, G.

Baur

Crystalline Schis

rys roma l experiments on..

Cuprocassiterite ohian lioes

Currents of ain North Atlantic......

Cyclus scottii

ycl

yclopidius i es Sopeapvessertes

ynodesmus thooide

AHOMEY, coquest of.........+++

Daimon aire

Danais archippus. ......:....se0-

ney shee Redauth, Cornwall..

Dar after Darwin, Ro-

Dates sof is issue of Naturalist for 1892

Datholit

Davii, 1. W

an, B., N n the ga rine

Biological LAG atori of

Europe 625

Death Valley Expedition............

Deca preh from the Indian Archi-

DeCandoile, , Alphonse Louis Pierre

et tira a Se N SERS

Degeneration of es LSAtons E E

Dendrohyrax vali

Dendromys nigttrons. Sebscenes

or Ai oa.

Dermatemydidae........crsssvece psss

PE MOCheIyidne, sinesi nirondrerti

[XXVII, .

a ia EEA i or ee

1893.] Index xiii

“> pis crenidens 660 descriptions of new Fishes

Detection of Minerals 387 from the Northwes me | |

De opinen of the vertebrae and Eigenmann, C a ac. H. Bee-

he my ic coel in An- son, Pre ry note e

guis and Tropidnotus............ 285 prone 4 of the Species

Devonian Fossils from Manitoba... 469 peo A United under the Gen-

Devonian Plants 084 c Name Sebastodes

Diamond in Meteoric Iron.......... 1009 Eighth “International Congress of

Diapheromera femorata.............. 1113 American PONS 755

Diatomaceae, Mill’s............000. 00 892 | Eggs of Pityophis melanoleucus, J.

iatomaceae of the yea (?) P 878

Sandstone of New Jersey...... 817 ta 1115

eas maae EEEE 6 la aps fulvus 286

vinula 170 | Electricity and Cleava 396

Dieyorhabdus T priscus 268 ephas meridionalis.......0.sessssess 87

Dicynodont Remains from the EBlginia: mirabilige. kine: 876

lgin Sandstone......... asveves 145 prs es 57, 158, 288, 395,

Dinichthys intermedius 270 743 1097

Dinobastis 897 PUNY bonnie Of: Chilton R AnA; 1098

Dinornis queetetendise MEG 1002 | Embryology, Hertwig’s a aay

iopsides 275 Srog of the Macrura... EUR 243

Diplodu us problematicus.............. 149 675

Diptera brasiligne. s cninn 578 ra Aoo bleekeri 737

Disastrophus cocan O. S.. 239 | Engadine Lakes, origin Of..sssss...…. 1086

Disastrop vie sne us O., S......... 289 | Entomology 164, 293, 400,

Disclose ti UET 736 74, 679, 750 rases ... 904, 1104

eart of Ati rt Ribot’s. 33 Entomological SOMO 6 caves vedas 1106

rei m curtains StS yee < 1094 Entomological Notes 64......... 99 681

Diviessaie parador soi... 1004 ntomological Study 170

i gegia tumida 1094 | Eolite Pene from New Jersey.... 272

Ennes. 69 | Epigenes 289

Dugong, skeleton: ait ner of an Equus mi 812

51 | Equus sivalensi 39

Wie eri 1006 racia brevico 1096

oes ‘Sends in the Netherlands, Eriptychu ericant 268

382 Erosion beneath Dees Glaciers..... 662

Tichieation of Names of Aione 886 | Eruptive Ro cks, chemical nature of 1003

Dust ie em in Microscopy, A. eprinhe graminis 474

H. 405 eae: i BF

Etehed FIPS.. i iseen svete ke

Enoka @ 69, 173, 300, 579, 755,

ARLE, C., On the Pega 838 907

position of Pro otogonodon...... 77 | Euclase 384

Earth’s History, abate Sask 456 | Eudamns tityrus 1018

Echi ic EAE E 395 | Eulalie lobułata 1096

Echinoderms of the Eocene......... 473 nno: pire ME Jccbieses 1016

Echinus microtuberculatus 226, 228 Eunotosaurus africanus............. i

743 oe gen pholyphylls pasruar wwe

Stine hip pest Lowlands ete 467 Dorin SUCHE oss: fac ccs.

Ecuadorian Andes, Travels in...... 255 reie and Dichromatism of the

Binasi 26, 134, 238, 359, 450, Genus Megascops, E. M. Has-

54l, 1072 638

Edwards, A. M; tomaceae of Rilition of Foot Structure, Cary’s 248

the Triassic 0) § idiot of Evolution d the North American

New jersey. meg eeose ocsssss 547

cee ai Temperature o on the Col- Evolution of T Mammalia

of Lepidoptera...... “sa 1016 in its bearing aN the Problem

ichisenie crassi pes 1113 of Phylogeny............+0 586

Eigenmann, C. & R., Prelimi Evotomys gapperi rho ell isc 54

Xiv

co Aaah in the Delaware Val-

Explorations in the Amazon Basin 1115

Exposicion Historico Americano;

P Madrid Spain

Experimental Embryology........... 158

Extreme Case of Parisitiem, R.

Hessler.. 346

AN dentition 321

TOOS. rras of North Amer-

Fauna pe aos of Manuritius........ 379

— as sae! o the Eggs of Chinus

151

Fe lis ck ae eidy 897

Fertilization of the a ee. 285

Finger Lakes of New i sabaw . 1085

Fins of Palaeaspis americana....... 75

Fish Acclimatization on he Pacific

Coast 1017

Fishes (dwarfed) 741

Fishes lossil from the Upper

657

raae ce the Pacific Coast of

ca north of the Cerros

390

fois

ha per, of the Permian of

France 560

Fish a Fisheries of the U. S. for

Ta P A of " Laterover-

sion of the ‘Ophidian Heart... 860

1014

Flickers.

Kupat of Dads aa Lancaster........

Fol gerite

566

Forest Flora of New South Wales. 1039

* 1014

Fossil Booki, Hetin age of. 14!

Fossil Plan m Kootanie......... 1085

Fossil Pants fi from Texas.es. reocseaee 1085

Fourchite 275

Foxes in git Talend 1108

Triedelite 276

Trit-fly

fritsch’s Fauna of the Gaskohle of

Bohemia

Frog’s Eggs under Pressure...... ss. 1097

Fuchsite 090

—— < (Eeonomic) Seymour and 4

Fungi o NoT 474

Fungi (North P aia E voopees 474

The American Naturalist

[XXVII

ADUS tomcodus

Gall ona ene Bush, de-

588

scriprion o 906

Gall (Lepidopteros on Bigelovia. 680

Gall o ar Grand Cañon,

de: aenn o 05

epe on rahe ee fremontii, descrip-

E a TA T E cei seis A 904

Gall- veer ing Insects 296

Game Protection in New York..... 451

Canai lite 217

Gases in aside rises, J. C.

Arthu 1

Cikingniat, Frare ims a 253

"S and Cenia opoda of

New Jer er Cretaceous

Mans Whitfiel 728

Gastrulat mata Aurelia 70

eb elginens pote aSocciscteccssens 356

Geikielit 576

Geis oe pi 286

ere of North America, appendix

278

Gha of Man, E. D. Cope. 321

Genera ai Dipnoi Dipneumones,

H. Ayres 919

Genth, F. "A 314

Geography, a Chair of.........00+++0 314

Geography and Travels 253, 458,

730 894

Geological Congress........s-s0000++ 1031

eoon = ri cal of Arabia Pet- a

Geological geimi of ai 1040

Geological Survey of Illinois......... 238

Geological Survey of Georgia....... 450

Geological News 37, 149, i a J;

2, 73 1 1084

Geology of Eastern Siberia..........- 267

Geology of asasina — 34

Geology of Northern Afric: oot aE

Geology and Paleontology $ 34, 144,

267, 375 , 656, fo

813, 96 1082

Geology of Pennsylvania, —

description of. 455

Germa 1 Society.......... 388

Germ-layers of Amphioxus, Lwoff's 288

Germ-layers of Vertebrates........... 485

Glacialists’ ERE spiris eerseveshas 980

laciers e 817

Glaciers = ‘New ‘South Zealand.... 260

Glacial sandera ibo 37

Gla aieea 1009

marr a Te re; origin of.. 889

pede sadist wasa 108

sabes. basen be vunneneae’ bait SOME

ba et chir ragra.. 243

eevee eeeweee

1893.] Index XV

Gordonia duffiana 376 at Arrochar, Staten Island..... 1110

Gordonia huxleyana 376 | Homfray, 917

Gordonia juddiana 876 Honey. AE tio 1105

Go ia traquairii 376 | Hoplocepalus suboccipiialis RATUNE 56

Grahamite in Texa 561 | Horn-fly in Canada and ANES 63

Granite, formation of........-...ssse0. 70 | Horse, benevolence m TEL Mh, oni Oban cove 68

Granites of Argentina, a = a 565 | Human Embryolocy, Mino ath 140

472 | Hum nming Birds and Swifts, R. W.

Gr raphit 901 Shufeld 367

Grephai’ mien heap seseseeeeeess O78 | Humphrey, 412

rapte: Ichra 675 | Hyaena brevirostris 561

poe Richard Alt | Hykena recite Esie aan 560

Grossularit 4 Hyaena macrostoma........ssscesseeee 39

Ground Sii of the Mississippi stenus caribbeus 30

alley ö | Hyatt, A., Phylogeny of an Ac-

on of the Rattle of the Rattle- quired vean SKEER G 865

yd Hybodti basanu 1

Gu W A deed & 1038 | Hylocopa prorstsys 1022

wig A Moth Commission, C. M. i ymenocaris vermicauda,........... 99

dedavntees 128

Gypsy Moti, extermination of....... 1072

BEA, travels in 458

oo of certain European Ice-age 561

65 Igneou ocks, origin and

ae Serra a ck 63 _ Classification Of.ssssseressssesee 40

a ae H. 170 hering, Dr. H. von 844

Ha | Incolaria securiformis .........sses0s 662

Haue erium schinzii 51 | Indiana Academy of Scienta., 187

H lus innocuus Lec............... 164 ee ss i si 663

Hasbrouck, E. M., Evolution and oceramus problematicus............ 658

ere the nsect paraa logy, Wheeler S. 745

a A O 38 nsec mbr ryology, Henking’s S

Hatcher, ST aes , Titanotherium Beds 204 sale 160

Hauchecornite........cecsessssscssseaes 566 | Insects, Geneon 146

Hau von 918 Insects (injurious) 681

Hauyne in pum 275 | Insects injurious to Čranberries.. 578

peice vei Owls of the U. S., Insects sia us) of Kansas........ 297

is 727 | Insects (injurious) in Okisthoutn.: 65

Heat Conductivity of Uniaxial Insects of Sou thern Alaska.......... 294

Crystal, 1093 nstrum 7 567

Heleopelta 150 anhaa Botanical Congress... 279

Helvit 1006 | International Congress Ameri-

ematite 1092 Canister ne SS 3 579

ye a in Tertiary formations 561 rep onal Congress of Archeol-

RIN E E OE Sess A 671 ogy and Ethn nology, sketches

Hemimorphic ‘Compounds........... 1092 Of SOD, S02 Aisen +8038 579

412 International Congress of Prehis-

a E E E E o 68 to rcheology and Paleon-

Herderite from Maine kas 6 tol at Ehh meeting c.i

perei pide ‘An Extreme Case of International Congress of Anthr o-

3 pology

Hippodaaii à ai ie CURS 165 | International Congress of Zoology

Hippodamia 5-si Kirby...:..... 164 312 764

Hippopotamus, E serisi 318 pha engl fossils of the Trinity

Fippiscti FSR aeeai

Holland, W: J., Nest Building Invertebrate Paleontology of the

Hollick, A., Notes on the Geology Towa Geological Survey.. sorses 985 1078

xyi

eases

Lee, F.S., Review 6 Rowan

The American Naturalist.

[XXVII

Ipomoea carletonii..........0.0.00. ees LEO Darwin and after Darwin...... 1

Ischyodus egertonii 472 | Legendary Evolution 2 the age

Isomorphism 38 Indians n Vle 69

Iva frutescens 1089 | Lepidodendron sasea 1001

Lepidodiscus mil 38

E in Burmah 56 Lepidolite 90 1091

Fa Joess sel, J. G 192 Lepidoptera i in the ards coll

Joes sel, JG 411 tion of Insects, list of............ 297

ma Hopkins Marine Se oe Lepidosiren paradoxa 920

Laborat 491 Lepidoste n 473

Johnston- Evik M Lepteces ornatus ores irn 830

Joint F ormation among the Inver- Leptolepis affinis: Sauvage........... 657

tebrata, B. Sharp 89 jpe iiiaio dorais Sau- as

1 i 1

Journ ot es Geol vey: $60 ae Flora of the Dakota

Lie and Trias i in Taylorville, Cal- Liit eTe ht of Tesi. phic

Lome 470 eucite-Tephrite of Hussak.........

eukart < Festschrift 7.005. hiaai 411

Libytherium maurusium............... 147

Ko wee and the Irawadi.. 462 facheeuhaneks G. W.... ii 491

17 | Light, Wrehtstav na a 456

ia ee T ek of TERS zE i ee locomotion SE 0000+ 51

Inderhook. Faun Liobunum hemisphericum........... 389

Kingsley, J. A., Recor of North laaa ventricosu ood....... 541

_ American Zoolog toners esesssese 8 Liobunum ventricosum iyena

Kinoste idae...... TA 673 525

inosternum ees sessesosssesooe 676 | List of Plants rarely found in

Kinosternum penns 677 Staten: x eee >- 589

Knop’ Pe ae History of B Baden 1089 | Lithiu nsters 1099

Koksha TR 315 iomplio Rmestoné? RENNIN 900

Korsche 845 io a in the Tauk Rosse.. 382

Ku es Terbis Generum Plan- Litton a lores 1112

Tarn ete Ea r 1010 | j re 681

Loess in Southern Russia............. 269

ae decagonale.... 39 | Loew, Prof 1115

561 Longipennes, een of, R.

Sen T, p3 Tign of Birds 20 W. Shufel 233

Lancelet “et the Bahamas........ 830 | Lorsen, Prof. K. A 593

Language versus Anatomy in deter- xonema winnipegense Perc Sevens 662

mining Human Races............ 579 | Lungula monesii............scc00. sees. 736

weer —— seteeneeer eesees 66 ake ators orin a Atriplex, C. H. vin

of Batrac 154

Lateral Line of Silusoids ecg 477 | Lydekker, R. 1088

Lateroversion of the Ophidian

He - 860

one and Huronian Rocks ACACUS tolosanus..............

die of Lake ens relations Muacdouyal, D. To cia. 17

996 MacMillan, C., The Proba-

Mee of the DE District.. 996 le Physiognomy of the

Lavas of a Terti ONE iiei 275. Nt eous Plan T

marie æ Ne] Bibliography of, 317

Leaia 271 | Macleay, “Sir. ‘William, ‘scientific

Tei a the Paris Museum...... 592 memorial volume in honor of. 1039

ium hyalin »- 484 | Macrochelys lacerti 742

Leechs o iae Madagascar fauna 982

Lee, S: F., Review of Ribot’s Dis- Magothy TE T 662

of Personality... seeeecees 33 | Maioid Crabs ji in the National Mu-

ET «4 ine

Mites by

1893. ] Index xvii

Malchite, description Of...ssesse s.. Mesosaurus pleurogaster...... 85

Mammalia (fossil) in Southern M id 35

Patagonta.....crcccscrsesen eomeers 439 | Mesothyra oceana..........c0+ sesersees 796

separate" from the Galapagos Is- Mesozoic Echinodermata of "the

United States.......ccisssscsveesie 079

k, from the Pits of Gargas. Mesozoic News 38, 150, 271, 472,

Mammalia News 72 560, 662, 7 1 1084

Mammals of ihe Deep River Beds, Metacoceras da a N 867

hide B. Scott etasperma of the Minnesota V

Mammals, Mexican 742 ley, pea BEO 865

Man wand ig Glacial Period, Metat atiformis Hyatt...... 866

550 | Method of injectin the Blood ves-

Man bes righ 321 sels of Birds, W. S. Miller..... 582

Mantle of Ascidians 486 | Mica Perodite............c..ssecosese ve: BE

Maori dentition,....00 ¢--.+sers+ssees 321 -chemical . 903

Marine’ Biological al Laboratories of Micro-chemical Reactions............ 387

Eu 697 | Mi LT SOD anteoesens: 1026

Marine Biological a Laboratory = Miller, Prof. a

Wood’s 841 | Miller, W. S., Method of injecting

Marine ne Laboratories of aac B the Blood ben of Birds...... 582

625 illerite ssov Ef

limes position of......... 283 mee ee to 276... = 1006

ite 44 1092 and rography

Mastodon borsonii 561 272, 3 380, 562, 398. Akis ba ‘1008 1087

Mastodon oligobunis.......+.00 onsbie ee Mineral Resources of the United

MoGee, Wf scsiiseises secetisccanent LODO States, 1889 i ARRAN

Measur iization...........++++ 174 | Mineral ral Resources of the United

Mechanical Evolution ne oe ome 1891 816

apodial Keels of Diplarthra, J. erpin er SEEC 45 567

L. Wortman...s+e..sssse0eeereee- 421 | Minerals from the Diamond felds

ical Genesis of the Scales of Brazi 383

Fishes. 1 | Minerals, prear peye of..... 1092

Medals psn ar: by the Columbian Miocloenus pentacus.,......-.ss.s0-se0 377

Exposition at Madrid....... 316 | Miocloenu: 377

pee ee rs depths of....... 262 | Mirabilite changed t to Thenardite... 1016

rom Lake Tanganyika... 571 | Möller, Dr. H 1115

are madagascaricnsis...... 1002| Molluscan News...

] eeeceeseccesceseseecacesscnees 638 Molluscan Ova, ITAR poomi

Melanostibian. ..............se.2222-.... 901 ing 1026

Menten „Massiv ” andi its Dyke Mollusks, cretaceous....... desservie: aw

De B pen Mollusks of Lou socteenscsamhid

elilite lusks of Water Mains of

Membranes of the Sea Urchin Egg. 397 _ Paris ii 1094

Memoirs of the National Academy MOR wise tidecieidivieeecses SOR

Sciences, Meee regen e ria parisiensis...s..s..0-. 272

M e Eran ues ae oe oiimhih sssr

Pi Monocladodus pinnatus.........s00e00

Mercer, H. C., Trenton and Som- onstrosities, exhibition of. ETTET 450

rel Specimens com- Moon’s Face. ‘ 734

red with Ancient Quarry Moore, T. J va Se

America and Eu- — pe É 708

a C. B., Shell H of the

K. S. von 317 Moore, “

T E Sic PAT TEIR, 270 | ii so John's River 8, 113...600: 708

se wa, tyme peo melanoleucus 878, Errata..... 1115

——- chel Sr GGL :

intermedius.......-.--0= => | Moraines in i

el ama

XVili

pE i at Root Tubercles of

osae, s Schn ae 782

a pig pued j Caa RNE 7

T ate and Thor x of Insects

E Ehifopa ds, N. Te

ETTEN 1082

Mummied Child. from the Cliff

lers 437

Mus aeie

Museum for Chicago 886

Musteline from the John Day Mio- `

cene

658

Nigar SEAE, E R 475

Naiads, Regie ON SS eee, ck 69

uta 87

eter S "Pola ti 263

TEA Murine Biological Labora-

136

Naples Zoological Station 491

National Academy of 'Science...:... 585

atrolite 903 1007

Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Eng-'

er a itl’s 49

Nebalia bipes 799

ebalia geoff oyi -800

N ebraska Aca ademy of Sciences... 80 |

ebri a Piset: 64

ctonema ag VARA

Neocene i Hra Nevada.. a! 1084

Neotoma ences Fanit cee 574

Apor ane! and Leucite Rocks of

Brazil 274

ba tie of Amphioxus,............. 283

Nephrite of api Zealand: 582

Nest Building F a OT

Neusiedler I kes Rensi 730

WeustiqosauUtign: si i 0

Newark System 987

Newberry, Je -Sovsiivwey scerna 83

Newberry Library of Geok sitis 164

in the sil

Mianais.: of Southern Patago

nia, F.. Ameghnio........00.0.608 439

New G , travels in 466

New Mexico Society for the Ad-

vancement of Science............ 310

Naw Minerale

New York Academy of Sciences

80, 182, 308, 409... vereeeeee 483 586

Nickle ‘arsenide à

Nile, sources 731

Ninth “tntermationa Congress of >

Rakes: sense sean 838

Noctuidee, N North American......... - 1106

Noll, F. C 411

Norian Rocks of Canada............. 656

The American Naturalist

885 | Orth possi

[XXVII

Norites in the Eastern United

Stat es.

hore America during Cambrian

Notes on. the -Cochineal Insect, T.

D. Cockerell -041

Notes on the, Mollusks from North-

western. Louisiana and Harri-

son Count Texas, T. W.

Vau ghn 944

rope albzolus 152

tropis het terolepis 152

Makro jordanii 592

N tropis reticulatis 152

otropis scopiferus 153

otulinia noctula 53

Novaculites of Arkan 42

oxious — aia Tala lk

tin of

Sinikari JODESIANANT. iigiin

Nutting, C. C.,. Biological "Expedi-

Oe in West Green-

]

468

Odontophorus consobrinus.... 887,

Officers of B aa pa heme.

Brit. Ass. Adv. 593

Olivine : ` 1008

Om: s phillipsi 1001

Oolite, mee ation’ of.

Oneonta sare ciie mung Fornali

tid comin New York. 558

Picea 833

| Ophibolus doste Ti in 1066

Opossums on eeg Telanid ae .. 1108

Optical An 385

pre: aeria sexually with-

characteristics bad the

Th. Boveri ;

CO. sesso ee aee

ipewe Insects ‘of the Gala-

_ pagos Islan ae

Peewee eee ene e nese

1021

— H., Note on Trichodactylus |

xylocopæ

H. F., The Ancylopoda,

ohi and Artionyx.

Osborn, H. F., Recent Researches

ession of the

eee eee ewes eres

Otocoris alpestris Linn

Otaria jubata

— ite pressing Conglomerate ros

Bagg Wickens

ALAEASPIS americana.........

eee Beene od OF dssisyinn

Paleolith

Palæortyx grivensis. Eessbddsssssesoisos

Palæortyx maxim

apeta inta

Palæotermes ellisii. ee Keh diiva

Paleontology 34, 144, 267, 375,

380, 469, 558 558, 650, 734, —

Paleozoic

Pekcan Formations " —

Min

oa of Geor

Paleo iy

Pidesi pant 37, 149, 70, 479,

-s eet awweewwee AU

pd 5 eae Books on

rio

Pantosteus ini Aeae TEAS ga ”

Pantosteus discobolus

Bocsvescddcccssecd

enon eeeeeeeae

~ Seen ee ene eeeeee

RERAN

Peary Expedition of y f 1808 eens 6

Index

—

2 1003

Pedal RON of the Dorking

PEET 56

Peik- Tu: E Sian, A visit Oleana tiss 461

Pelias 299

elope carer pee wenencdas 279

Sasori = Cecussatus.. cesa sissie 741

rogna athus merriamii 573

Peronospora echinospermi.........., 474

Pers 465

Petrograption! News, 42, 274, nih 3

1005 1088

Saki eA 40, 272, 380:.....: 562 898.

Pet mcg aphy of the Abukuma,

Japan 562

Petrography of ans Japan... 380

fitzner, Pro 411

Phalangiidae, pore üa, C. oM:

294

Phallogaster saccatu 280

aneropleuron te Whiteaves, 817

Phone lomys mitche 88

ascolom ‘Paths. sissors 38

Philosophical Congress............... 1028

earns © of. Flower Seasons, H:

rke 769

T arsam ogre sestese 150

ae Of, the FI on 1087

n 586

Piieeiy, of a an n Acquired Charac-

ristic ya 865

Physiology, foakite’ oresoresbeotanes es 654

Piersol’s Histology. 1077

Pinicola enucleator Linn............. 587

Pityophis melanolencus..........0. + 878

iaul awsonii 150

Planorbis contortus 151

ee. ° Bahamas, Jamaica

Capriati idsccciwceses

Pans, fossil gine aA Beds. ine 0

PUA ster nine gs cos ssi nevorseds irisa 674

Pate hee att EN OT E 674

Paid ayes nan Linn.. ssesessre 7

Plaat ussia...... 819

iocene ‘(Mari soy Beds of the

Carolina 471

Podabrus iae Alii isisa i105

Poikilite 900

Polar Regions, explorations in...... 468

Polar Regions, travels in............. 263

Pol rieten aot ien = CSF

P ybasite r 43

Polychaetes, ey yes 388

Po moa POET CR ODM icin voce cs «xs 281

Poly, onum, pringlei serrer sceesns... 281

Pontine Marshes, scheme for re- ;

Popenoe, Prof. 170

; 653

The American Naturalist

xx [XXVII

P yry breccia 1005 Pyroxenite 1088

Portage Stage... 001 1084

Pangean Niak. lens Spe- 845 Qoi Wi of Human Life, J.

x x Williams r3

AP nne Modint Midd. Dak 471 Qnarterly Bulletin of the Uni-

aed ieee f ideas versity of Minnesota........ 412

wpe ie ee ne Ma 383

ig "acne m Plantarum, Quercus brittonii Davis 587

P Err 1010 Quercus ilicifolia TN PINEA 587

ound, d aana and ee: 587

8 Lichensicccsccscoececcooe. 509 | Quercus nigra a L.. TER ARRE ;

Pani, t, Prof, R 593 Quicksilver Ore Deposits ADAS oo BBs

Pratt, Miss Anna.........+..-- eteasens 917

Preserve for] Rae. Zemani 3 ABBIT’S Feet, igi of. 672

<E 317 k Radiolaria archean............. 149

Pri neeton Meeting of Societies....... 135 Radiolaria, plcocsin bint 149

Prim -& B 669 | Radiolites davidsonii..... sess 1088

Priority in Nom WOE DENEAN 134 | Rampheoleon spectrum. ........... . 109%

rize for best method of destroying Rampheoleon herstenii 1095

pernicious son ts se rem For- Ranunculus r 280

sts of western Prussia......... 15 | Recent Books or on gr ane r e

mua hie Physiognomy e the Cret- Pam

Plant Population, C Recent Beaks: a Pamphlets 28,

MacMillan 336 137, 240, 361, 455, 444, 650,

Proceedings of Scientfic Societies TOE: BOG D.. arrika 074

8), 176, 306, 409, 488, 585, Recent Tiea 31, 140, 243,

G82, 702, DAB sissi -1028 1108 364, 455, 547, 653, 727, 811,

— of a new es of the

venomous S. » me. D, Recent Researches upon the Suc-

cue 477 on of the Teeth in Mam-

eS SCE te 493

Prosopon etheridgei. severeececssesees 271 | Recent Smdies in "Carnivorous

ocaris marshii.........0000+ pdboase s, J. G. Smit 443

Protoceras arisi Miriio oiai 137 Tiea oe in Ppr

149 a TOENE paapne 1006

Protegonodon, preemie position of pas an Zoology....... 85

fC. E 377 | Reithrodontomys pallidus 835

iba, sarange at 812 | Relationships and Distribution of

Protolemus 560 the North American Unionidae

rotolemus paradoxoides............ 560 with notes on the West Coast

Protozoan News 484 Species, C. T. Simpson......... 303

P seneeesececeorsesescssesenes Relationship of the species usually

ee Science nee Congress.......+. 1029 the generic name

171 298 Sebastodes, C. H. Eigenman

Paylla TA RE A AEE 293 and C. H. PE E EERE ae

a 20 maculata Say. PER 165 ; Report of the Minnesota Geologi-

OE eemrenesenehshenersess se Gk 1085 pa a ERKE History Sur

Prrodacty from Kansas.........37 1085 91 811

E. & i 670 alkar r pe U. S. Geological

essatork classification of......... 87 Survey, 1889-90, Part I....... 999

io onda riparius Dej........ ... 164 | Reptiles and Batrachians of Wis- a

43 consin 7

Parent -Argyramoeba oedipus Fab., Reptiles from the Elgin Sandstone. 376

cription o: 60 mepa sarg from the Parana, E.

bip eaae d Blepharipeza, descrip- age DE

204 > sea Seer e eee ene nerene eee 255

"a Daa ae Rentiles from Texas 672

eames > 1006 | Review of CER: Animal Col-

TIERS schon a’ soniethoe costes erin 277 oration, E. D. Cope......0.20-0. 371

Ee aE SS R

FETS ES ER ee re an eee pe ed Ne ey ee eee eae eee

egies eas

OS erie are PT eee ree Sree se eer

1893.]

Review of an iy in Foot

Structure, E. D. Cope.......... 248

Review of The qi Valley Ex-

990

ias 250

Review of E Fritsch’s Fauna of the

le of Bohemia, E. D.

1079

seeeee

Review of F. orsyth-Major

Röse’s eens: of De

and

ntal Evo-

lution, E. 1014

Review of Hacker Cleavage in

Aequoria forskalea.............. 58

Review of Humphrey's Saproleg-

niaceae of the United States,

co: . Bessey

Review of Keeler’s Evolution of

the Pa h American Lan

Birds, E. D.:Cope..........000.. 547

Review of MacMillian’s Metasper-

the Minnesota Valley,

Glacial oy E. D. Cope...

. 988

550

286

R iba... 286

Rhinocaris columbina.,........... 795 797

Rhoads, S. N., Descriptions of 4

Rodents from California....... 831

Rhoads, S. N., Description of Sy-

naptomys stonei..,............... 53

Rhyolite in Maryland and Pennsyl- al

Rhytina gigas Linn...... Pie Resa . 490

enter iatea Š

Rocks i at Cingolina. binding

Bails aidie La Si PEREA .- 1089

Rocks of a New Island oft Pantel-

leria... 1088

Rocks of Odenwald. aoe ENAP AES pe

Rocks from Siberia...... 381

Rocks from Southern Borneo....... 899

Rocks of the Thalhorn..,............. > 2

Rocks of the Valley of Mifior,

+a from Californi

Rosenbusch’s Volume on Minerals. 567

Rothrock, J. T... 83

Retcllite 1091

Index xxi

General Relations........ ---847 1050

ABACON ama EURE TAA N 575

Saccharomyces..........0.:sss000 685

Sacken, monet AARNE RA

lt Crystals...... PE NR SEE PAANS EA

Saprolegniaceae of the United

ates 664

in, M. M 593

arcolestes leedsii 1002

Scaumenacia curta 817

Schaaffhansen, Prof. H.............. 412

Schists of Berkshire, Eng-

land 1087

mre wake. od derstand of Root

of Leguminosae..... 782

Scientific eon Be: Bem ee a

592,

3 1115

Scientific Publications................ 072

Siwas mndalates. 6.0 cc6 cscs ocese sis

Scott, W. B., sere nels of the

659

Scott, B.A A ener Musteline

from the John Day Miocene... 658

E.F., n E TER 316

Sea-urchin 743

Sebastichthys Gill 669

Sebastodes .... 668

Sebastodes 670

Sebastosomus Gill 670

i 149

Seitz, Dr. A 844

Selénia illustraria. «..........00.0...00+ 1016

RES cr ni oar me cath awenti teat 1091

Semper, Prof. Carl......... ...0-++00 845

Serropalpus barbatus Schall.......... 166

Sesquicentennial of - ae

Philosophical ROTE

iiep; = ses ama

Shasta-Chico series. ..........

Shell Sae, ti ats the § St. John’s Rive River

Florida, C. B. Moore 8, 113,

605 708

Shimek, Pro 317

Shufelde, R. Ww. Classification of

nes, 2338

sr rt: S i

Sitomys heranii..........5.0.0ccersescee

xxii

Sitom mys

befe Ga R

Sei Plants o rere

Shaken; (CCIE Ol ies 50st scr secon

Soda lite-Syeriite from Montana......

een oes COMBE, Billings reves

Solidag

Sollas EDE g p e a

Spade- foot, new from Texas.........

Spaere echinus Con 227.. ei

Spaldin gs s on vr o the Study

om 55

parrow, English, orali of. otic.

Spea laticeps Cope

noe Names, decapitalized..

Specific N.

sete eee

, Pateosote Group ca

Sahihi a

Spessartite

sessessososss

Cer er

Mexico ` a

Spore-forming species ni Dsi gents

Bay R

The American Naturalist.

831

185

Saccharomyces, aX sooege , 685

MALON, Fig Laras oa icy SO et mo 814

tar-fish ] BETO Soicc tosis cvuns n Soe

Staten Island Natural Science Asso-

ciation 182, 488.............. 586 1108

St PICRO rs.) seas AA eae ie oe 2.67;

wnat ME el TRE DONE 474

Steneofiber ntanus HIY 660

Ste: siop s hi pieta 90 4243

Stereosternum tumidum ip, BD

Stibarus obtusilol ; 148

Stichodactyina 8

ae MA /dtictiption of roion,

ad eo a a 5

ri ‘Alexa AUA ee ER E O 038

rig ocephelus zone in Mani 471

. 66

Strix ianeriaiee on

umiro Actedians of Chaldea

Depends o are Bodington 14,

105, 410

Sundtite

Swifts and Humming Bids. EAR 573

Sylvia hort 65

ieia stonei, description of. 53

Syneta albida Le 166

; sees and Maina in Lich-

Symmorium and the Position of the

t Sharks, E, D. Cope,

999

AE E HA

[XXVII,

Synthesis of the Members of the

Sodalit Group

Sycteinatic position of the Kiwi..... 892

AENIOPTERIS missuriensis. 662

uas dentition 321

902

“apir 428.

poing crassus 867

e it 43

ZA 471

'errapene aa LE a SRD E E 677

‘errapene major Ag 677

Perr T mexicana os ne ae 677

ferrapene ornata 678.

etrapene ag aa a S POR SA 678

Termitophilu 400:

ertiary 1 tases froni Gikaa and

558

Pei 672:

Testudinidae 675-

Testudinoidea 675

Tetrabelodon serridens 812:

Tetrabelodon shepardii Leidy 473,

Texas Geological foes hf 1801.. Tae

Textularia manly 560

Textularia 560

hecla canines 18.

Thomas, M. B., The Androchonia :

vi ‘Lepidoptera E E seine 1018

Thomomys..... 337

Thonvortr a Tk i E AE 1096

Thomomys’ au 837

Thomomys fossor 837

Thomomys monticolus 837

amna toltecus 837

Tibet, exploration of. 465

M aieea Beds, J. 5. Hatcher 204

otanus majori T.

Tourmaline

Townsend; Co PT 2 170

Townsend, C. H. T., Description

of a Case- -worm from Grand l

Canon .... 166

Townsend, CH. T., Description `

of Cecidomyiá atriplic | RARE 1021

| Townsend, C. H: T., Description

of the Popa of Argyramoeba

oedipus Fab 60

Townsend; w e T, aapi po ecw

of Puparium of Jurinia. 576

Townsend H.T., Hym menop-

terous Gall on a Credo te

7 Bush 905

| Townsend, C. Lepdopte- `

Tous gall ¢ on pahe 680

1893.]

To C..H. T., Lycaenid

larva on ae ETE TEUA E

Townsend, C. T., Puparium

; ceeded

Townsend, C.. H. T., Spiders col-

lected in New Mexico and

Ari io

Towns, Cc H. T., Tineid Canes

n Po opu ulas fremontii

Townsend. C..H..T., Wooly Leaf

sit on Oak near ee calles on.

ndesites of the

rge

Trenton ye Somme Gravel Speci-

mens compared with nanan

Quarry Refuse in America and

et bes Mater: DO

‘Trichob ta

Trichoeactylas BESRA in Cali-

fornia

Trilobite pher “ Skiddaw Slates.

Trilobite, 1

eee cristatus

Trit palmatus f

Tropidoclonium 1 lineatüm,. soss..

Tunicate Stu

Sa cevveccsvcesscescessces

“ao

a §

‘Typhlotriton speloeus

CA gti one , exploration of.

ropoeus L

ween ene

Unionidae, North A

Uplifts i = the California ‘Shere. Ee

Uranopbait E E eens

Urous SECT i. 025 oira vies eee 5

Ursus speloeus. PS EE E iin

PYRUS spettim.. sisse

Vanellus ¢ eng cbeavevercceess

Van Vleet, T Legendary

GEET of the ane Indi-

Variation | ~ the snakes of North

eiit itie Dyke i in one among

Vaughn, T. W., n Mol-

lusks from nm L

Index

1104

402

1003

ay growths as Sidat of

or impurity of Water...

Ver la

Vertebrate dw oe or the Ordovician

news

Vert 1

araa Daae aa, of the

Aci Estacado, Texas, E. D.

xxiii

viisiobiis 811

Vaals 44

Vetter, 412

Viallanes, Henry 844

ine, G. R..... 917

irchow, Prof.

Vision in. a girl 6 years of age,

operat aie cd w double Con-

oe Sr A TE A 171

Volcanic Dus Te 663

Volcanic “seater in i Coline. 813

Volcanic Rocks of the Andes ...... 898

I A. S., expedition

i DE T B iiias 844

sae n An nthropological So-

ert 81, 187, 410, 488....682 737

Washington Biological Society 81,

187, 410, 488, 591 ......... 682 1114

Washington Geological Society 591

udar ai ah 1 Among the Cite

Dweller 435

Weed, 170

Weed, € M, An American spe-

cies of Sabacon 574

Weed, C. M., Cinnamon . Harvest

Spider and its "Variati Ce EEan 534

Weed, C. M., The Gipsy Moth

maiin 750

Wecd, C. M., North American

Coimeldae. sie. siise 74

Weed, C. M., Notes on Ohio and

other Phalangii IABE, siiis

Weed-seeds, Halsted’s............. 475

Weir, Jas., cog Intelligence... 933

estw > 192

hoo cen R. von 317

PEA E G DEA ss scewede ss. < OO

Wheatland, Dr. Henry, vk. onc. 410

| ia Clays of a “Ohio Region... 148

Wickham, H, F., escriptian ns of

Daie ra from the th-

west 164

ee Lda; the sprees of

Hotties Life. cocci: 193

Wolle’s Desmids 47

Woman =o 321

Wood-Mas: 845

seamen ys of es Soin walk, Lum- in

XXIV

The American Naturalist.

[XXVII

Woodward, A. Sm ATE | Lapan ea erica rieres coissrsosivsss 672

ba. Alder er iphis. sseseseessee 400 402 | Zeuzera oesculi Linn 586

World’s Congress Auxiliary of me uglodon CaUcasiCus...... ssesss sses 663

wun Catenbints Expositio; Zoological News 56, i 285, 484, e.

of 1893 762 TE, 741 837

Wortman, J. L., A New Theory of

the Mechanical Evolution of

the Metapodial Keels of Dip-

larthra

421

ENOTIME 901

Xantusia henshawii............ 837

AMITES montanensis............ 1085

= Diras ELLELE ETETET

Zoological Congress......+..:ssssseeee

mae eea and the parenie ae Asso-

on 667, FAR EPER ENA ...829 1014

ogy

eres of ste Lower Saskatche-

wan Riv

Zunyi

Zuyder Zee, reclamation of,,.......+

AMERICAN

NATURALIST

A MONTHLY JOURNAL

DEVOTED TO THE NATURAL SCIENCES

IN THEIR WIDEST SENSE.

MANAGING EDIT

Prors. E. D. COPE ann J. S pE

j ee a EDITORS: ;

Dr. C. O. WHITMAN, . C.-E, BESSEY, _ THOMAS WILSON, ;

Pror. C. M. WEED, Pror. W. S. BAYLEY, Pror. E.-A. ANDREWS. —

J ANUARY, 1893.

CONTENTS.

PAG

Gases IN Livinc Prants. (To be continued.)

Arthur.

i HEAPS. oF THE ST: Tii Kiven,

mic nae ee OF CHALD

ued.) parsen

FLIGHT OF erh (Mlustrated. = 3 Lanéaster,

— as ai San in Penn

Com Pea Expedition ;—

Senet ofi issue of M Naturalist for 1892.

Embryology.—Gastrulation p ure

Darwin, $ im Aequoria cise alea å

Frit-FI ao rh

and P Pelentogy On 1 the Formation of $ iere al — Notes on eS

ortheastern Alabama—The pean Birds—A Nest Buldi ing Frog Hore

a of South Africa— eens as Ptrerodactyls— kaer

eral— onl

jal News, General- aleozoic Mesozoic— a : 7 ae at ar E thn ogy Leg endary Evo

| on of che Nayajo Indians. .

aey a nd Patregrap iy. y — The Origin and ` PROCEEDINGS OF santas Societies,

Petr eapi ical Ne ws—A New Occur- | Sctentiric New

ot Pe seat News—Mineral ~ RECORD OF Noita Maske ZooLocy

PHILADELPHIA, yU. S A.

BINDER & KELLY,

Oe ano 520 MINOR STREET. >

Ch. Marchand’s

= CH. MARCHAND’S

_ PEROXIDE OF HYDROGEN

(MEDICINAL) H202 (ABSOLUTELY HARMLESS.)

MOST POWERFUL BACTERICIDE AND PUS DESTROYER.

ENDORSED BY THE MEDICAL PROFESSION,

UNIFORM IN STRENGTH, PURITY AND STABILITY.

RETAINS GERMICIDAL POWER ANY LENGTH OF TIME.

DR. E. R. SQUIBB, of Brooklyn; N. Y., DR. ROBT. T. MORRIS, of WN. i

DR. EGBERT H. GRANDIN, of N. Y, DR. JOHN AULDE, of Phila., Pa, DR

W. F. WAUGH, of Phila., Pa., DR, GEO, B. HOPE, of N. Y., DR. E. CHAREST,

of St. Cloud; Minn., DR, G. F. ADAMS, of Pulaski, N. Y, DR. H. F. WIGGIN,

of N. Y., DR. J. A. LARRABEE, of Louisville, Ky., DR. R. M. CHASE, of Bethel, Vts

DR. ROBT. T. WILSON, of Baltimore, Md., DR. J. H. SHERMAN, of Boston, Mass.

DR. C. M. WOODWARD, of Tecumseh, Mich, DR? GEO. H. PIERCE, of Brey

NY and many others

NOTE,_Avota substitutes—tn ee ef the commercial tea gai soat

orthless to use as a medicin

Marchand’s Pevesinne of Hydrogen or nee jane aeg ja only in 40%)

S-0z., a 16-0z. bottles, bearing a blue la os Sai © letters, red and gold

border, y ih his s signature, Never: sold in b

_ GLYCOZON Ea

TS ee hice as ene IN THE a

OST POWER LING PURPOSES.

DYSPEPSIA. GASTRITIS, “ULOER OF “THE STOMACH, HEART-BU

ase _ Glyeozone is sold only in 4-02.,

8-0z,, and 16-0z, bottles, Never sold in balk.

___ PHYSICIANS WILLING TO PAY EXPRESS CHARGES WILL RECEIVE

Boru OP THE Above REMEDIES

"ARE PREPARED ONLY RY

me F Mention this publication,

and Graduate Of the “ eola Centrals des Arts et Manufactures de Paris (France).

a —_ paucaisrs. + Laboratory, 28 Prince St., New Yi

AMERICAN NATURALIST

VOL XXVILI. January, 1893. 313

THE GASES IN LIVING PLANTS:

By J. C. ARTHUR?

The present state of knowledge regarding the kinds, sources

and movement of gases in plants does not constitute a com-

pleted volume. There is much yet to be learned, old views

are to be corrected, and alleged facts are to be more firmly

established. The subject is thoroughly modern, the first

writer to give any connected and intelligent account of the

behavior of gases in connection with living plants being De

Saussure in his brilliant and epoch-making work describing his

chemical researches upon vegetation, published in 1804.

THE COURSE or Discovery UP To 1865.

The various life functions of plants have been slowly estab-

lished by first assuming them to be individually the same as

those of animals, and from this basis gradually evolving their

true nature. The early naturalists saw nothing in plants that

suggested lungs or the movement of air, and it was not till the

time of Malpighi, 1671, that breathing was supposed to have

any part in the plant economy. He saw in the wood vessels,

known then and long afterward as spiral vessels, an analogous

1 Read before the Biological Section of the Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, in Wash-

ington, August, 1891.

? D, Sc. Professor of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, in Purdue University,

Indiana.

2 The American Naturalist. [January,

set of organs to the trachee of insects, and therefore believed

them to have the same office. His views were accepted by the

Englishmen, Grew and Ray, who wrote about the same time,

but found no supporters in Germany or France. The views

of Malpighi, who in many respects was far in advance of the

other botanists of his age, fell into obscurity, insomuch that

even the existence of ducts was finally denied.

The subject was not revived until 1715, when Nieuwentyt

demonstrated the presence of air in plants by placing sections

of stems in water under an air pump. The demonstration

was better performed by Christian Wolff, who was a philo-

-= sophical naturalist of much insight. He placed leaves, wood,

and other parts of plants, in water, freed from air, under the

air pump, and after seeing the bubbles rise from the tissues as

the air was exhausted from the receiver, he allowed the air to

re-enter the receiver, and found that the tissues were at once

filled with water, and that some kinds were thereby made so

heavy as to sink.

In England, a few years afterward (1727), Stephen Hales,

the real founder of experimental vegetable physiology,

repeated and improved upon the air pump experiments, but

used his knowledge to explain the life processes in a different

manner from his predecessors. He combined the fact that

gases are recovered from plants by dry distillation and fer-

mentation to support a well arranged theory of the use of

gases in forming the solid parts of plants. The use of gases

by plants was, therefore, according to Hales, a part of the sub-

ject of the nutrition of plants.

But this small advance led to no further developments, and

was again lost sight of for many years. After nearly half a

century, in 1771, Priestley hit upon a discovery which, coming

as it did only three years before the discovery of oxygen, and

only shortly before the re-organization of chemical theories by

Lavoisier and others, proved very fruitful.

Priestley’s discovery was simple enough, amounting only to

the fact that plants give off oxygen. He tells of his discovery

in an interesting way, and I, therefore, quote a few paragraphs

LEA Ti Sy Dido ae

PW gt) NRO olen Rese Pier a

ee?

oe eee et eS LER è 3 ae aS

sha AN E E EA I OENE N A E O ts May ETN

Nr ii ep ta NRA

1893.] The Gases in Living Plants. 3

from his communication to the Royal Society, announcing the

matter:

“The quantity of air which even a small flame requires to

keep it burning is prodigous. It is generally said that an

ordinary candle consumes, as it is called, about a gallon in a

minute. Considering this amazing consumption of air, by

fires of all kinds, volcanoes, ete., it becomes a great object of

philosophical inquiry, to ascertain what change is made in

the constitution of the air by flame, and to discover what pro-

vision there is in Nature for remedying the injury which the

atmosphere receives by this means.

“ I flatter myself that I have accidentally hit upon a method

of restoring air which has been injured by the burning of

candles, and that I have discovered at least one of the restora-

tives which Nature employs for this purpose. It is vegetation.

* * * One might have imagined that, since common air is

necessary to vegetable as well as to animal life, both plants

and animals had affected it in the same manner, and I own I

had that expectation when I first put a sprig of mint in a

glass jar standing inverted in a vessel of water; but when it

had continued growing there for some months, I found that

the air would neither extinguish a candle nor was it at all

inconvenient to a mouse which I put into it. * * * Finding

that candles burn very well in air in which plants had grown

a long time, and having had some reason to think that there

was something attending vegetation which restored air that

had been injured by respiration, I thought it was possible that

the same process might also restore the air that had been

injured by the burning of candles. Accordingly, on August

17, 1771, I put a sprig of mint into a quantity of air, in which

a wax candle had burned out, and found that on August 27

another candle burned perfectly well in it. This experiment

I repeated, without the least variation in the event, not less

than eight or ten times in the remainder of the summer.”

Had Priestley had the good fortune to have set his jar con-

taining green sprigs into direct sunlight, he would have made

an additional discovery of almost equal importance. But the

world did not wait long till Ingenhousz went over the ground

4 The American Naturalist. (January,

and discovered (1779) that light was an essential factor in

restoring air, and that by the aid of sunlight he could per-

form in a few hours the experiments which took Priestley five

or six days.

In 1800 Senebier added the discovery that plants obtain all —

their carbon from carbon dioxide, but fell into the error of

supposing that part, at least, of this gas was taken up by the

plant through its roots, an error that has proved extremely

tenacious, existing in our text books to the present day,

although repeatedly and fully disproven. :

. e have now arrived at the time of De Saussure (1804),

who, with his superior chemical knowledge, placed the whole

subject in excellent shape. He distinguished between carbon

assimilation and true respiration. He dealt with the subject :

quantitatively, and showed that there was a definite relation |

between the carbon dioxide taken up by the plant and the

oxygen evolved by the action of light.. He clearly pointed |

out that the presence of oxygen was as essential to the growth 2

of plants as to animals, the most active parts, such as green l

leaves, opening flowers, ete., requiring the most, and that this

requirement had no relation to the presence of light. .

De Saussure also pointed out that while plants receive their |

supply of carbon dioxide for assimilation, and oxygen for res-

piration directly from the atmosphere, yet the nitrogen, which _

is an essential constituent of their organization and by far the

most abundant gas in the atmosphere is not utilized by plants |

in the gaseous form.

Having now established that plants contain gases, that these

gases are the same as those of the atmosphere surrounding the ©

plant, that oxygen and carbon dioxide are made use of in _

their gaseous forms in the life processes of plants, while nitro- `

gen as a gas is not actively connected with the life of plants, —

and having established these facts with a wealth of accurate —

experiment and logical deduction that permitted no doubt of

the truth, it was left to De Saussure’s successors to elaborate

the structure which he had so ably built, without being called

upon to again readjust the foundations.

1893.] The Gases in Living Plants. 5

It was over thirty years before a work of importance in this

line again appeared. In 1837 Dutrochet published his ana-

tomical and physiological memoirs, in which he carefully

studied the structure of vegetable organs as well as their

functions. He was the first to rightly point out the relations

of the cavities in plants to the movement of gases in respira-

tion, that only cells with chlorophyll are able to decompose

carbon dioxide, and to distinguish sharply between respiration

and assimilation. But although he recognized the essentially

different character of the two processes, respiration and assim-

ilation, yet he used the erroneous and absurd nomenclature of

the time, and called them nocturnal and diurnal respiration.

The weight of his example did much to fix the terms in popu-

lar usage, where they still persist, in spite of the protests of

every ableinvestigator and writer upon the subject since; and

even though the matter was set right by Garreau in 1851, who

did admirable work upon plant respiration.

In 1865 appeared the handbook of experimental physiology

of plants by Julius Sachs, the founder of the modern school

of vegetable physiologists. The work was comprehensive,

well balanced, and replete with clear ideas of the theoretical

bearing and logical association of the facts.

The author’s laboratory at Wiirzburg, where he shortly

became established, has been the school from which most of

the great plant physiologists of the present have received

instruction and from which all have drawn inspiration. It is

sad that its doors should now be darkened by the mists that

have gathered over the intellect of its honored director.

In the handbook of Sachs a chapter is devoted to each of `

the three branches of the subject; aeration, or the movement

of gases in the plant; respiration, or the action of atmos-

pheric oxygen; and the effect of light upon vegetation, chiefly

in assimilation. Each of the os is treated in a clear and

masterly manner.

NATIONALITY OF DiscOVERERS AND WRITERS.

Having traced the growth of knowledge regarding the vital

relations of gases to plants up to the time when it was possible

6 The American Naturalist. [January,

to present the subject in a reasonably complete and well bal-

anced manner, it will be more satisfactory to drop the chrono-

logical method of treatment, and to outline the salient features

of the subject as they are understood at the present time.

Before doing so, however, it will not be unprofitable to glance

for a few moments at the parts which the several nations have

played in this growth of knowledge, and at the reciprocal

influence which has been exerted upon the teachers of those

countries.

Science in its highest aspects has always been, as at the

present time, the property of the whole world, knowing no

political restraint or nationality. The barrier of language,

however, has had much to do with retarding the diffusion of

knowledge from the original sources of discovery into the text

books, which serve as the means of enlightenment for the

mass of learners.

The great discoverers and thinkers in our present subject,

since the days of Malpighi, an Italian, have been either

French, German or English. The Germans, before 1865,

made no discoveries of commanding importance, and even

their text books barely gave a true account of the subject as

known at the time. Link, in 1807, ignored the all-important

discoveries of Senebier and De Saussure, the more readily,

doubtless, because they were Frenchmen. ‘Twenty-five years

afterward De Candolle’s general treatise was translated from

` the French and became one of the most influential text books

in Germany. $

The chief activity among Englishmen occurred before 1800,

and brought forward the names of Hales, Priestley and Ingen-

housz. The advanced work was taken up by Frenchmen after

1800, among whom Senebier, De Saussure, Dutrochet and

Boussingault are the most conspicuous investi gators.

It is chiefly the French botanists, particularly De Candolle ` :

and Dutrochet, who have had the most potent and lasting

influence upon the popular conceptions of the English regard-

ing vegetable physiology. To them we can also trace a num- :

ber of errors and omissions which figure in our school text

books at the present time. De Candolle was the author of the

ee ae eta ES N S ORE

Sa AEN, EE E E E A EN E oes

i VESES gg E CDAS

ra Stee ae et ee

1893.] The Gases in Living Plants. 7

imaginary “spongioles” upon the root tips, which still have a

sort of backwoods existence in the minds of some persons,

although practically eradicated from the text books. He sub-

scribed to the dual respiration of plants by which they gave

off oxygen in daylight and carbon dioxide in-darkness, which

is still taught by certain American text books. In other

American text books, which are still standard, a reaction is

shown by the suppression of any suitable account of respira-

tion proper, this important subject being referred to only inci-

dentally in a line or two in connection with a short account

of the use plants make of stored food material. Thus, in the

latest revised edition of Gray’s Lessons in Botany, as in the

preceding edition, barely three lines are devoted to respiration,

while two pages are given to assimilation. This work also

teaches the incorrect doctrine’ that carbon dioxide beside

reaching the plant through the surface of the leaves, “is

absorbed by the roots of plants, either as dissolved in the

water they imbibe, or in the form of gas in the interstices of

the soil.” In Bessey’s Botany, first issued in 1880, respiration

is treated in essentially the same brief manner, and it is

curious to note that the unusually complete index to the work

does not contain the words gas, breathing, or respiration.

The modern phase of plant physiology may be said to have

been introduced to English speaking students by the transla-

tion of Sach’s text book in 1875, and reinforced by the appear-

ance of Goodale’s work in 1885, on this side of the Atlantic,

and of Vines’ work the following yearin England. In these

works the balance between respiration, assimilation and the

physical movement of gases is fairly well maintained.

Another work in English, less pretentious, but equally accu-

rate and discriminating with the last mentioned, and antedat-

ing them, should be spoken of here, that of Johnson’s How

Crops Feed, published in 1870. The work was deservedly

popular, and is still a source of exact information.

5In the discussion which followed the reading of this paper, Prof. Geo. L. Goodale

gave Dr. Gray’s reasons for retaining his early views. It was Dr. Gray’s belief that

his statement would prove, upon more extended investigations, to be essentially cor-

rect. Prof. W. H. Brewer spoke in further support of the conservative views of

Dr. Gray.

(To be continued.)

8 The American Naturalist. (January,

CERTAIN SHELL HEAPS OF THE ST. JOHN'S RIVER, ©

FLORIDA, HITHERTO UNEXPLORED. A

By CLARENCE B. Moore.

_ (Continued from November Number, 1892.)

(Second Paper.)

SHELL HEAP THREE MILES NORTH OF PALATKA.

This shell heap on the west bank of the St. John’s has been |

largely washed away by the river, and in addition great quan-

tities of its shells have been “lightered” to Palatka for use

upon the streets. It was visited by Wyman and by Le Baron?

who probably made no excavations, or at all events, did not

put them on record. Implements found by them both at this

point can be seen at the Peabody Museum, Cambridge. |

This shell heap is peculiarly rich in relics of stone and of

ment; one flat fragment of bone lined along the entire length,

W. W. Calkins (Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences,

Vol. 2, pages 226-227) explored a river mound “north of Palatka,” which may be

dentica with the one under consideration, -

' Smithsonian Report, 1882, p. 771 et seq.

1393.] Shell Heaps of Florida. 9

with a hole in the center extending almost through; a small

piece of greenstone cut into the form of a pyramid, and six

arrowheads, one of quite unusual pattern for the St. John’s

River, though found in some of the Western States‘ (Fig. 1).

Fic. ]. Size, +.

Captain Rossignol, formerly in charge of lighters carrying

shell to Palatka, presented the writer with a collection of

Fic. 2. Size, t+.

implements found in situ, at this place, by him, comprising a

number of rude arrow-heads and an implement of chert very

‘Charles C. Jones, Jr., in “ Antiquities of the Southern Indians,” describes imple-

ments of this character as being broken arrow-heads turned into scrapers. Fig. II,

Plate xiv, represents a specimen from Georgia.

10 The American Naturalist. [Jonna

roughly wrought on one side, the other being left flat and

smooth, recalling the implements of the Moustier Cavern,

Dordogne, France (Fig. 2). This shell heap is probably one of

the earlier class. A careful search along the entire section of

pottery, and none was met with in digging. Two pieces upon

the surface were probably from later Indians. Investigations

at this spot, however, were not based upon enough excavations

to give a final judgment upon the subject.

._TWO SHELL HEAPS ON SALT RUN.

Salt Run makes into Lake George about two miles south-

west of where the St. John’s leaves the lake. On the right

bank, going up, at a distance of about half a mile from the

mouth, is a shell deposit some two hunderd yards in length —

and one hundred yards in breadth, with a height of from four —

to five feet on the water’s edge, increasing to a maximum of —

ten feet somewhat beyond the middle toward the land. On

the same side of Salt Run, about half a mile farther up, is a-

deposit of shell presenting no irregularities of surface, though

varying in depth at different points, owing to unevenness of

ground upon which the deposit was made.

EXCAVATION I.

53x5x3% feet deep; after surface loam no pottery was met

with. Fragment of bone awl at a depth of 34 feet. About |

three feet down was found, within half a foot of the bottom of

Fic. 3. Size, }.

1893.] Shell Heaps of Florida. 11

the shell deposit, a lance-head of graceful pattern, perfect in

every respect; the only lance-head, as far as the writer has

been able to learn, ever found at a considerable depth from

the surface in any of the shell heaps of the St. John’s (Fig. 3).

Other excavations yielded nothing of marked interest.

HITCHEN’S CREEK.

At the point where the St. John’s River enters Lake George

is Volusia Bar. About half a mile south, Hitchen’s Creek

joins the St. John’s on the east side of the river. A short dis-

tance above, on the left hand side, going up the creek, are

shell heaps and fields under cultivation; in all, about seven

acres. A number of excavations yielded the usual bones of

edible animals, and showed traces of numerous fire-places at

varying depths. In the rear of the dwelling the shell deposit,

considerably higher than elsewhere, is closely packed, the

shells being crushed to a marked extent and having a large

admixture of sandy loam—a “kjökkenmödding.” In this

deposit, below two feet, no pottery was met with, and the Pal-

udinæ were of small size, in comparison to those of some of

the shell heaps. Scattered on the surface were Paludinæ

georgianæ of large size, mingled with a Paludina previously

unknown, Paludina georgiana, variety altior, Pilsbry The

portion of the shell deposit, toward the swamp, is composed

of unbroken shells, mostly of the two varieties of Paludina,

of unusually large size and unmixed with sand or loam.

Plain pottery is found in great abundance throughout. Water

is reached at a depth of two feet. This deposit was probably

made by the aborigines living upon the shell ridge adjacent,

after the ridge had attained considerable size, since but few of

the new variety of Paludina were found in the ridge below

the surface and at comparatively little depth.

SWAMP SHELL RIDGE NEAR MORRISON'S CREEK.

About three miles south of Volusia Bar, Morrison’s Creek, a

“ cut-off,’ divided from the St. John’s by an island, enters the

’The Nautilus, April, 1892, p. 142, et seq.

12 The American Naturalist. (January,

river. Below this point, in the swamp, entirely surrounded

by water when the river is high, is a ridge of shell running

north and south, 350 feet in length, with a maximum breadth

of 180 feet. The southern extremity, the lowest portion of

the ridge, is from 4} to 6 feet in height; while the northern

end attains a maximum elevation of 11 feet, 10 inches, above

the level of the swamp when dry. Two excavations, 8x5 feet,

4 in.x9} feet deep and 7}x4x6 feet deep, were made. Two

or three bits of rude, plain pottery were met with, but none at

a greater depth than two feet from the surface. Just below 4

the surface a human humerus was found, and a human verte-

bra at adepth of one foot. A fire-place was at the same depth

but at a distance from the vertebra, which showed no marks of

fire. At a depth of four feet was found a triangular imple-

ment of shell; while 4 feet, 8 inches, down, immediately upon

a fire-place, were two rude arrow-heads, one with ashes upon

it. Animal bones, disconnected, mainly of the alligator, the

turtle and the deer, were encountered throughout.

MT. TAYLOR.

This great swamp shell ridge,’ the highest fresh-water shell

deposit on the St. John’s River, lies on the east bank, 200

yards (paced) from the water’s edge. It is about one mile

south of Volusia, and in dry seasons can be reached from the

river by wading through the swamp; though access from dry

land in the rear, about forty yards distant, is advisable.

Under any circumstances, the services of a guide are a neces-

sity. This shell heap is not referred to by Le Baron, nor is it |

particularly mentioned by Wyman, who could not have ©

failed to describe so remarkable a heap, had it been accorded

a visit. On page 44 of his memoir, Fresh Water Shell a

Mounds of the St. John’s River, Florida, “two mounds, right

bank, between Lake Dexter and Volusia,” are included in the —

6The thanks of the writer are due to Mr. William Edgar Bird, of Brooklyn, for

much information and valuable assistance, and for most cordial permission to prose-

cute investigations on every portion of his 5000 acres lying between Lake Dexter —

and Volusia; including the great shell heaps and sand mound of Bluffton, in addition | 2

to Mt. Taylor and other shell heaps in the swamp.

1893.] ° Shell Heaps of Florida. 13

list of shell heaps. This somewhat indefinite description

would seem to indicate that his knowledge of the existence

and location of Mt. Taylor was based upon information

derived from others and not personally verified.

Mt. Taylor, standing alone in the swamp, which ¿at high

water is covered to a depth of 13 feet. rises abruptly on every

side, the ascent of one portion being at an angle of 40°. The

maximum height of the ridge is 27 feet, 2 inches; its length

at base 500 feet, with a maximum breadth of base of 175 feet.

An almost level plateau on the summit has a length of 266

feet, with a maximum breadth of 80 feet. The mound is

overgrown with palmettoes, palmetto scrub, live oaks and

cedars. It lies longitudinally east and west, and is composed

almost exclusively of Paludine of a smaller size than those

of many of the later shell heaps. With the exception of a

few fragments on the surface, no pottery was found in any por-

tion of the heap, while implements of any description were of

infrequent occurrence in the various excavations. As a rule,

it may be said, the older the shell heap, the fewer relics are met

with, though weapons of stone exist at all depths, even in

mounds which contain no pottery, and in others below the

level at which fragments of pottery are found.

(1o be continued)

14 The American Naturalist. [January,

LEGENDS OF THE SUMIRO-ACCADIANS OF

CHALDEA.

By ALICE BODINGTON.

In THE American Naturatist for August, 1892, Mr. Wilson —

puts in a strong plea for the study of prehistoric anthropology,

nor can the claims of this science be overrated. But of equal —

interest in its own line is the study of that earliest civilization a

of Western Asia, which a few years ago was itself prehistoric, —

and which has only emerged into the light of day since the

deciphering of the Cuneiform inscriptions of Assyria and —

Chaldea. | a

Some 5000 years B. C., wandering Turanian tribes! settled —

in the fertile alluvial plains at the mouths of the great rivers,

Tigris and Euphrates, round the head of the Persian Gulf.

Materials for building, it might be thought, did not exist, save |

for the giant reeds, fourteen to fifteen feet high, with which

the Arabs of that marshy region still construct their huts.

But the Sumiro-Accadians, as these Turanian tribes were |

named, had the faculty possessed by their relations,

Chinese, of taking the first steps in inventions. Out of the

mud and clay of their new home they made bricks, at first-

mere cakes of sund-dried clay; then these cakes were found

to gain consistency by mixture with finely chopped straw;

finally the clay was kiln-dried and gained a hardness ani

consistency equal to the best bricks produced now. The kiln-

dried bricks were highly valued and were stamped with the

name and titles of the king for whose palaces and templ

they were to be used. Some bearing the name and title ¢

-Gudéa, the patesi or priest-king of Sirgulla, have inscriptions 0

Chaldea. Story of the Natives. Z. A. Ragozin.

_ I must disclaim all responsibility for the spelling of proper names, since

every oct I have consulted spells the names differently, and no

standard to have been arrived at. For nase se the spelling is some-

times Shnmiro-Akkadian, sometimes Sumiro-Accadian

1393.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. — 15

a highly archeic character. A statue of unique interest was

found at Sirgulla;* the head is strikingly Turanian in form

and feature and bears a turbaned cap such as may still be seen

in Mongolia. No type can be more strikingly unlike that of

the Semitic Assyrians who were to be in later times the rulers

of Chaldea. This statue, and the bricks with their archeic

inscriptions found with it, are considered to be as old as

between 4000 and 3000 B. ©. A successor to this oldest of

known monarchs was Ur-ea, king of Ur, whose date can be

approximately arrived at,‘ and whose reign was over before

the Elamite Conquest of Chaldea ; when Chedorlaomer (Kha-

dar-Lagamar), of Genesis; chapter xiv, marched an army

across the desert to attack the rich and populous valleys of

Jordan, and carried off Lot, the brother of Abraham, among

his captives.

In the materials for holding their bricks together there was

also progressive improvement; in the oldest buildings discov-

ered, a sticky red clay or loam was used; then bitumen was

substituted, which, being applied hot, adheres so strongly to

the bricks that pieces of these are broken off when an attempt

is made to take a fragment of the cement. Finally, in the

latest Babylonian period, a beautiful white cement made of

calcareous earth was used, which has never been surpassed

for lightness and strength.

The whole country of Chaldea was absolutely flat; no ves-

tige of natural hillock occurred throughout its whole extent.

But the Accadians, whose very name shows their origin as

mountaineers, were determined to raise their most impor-

tant buildings above the inundations, and the wild beasts and

- noxious insects of the marshy plains. They erected artificial

mounds of a size almost incredible. The great mound of

Koyun-jik, which represents the palaces of Nineveh’ itself,

covers an area of one hundred acres, and reaches an elevation

of ninety-five feet at its highest point. To “heap up such a

3Modern Tell-Loh.

*Chaldea, p. 214-19.

ough an oo city, Nineveh was built on the Chaldean plan, on a

tell” or moun

16 The American Naturalist. [January,

pile of brick and earth would require the united exertions of 2

10,000 men for twelve years.” Then only could the construc-

tion of the palaces begin! The mound of Nebbi-Yuma,

which has not yet been excavated covers an area of forty acres

and is loftier and steeper than its neighbor. The platform of ©

the principal mound of Mugheir (the “ Ur of the Chaldees y

from which Abraham went forth) is faced with a wall ten feet

thick, of red, kiln-dried bricks cemented with bitumen.

The sub-structure of these mounds wes made up of rough

bricks and rubbish, hence the inherent weakness of the whole

structure. The heavy semi-tropical rains falling for weeks at

a time soaked through the casing of fine bricks, and the foun-

dation became a mass of yielding mud. The mighty palaces

and temples upon which the Assyrian and Chaldean kings

lavished all the resources of wealth, all the treasures of art,

sank into sand-choked, shapeless heaps. But the treacherous

clay could preserve, hidden from the prowling Arabs who ~

roam over this land of once mighty empires, priceless treas-

ures of art and literature. Exquisite alabaster slabs, richly

engraved, beautiful enamelled tiles forming colored friezes;

the great human-headed bulls whose very discovery made the

name of Layard famous; the life-like groups of lions and

lionesses ; and incomparably more precious than all, the royal

libraries formed by the great kings, have been preserved for. —

centuries beneath these unsightly mounds. For the one avail- :

able substance, clay, formed the almost imperishable material

of which the Chaldean and Assyrian “ books” were made.

In the great mound of Koyun-jik (Nineveh) Layard found

the remains of two sumptuous palaces, the residences of Sen-

nacherib and of his grandson Asshurbanipal, who lived some: —

650 years B. C., two of the mightiest sovereigns and conquer-

ors of the Eastern World. In Asshurbanipal’s palace the —

explorer found two small chambers, containing a layer, more

than a foot in height, of baked clay tablets, covered on both

sides with cuneiform writings. Some were still entire, others

ae ee a Se eS

yokes

teks

whe Be

in fragments. Layard filled many cases with the tablets, 2

broken and unbroken; they were sent to England, and lay _

Five Monarchies. Rawlinson, Vol. 1, pp. 317-18.

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 17

for years in the British Museum untouched and unnoticed.

George Smith, a young archeologist whose devotion to science

and untiring industry and patience enabled him to undertake

—and to succeed in—an apparently impossible task, deter-

mined not only to arrange and engrave the cuneiform texts '

on the tablets, but to read them, and this he succeeded in

doing. The result was something astonishing. A series of

twelve tablets was brought to light containing an epic poem

of the highest antiquity and interest, the one alluded to fur-

ther on, containing the earliest versions of the great Sun,

Moon and Earth myths, of the Deluge, of Bel and the Dragon

and of the Creation of the world. Fragments, of course, were

missing, and to seek these George Smith was sent (by the gener-

osity of the owners of The London Daily Telegraph) to search

the Archive Chambers at Koyun-jik, and by inconceivable

good fortune, found many of the missing pieces. On his sec-

ond visit to Chaldea he fell a victim to plague. His last legi-

ble words were worthy of a martyr to science. “Not so well.

If doctor present I should recover, but he has not come; if

fatal, farewell to . . . My work has been entirely for the

science I study. ‘There isa large field for study in my collec-

tion. I intended to work it out, but desire now that my

antiquities and notes may be thrown open to all students. I

have done my duty thoroughly. I do not fear the change,

but desire to live for my family.”

Besides the tablets containing the epic poem, two hundred

tablets divided into three books were found at Nineveh, fifty

of which have been deciphered. The contents of these also

are supremely interesting; one book, the oldest, reveals the

Shamanitie stage of the Sumiro-Accadian religion; a stage in

which many Turanian tribes still remain. It treats of “evil

spirits” with which earth, sky and the “abyss” under the

earth were conceived to be filled; of sorcerers who could

employ the power of the evil spirits for the destruction of

mankind, and of magicians who understood incantations and

spells capable of driving away these malignant powers,

answering to the “ black” and “white” magic of the Middle

"La Magie et la Divination chez les Chaldeérs. François Lenormant.

18 The American Naturalist. [January,

Ages. The second book treats of diseases, for which no cure

was known but exorcisms, since diseases were conceived to be

personal demons. Even so late as three or four hundred years

B. C., Greek travelers visiting Babylon beheld sick persons

brought out into the streets, where any passer by could enquire

as to their malady and suggest a remedy! Even this strange

plan was not resorted to till all known forms of incantation

had been gone through and proved vain. The third book

shows a great advance from this religion of pure terror.

Beneficent spirits, gods in fact, were appealed to, especially

Una, the Heaven-god; Ea, the great deity of the Earth and

Waters; Im, the Storm Wind; Ud, the Sun, and Gibil, Fire.

Ea, above all, was beloved by the Sumiro-Accadians for his

goodness and trusted for his wisdom. His very name was a

terror to evil spirits. But beneficent as he was, Ea was con-

sidered too great a deity to be lightly invoked, and in his son

Meridug, they found a spirit whose sole office was to mediate

between his father and suffering mankind. A whole tablet is

devoted to a description of one such intercession, where the

“ Disease of the Head (insanity) has issued from the Abyss,

from the dwelling of the Lord of the Abyss,” and has attacked

a human being. Then “Meridug has looked on his misery:

He has entered the abode of his father, Ea, and has spoken

unto him: ‘My father, the Disease of the Head has issued

from the Abyss. What he must do against it the man knows

not. How shall he find healing?” Ea replies, “ My son, how

dost thou not know? What should I teach thee? What I-

know, thou also knowest. But come hither, my son Meridug

.” Here follow directions for the cure of the sufferer

that the “ Disease of the Head may vanish like a phantom of

the night.”

The conception of conscience was also carried to a high

degree among the Sumiro-Accadians. With such insistence _

and authority did it speak that it was believed to be the voice

of an indwelling guardian spirit. Some most beautiful —

prayers took their origin from this belief; they have been —

called the Penitential Psalms, from their striking likeness to

those psalms in which King David confesses his iniquities and

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 19

humbles himself before the Lord. I have space but for a few

verses of the Sumiro-Accadian psalm called “The complaint

of the repentant heart.”

“O my God, my transgressions are very great; very great

are my sins. I transgress and know it not. I wander in

wrong paths and know it not. The Lord in the wrath of His

heart has overwhelmed me with confusion. I lie on the

ground and none reaches a hand to me. I cry out and there

is none hears me. . . . My God, who knowest the unknown

be merciful. . . . How long, O my God? . . . Lord

Thou wilt not repulse Thy servant. In the midst of the

stormy waters, come to my help, take me by the hand.”

Since the key to the cuneiform inscriptions has been discov-

ered, it has been evident that many legends of Genesis are

varients of Sumiro-Accadian originals, and that from this

source too was drawn the Jewish belief in magic, witchcraft,

dreams, supernatural serpents, sacred trees, etc.; whilst the

pure Monotheism of later times was fighting hard to establish

itself in the hearts and minds of a people, who came from a

cradleland of many gods. For in those palmy days of the

Yellow Race, when it was at the head of human progress, the

Semites are seen as nomad tribes dwelling amongst the Acca-

dians, and in one most noted instance wandering from Ur of

the Chaldees, till they finally reached Egypt and the Nile. And

the legends, the superstitions, the forms of prayer of Accad

are faithfully reflected in the earliest traditions of Israel.

(To be continued.)

20 The American Naturalist. (January,

THE FLIGHT OF BIRDS.

By I. LANCASTER.

I have been asked what effect the application of soaring

methods has upon active wing flight. If soaring goes on 80

easily where gravity is the motive power, why do not all birds

soar? o

The soaring activity is not understood when such a question

is put, obscurity arising, doubtless, from misconception.

The usual statement of soaring held by everybody, and

especially by mechanical authority, is diagrammed in 1,

where g represents weight, w, horizontal air resistance, and p,

Pate Sree E

én A? (1)

normal pressure. When a horizontal force, f, is applied, of

sufficient magnitude to cause p to equal both g and w, the —

plane moves on the horizontal path of soaring flight. Soar-

ing, or indeed any sort of bird flight, would be impossible —

thus stated, which may be called the formula method. |

The soaring statement presented by nature, is seen in 2, 8

where the horizontal force, f, and the horizontal resistance, W, a

are stricken out. Vertical g is replaced by gn and gp, while p- 4

remains the same in direction but not in magnitude. The —

pressure plane of air throws g out of vertical, making gn and —

gp out of it; p is equal to gn; fis equal to gp, and the plane ‘

soars; f pushes gp up as fast as gn pushes p down, producing —

a horizontal resultant. a

Compare both statements with 3. In either case a prism of

air as wide as the distance across the extended wings of the —

y SW

1893.] The Flight of Birds. 21

bird, as thick as the perpendicular distance between the front

and rear edges of the wings, and say fifty feet long, is driven

bie a FOP

tor Np A

out of the way in one second of time. This is done, as above

stated, in both cases, but the way of doing it is the vital -

matter. It is driven out by gnand not by f. Suppose f should

stop acting. Motion of bird would then be downward on the

normal line, in which motion gn would do the same work in

one second as before. Motion both ways goes on simultan-

eously, neither having the slightest effect upon the other, for

the reason that they are 90° apart, and rectangular forces do

not affect each other, the bird moving under each force as if.

the other were not acting. The wav in which the air is driven

out is determined by f, but gn does all the work. The law of

meer ee eee ere

om>

fluid reactions throws all the air resistance to the bird’s motion

around, normal to the plane of its wings; gn then forces it

down, while f keeps the bird level.

There is yet a very important point to be understood. In

methods sanctioned by mechanical authority weight and air

resistance are added in pressure. Both are assumed to be

resistance to the soaring force. They should be subtracted,

22 The American Naturalist. [January,

not added. pis a reaction against gn and hot a force equalto

gn, acting with it against the soaring force. Atmosphere

resistance to the bird must be overcome, but weight overcomes

it, and is itself used up in the exertion.

I once saw a parody on Jack, the Giant Killer. Jack was ~

set upon simultaneously by two giants, either of which could i

have demolished him at once. He adroitly set them to fight- __

ing each other and then cut off their heads. Nature met with

much the same problem. She desired a soaring bird. Two

antagonists confronted her, air and weight. She so fashioned

a bird as to take advantage of the law of fluid pressure, which

set weight upon air resistance, in which contest they were both :

destroyed. She outdid Hercules in details of destruction. l

Pressure first cut weight into two unequal parts, then fell upon :

the greater and transformed it into a stream of escaping air

condensation, while the smaller still offered resistance. Then |

from these condensations, equal to the total normal part, she 3

obtained enough force through wing details to destroy the ¥

parallel part, and still have a large surplus. And all this was

accomplished by a bird’s wing. It seems a pity that such a

magnificent piece of work should belong only to fishhawks,

carrion crows, and the like.

Further, a single matter must be noticed. By referring to

3, it will be seen that there is a region behind and above the

lower surface of the bird, and beneath the front edge, of tri-

angular shape, that is not affected by the air. If the bird had

but one motion on the upward slant, any thickness of parts,

either of wing or body, would resist. But normal motion

confines air collision to the under side, leaving a confused

mass of eddies and reacting currents at the upper side. This

region of eddies may be filled with solid materials and still

not destroy the effect of a mathematical plane devoid of

thickness. The front edge must be sharp but the rear edge

may be overreached, as in 4, without further resistance. Su

shape will move farther in the same time unit normally than a

flat shape, while parallel motion is not changed in the slightest

degree. The least projection above a b increases resistance.

1893.] The Flight of Birds. 23

I have called this region the “neutral zone,” for want of a

better name. The bodies of all birds are almost entirely con-

fined to this zone.

The original question is now in order. Why do not all

birds soar? For many reasons, among which are the follow-

ing:

1. A bird may be of such shape that to throw it over to an

inclination that gives a parallel factor small enough to be

neutralized by the forward thrust would get part of the ani-

mal out of the neutral zone. The gray pelican of the Gulf

coasts is a case in point; especially when its gullet is full of

fish. It must flap to get thrust for its large parallel factor. If

its wings were one foot longer on each side, it could doubtless

soar continuously, even if its body did encroach on resisting

air to some extent.

2. Weight may be too great for surface. In this case con-

densations escape too readily to be utilized. A wild turkey,

prairie-chicken, or pheasant, are examples.

3. Weight may be too little for surface. Here condensation

is too weak to give thrust. A species of sea-gull found on the

lower Florida peninsula is a good example. In May and

June, when food is scarce, they flap continually. In Novem-

ber and December, when food is plenty, they rarely move a

wing. They will put into an empty craw their weight in food. |

4. Life habits may prevent suitable feather construction. I

presume this reason may apply to many small birds.

In the case of bats, the small factor may be entirely neu-

tralized by flapping, as there seems to be at least no surface

provision for utilizing the escaping condensations.

Flying squirrels do not sustain themselves.

24 The American Naturalist. [J anuary,

But in no case of bird flight that I am acquainted with, can

it be said that the normal factor is opposed by flapping. That

is cancelled by its own work on air. Flapping goes on for the

sole purpose of producing parallel motion by either increasing

the energy of the condensations, or by a backward push

against the air.

It must be borne in mind that the nearer the bird’s wings

approach horizontal, the less will be the obstructive gravity

factor, but on the other hand, the more contracted will be the

neutral zone. The moment this zone is encroached upon,

more is lost in resistance of air, than is gained by lessening

the small factor. >

Sie a

In experimenting, I never pay the least attention to what I

have called the “soaring force,” meaning thereby the force —

required to push the plane to the resultant, after the small

factor is neutralized. I have never used scales delicate

enough to measure this force. The moment the small factor

is out of the way, the plane runs to the front to the limit of ,

its freedom. :

There is the narrowest possible margin between active and |

fixed wing flight. The only group of white pelicans I ever —

met with, eight in number, moved through the air in alternate

flapping and gliding motion. Once only, I found them facing

a southwester on fixed wings. They rested in the gale as

firmly as if fastened to a rigid support. I had been observing

them daily for five months and was rewarded by this very |

unusual exhibition. I shot one of them and found its gullet mM |

and intestines full of fish, and it could only spread one square — |

foot of surface to each five pounds of weight, the greatest con-

trast of surface to weight I ever found. :

The entire subject of bird flight has been persistently mis-

conceived. It must be recast in toto to rescue it from the

mass of delusion that involves it. To speak of erroneous

details is labor lost. It is all erroneous. There is no stress in

the entire activity, either in direction or magnitude, where

stresses are supposed to be. When it is seen that from eleven-

twelfths to seventeen-eighteenths, approximately, of total

weight is employed in overcoming total air resistance to the

1893.] The Flight of Birds. 25

bird’s motion, it is easily conceivable that the animal may

overcome the remaining resistance without the necessity of

estimating the muscular exertion of a creature weighing eight

ounces in terms of horse power.

26 The American Naturalist.

EDITORIALS.

EDITORS, E. D. COPE, AND J. 8. KINGSLEY.

—Ar the October meeting of the American Humane Association, —

held in Philadelphia, a resolution was passed of a very dangerous —

nature. It urged upon the Legislature of every State in the Union —

the enactment of laws which shall prohibit, under severe penalty, the a

repetition of painful experiments upon animals for the purpose fa

teaching or demonstrating well-known and accepted facts. The danger

lies not in the intent, but in the fact that incompetent persons will feel —

it their duty to say that this experiment is painful, that another is 4

unnecessary ; and further, it strikes a deadly blow at all future increase —

of knowledge. An investigator in physiology can only be trained

by the laboratory method. He cannot read the accounts of previous =

work and, with no further preparation, proceed at once to the solution

of new problems. He must, rather, test his powers of experimenta-

tion by this very repetition which the proposed law prohibits. He —

must demonstrate for himself “well-known and accepted facts,” and

until he is able to bring his results into full accord with those facts

he is incompetent to enter untrodden fields where he is without checks —

upon the accuracy of his results.

That the proposed legislation is not so vicious as some, which, for- —

tunately, has been rare in the United States, is a matter for which We —

should be thankful; but, on the other hand, it would place a danger

ous tool in the hands of such fanatics and unqualified persons as com- —

monly occupy important positions in connection with the societies for

the prevention of cruelty to animals. The writer has a somewhat —

extensive acquaintance with the physiological investigators of both

Europe and America, and he knows them to be as a class humane per-

sons unwilling to inflict unnecessary suffering upon any animal, and

at the same time fully as competent to judge of the necessity of any

experiment as the persons whom the proposed legislation would put m

the position of prosecutors and judges.

— LIEUTENANT PEARY has obtained leave of absence from the Sec-

retary of the Navy for the purpose of further prosecution of Arcti¢

explorations. He proposes to establish himself at a point on the

northern coast of Greenland already visited by him as a base for —

1893.] Editorials. 27

explorations northward. He expects to travel over the ice which

covers the ocean, toward, and if circumstances permit, to the pole.

It will be a fortunate circumstance, and one conducive to the success

of the expedition, if land shall be found to the north of Greenland.

This, Lieutenant Peary suspects, may be the fact. Transportation will

be thus more easy and less dangerous, and much of interest to science

may be expected to result. The determination of the geologic and

paleontologic features of the region is of first-class importance to

world-history, and much important evidence will be contributed

toward the solution of some at present obscure problems.

—Tuer numbers of Toe AMERICAN Natura.isr for 1892 were

issued at the following dates: January, March 26; February, March

31; March, April 25; April, April 29; May, May 1; and all subse-

quent numbers on the first of the month named on the cover and

pages.

28 The American Naturalist. (January,

RECENT BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS.

ALLEN, J. A.—On Colaptes auratus and C. cafer. Ext. Proceeds. Am. Mus. Nat.

Hist., 1892. From the author q

Barley, L. H.—The Hortieulturalis’s Rule-Book, completed to the beginning of —

the year 1892. From the aut

BANKS, N.—The Spider a of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin. Ext. Proceeds. —

Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892. From the author. - n

Baur, G.—Ein Besuch der Galapagos Inseln. München, 1892. From theauthor. —

EAN, T. H.—Description of a new species of Star-gazer (Cathetostoma albigutta) —

from the Gulf of Mexico. Ext. Proceeds. Natl. Mus., Vol. xv. From the author.

Bulletins No. 16 and 18 Agri. Exp. Station of the Rhode Island College of Agri-

culture and Mechanic Arts.

Bulletin No. 18 Iowa Agri. Exp. Station. From Herbert Osborn.

Bulletin No. 43 Mass. State Agri. Exp. Station, Aug., 1892.

CLAYPOLE, E. W.—Traces of the Ice Age in the Flora of the Cuyahoga Valley.

Tract No. 84 Western Reserve Hist. Soc. From the author.

DALL, W. H.—Tertiary Mollusks of Florida, Part 2. Trans. Wagner Inst. Science.

From the mither. ;

RET for Collecting Mollusks and other Useful Hints for the Concholo-

gist. Part G of Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus. No. 39. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Day, D. alist Resources of the United States. Washington, 1892. From

the author.

Dotto, L.—Sur le Lepidodteus suessoniensis ——Sur la Morphologie de la Colonne

vertébrale.

——Sur la Morphologie des Côtes. Exts.du Tome xxiv, Bull. Sci. de la France

et de la Belgique.

—Nouvelle Note sur le Ch lien adapté à la vie fluvia-

tile. Ext. Bull. Soc. Belge de Geol. , Paleont., et Hydrol. Bruxelles, Tome v, 1891

From the author. ;

DumBLE, E. T.—Third Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Texas for

1891. Austin, 1892. 4

——Notes on the Geology of the Valley of the Middle Rio Grande. Ext. Bull,

Geol. eer Am., Vol. iii, pp. 216-230. From the Society. a

Dyar, H. G.—Descriptions of Some Butterfly Larvæ from Yosemite. Ext. Can:

ES Oct., 1891. From the author.

Evolution in Science, Philosophy, and Art. Popular Lectures and Discourses

Before the Brooklyn Ethical Association. New York, 1891. From D. Appleton &

Co., Seen

GAER’

TNER, F.—Concerning the Differentiation of Black Pigment in the Liver, |

Spleen, and Shean from Coal-dust Deposits. Reprint Microscope, July, 1889.

From the author,

©- —Vivisection. Ext. AM. NAT., Oct., 1891. From the author.

ILL, TH.— Notes on the Tetraodontoidea. Ext. Proceeds, Natl. Mus., Vol. xi%

From the author.

1893.] Recent Books and Pamphlets. 29

GRAFF, L. von.—Bibliothek des Professors der Zoologie und Vergl. Anatomie.

Leipzig, 1892. From the author

Hasets, M.—Extrait du rapport sur l'Industrie des Sardages à l’Exposition Uni-

verselle de 1889. From th

HARLE, E.—Une Mandibule de Singe du Repaire de Hyenes de Montsaunes ,

Ext. Compte-rendu fèv., 1892. From the author.

Hay n the Breeding Habits, Eggs, slik Young of Certain Snakes,

S0 the agg og of Blood from the Eyes of Horned Toads. Exts. Proceeds.

U. S. Natl. Mus., . xv. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Hayes, C. ie Expedition Through the Yukon District Ext. Natl, Geog.

Mag., Vol. iv, pp. 117-162. From the author

HERNDON, J. H.—Plea for the Life of the Geological Survey of Texas.——

Review of the charges preferred against Prof. E. T. Dumble, State Coble: for

“ Incompetency, Plagiarism, and Maladministration in Office,” and the sham trial

thereof. Austin, 189]. From the author

Hircucock, R.—The Ancient Pit. Dwellers of Yezo, Japan. Ext. Reprint Natl.

Mus., 1808. PP- 417-427.

Descriptions of Two New Forms of Basileuterus rufiforms from Mexico.

Ext. Proceeds. Natl. Mus., Vol. xv. From the author

aye of Life. A Sym püsik on the Contig Man. Edited by Wallace

$ D. New York, 1892. From E. B. Treat, Publisher.

een D. S.—Evolution. Syllabus of Lectures, Alameda, 1892, From the

author.

KEpzik, J. H.—Speculations. Solar Heat, Gravitation, Sun Spots. Chicago, 1891.

From the author.

Kirsy, W. F.—Elementary Text-book of ee Second Edition. London

and New York, 1892. From Macmillan & Co.,

LERCH, O.—A Preliminary Report on the eae z pe North of the Vicks-

~ Shreveport and Z Railroad. From the author i

U, J.—The Geolo KaR Map of the United States the United States

Gelgie sale: oe 892.

Mason, O. T.—The oh ak or Womans Knife, of the Eskimo. Ext. Rept. Natl.

Mus. tor 1006 From the Muse

MERRILL, G. P.—Handbook K the Department of paed in the U. S. National

Museum. Ext. Rep. Natl. Mus. for 1890. From the Mus

OSBORN, HERBERT.— Lice Affecting Domestic Animals. Ea. Bull. No. 16, Iowa

Agri. Exp. Station

Report of the Cio of Fish and Fisheries Respecting the Establishment

of Fish Cultural Stations in the Rocky Mountain Region and Gulf States. Wash-

ington, 1892.

Report of the Conduct of the British Museum for 1891. London, 1892.

Ripcway, R.—The Humming-Birds. Ext. Rep. Natl. Mus., 1890, pp. 253-383.

tion.

Riley, C. V.—Directions for Collecting and cramer de Insects. Part F sid Bull.

U. S. Natl. Mus., No. 39. From the Smithsonian Insti

Rust, Dr. D. —Contributions to Canadian Sitio: Paacoatciogy, Part 4, with an

introduction by J. B. Tyrrell. Ottawa, 1892. From the Can. Geol. and Nat. Hist.

Survey.

30 The American Naturalist. [Janui

Science Teaching in the Schools. Report of the Committee of the American

Society of Naturalists, 1891. J

SuuFELDT, R. W.—The Myology of the Raven. A Guide to the Study of the

Muscular System in Birds. London and New York, 1890. From Macmillan & Co.,

Publishers.

STEJNEGER, L.—Two Additions to the Japanese Avifauna, including Description —

of a New Species. Ext. Proceeds. U. S. Natl. Mus., Vol. xv, pp. 371-373.

the Smithsonian Instituti ;

ARR, R. S.—A Hint pur Respect to the Origin of Terraces in Glaciated Regions.

Ext. Am, Jour. Science, Vol. xliv, 1892.

——Reconnaissance of the BPA Mountains. Bull. No. 3, Dept. Agri.

Insur. Statis. and Hist. Geol. Survey Texas, 1892. 2

The Relation of Secular Decay of Rocks to the Formation of Sediments. —

Ext. Am. Geol., a y, 1892. From the author. E

TOWNSEND, C. .—Notes on North lian Tachinide sens str. with

ee of ee Genera and aie Ext. Canadian Entomologist, March, —

A Parasite of the Fall Web-Worm.——A New Simulium from Southern New —

Mexico.—Description of a Sarcophaga Bred from Helix. PEPA Pryche, 1892.

——A Tachinid Parasite of Crysophanus dione. Exorista chrysophani n. sp.——

Description of a Muscid Bred from Swine Dung, with Notes on Two Muscid Gen-

era. Exts. Entomol. News, 1891. i

Notes on North American ear with Descriptions of New Genera and —

Species. pr 1892. From the autho

Wurre, I. C.—The Mannington Oil ida and the History of Its Development.

ossil Plants from the Permian Beds of Texas. Exts. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am.

Vol. iii iii, pp. 187-218. From the Society.

1893.] Recent Literature. 31

RECENT LITERATURE.

The Apodidez.'—This, one of the latest of the “ Nature Series,”

is not up to its predecessors either in accuracy of statement or sug-

gestiveness of matter. The author, starting off with the intention of

working up the comparative anatomy of this family of phyllopod crus-

tacea, has been led to regard them as all-important in phylogenetic

speculations, but, unfortunately, the good points of his volume are not

original, while the original portions cannot be praised. Thus the cen-

tral position of the Phyllopods in the Crustacean branch was recog-

nized long ago, while the comparison of the foot of the Apus with the

parapodum of a Polychzte worm was made long before Bernard entered

the field of zoology. On the other hand the special studies of Mr.

Bernard have led him to regard the differences between the annelids

and Apus as of extremely minor importance. All you have to do,

says he in effect, is to bend the anterior end of a carnivorous annelid

back upon itself to produce this portion of Apus, and the thing is

done. Resemblances are magnified and differences are minimized or

ignored, and presto! Apus is the all-important arthropod. The name

of Macmillan & Co. is so uniformly associated with only first-class

works that we were surprised to see it on the present volume.

Darwin, and After Darwin; I, The Darwinian Theory,

by Grorce Jonn Romanes.’—Romanes has devoted the best years

of his’ life to the defence of the evolutionary faith and to making

himself acquainted with, advocating, and extending Darwin’s ideas.

The present work consists of two volumes, viz., “The Darwinian

Theory,” and “ Post-Darwinian Questions.” The latter, soon to be

issued, is to treat of heredity, utility, isolation, etc., which have

become prominent since the death of Darwin. The former is a

systematic exposition of the Darwinism of Darwin. It gives a

résumé of the evidence, as it is known at present from class-

ification, Morphology, Embryology, Paleontology, and Geographical

Distribution, and includes a full discussion of the Theories of Natural

and of Sexual Selection. It is a neat volume of 460 pages, fully

1The Apodide. A morphological study, by Henry Meyners Bernard. London

and New York. Macmillan & Co., 1892.

2Chicago. The Open Court Publishing Company, 1892.

32 The American Naturalist. [January,

illustrated with new figures that largely increase its value. It is the

best single volume on the general subject that has appeared since —

Darwin’s time, and it is doubtless destined to be for years to come the —

The principle of continuity makes antecedently probable the theory

of organic evolution. The probability is strengthened by the fact that ;

a natural classification of organie beings seems with the advance of

knowledge more and more evident. The evidence from Morphology —

in the present volume is confined largely to a discussion of rudimen- —

tary structures, and especially such as are found in the human body. —

Muscles of the external ear, panniculus carnosus, feet, hands, tail, ver-

miform appendix of the cxcum, ear, hair, teeth, perforation of the i

humerus and flattening of the tibia are all treated. In this connection — |

Dr. Louis Robinson’s recent interesting observations on the grasping — :

power of the infant’s hand are reported. In discussing Embryology, —

considerable space is devoted to the phenomena of fertilization and

karyokinesis, since the author believes the great similarity in these

highly complex and specialized processes, shown throughout the animal —

and vegetable kingdoms, to be indicative of organic continuity, and

hence evidence of the highest importance. The testimony afforded by i

connecting links, which has accumulated mainly since Darwin first

published, forms an interesting section, made more interesting by good i.

figures. Geographical Distribution is mainly a summary of Wallaces

observations. E

' The evidence for and against the theory of Natural Selection is fully

and fairly given. Romanes believes this principle to be not the sole,

but the most important, factor of organic evolution. The main gen- —

eral arguments in favor of the theory are three, viz., its inherent

necessity, the facts of heredity, variation, and struggle for existence

being excepted ; the fact that among all the millions of structures and

instincts, each is developed for the benefit of its own species, and m

not a single case for the exclusive benefit of another species; also the

facts of domestication. Protective coloring, warning coloring and

Ne o aE Sepp sagas E es OS Cg EE E SE E E re Ea nm E AS ATER

similar organs in widely different groups (Mivart’s instance of the p

of the cuttlefish and of vertebrates), and the preservation of the ft

beginnings of structures (the Duke of Argyll’s “Prophetic Germs "h |

1893.] Recent Literature. 33

where the principle of correlation must play so important a part. The

electric organ in the tail of the skate is a formidable case, which our

present knowledge is not able satisfactorily to dispose of. In the last

chapter Mr. Wallace’s objections to Darwin’s theory of Sexual Selec-

tion are replied to. The relations of the Darwinian doctrine to adap-

tation and beauty in organic nature are discussed in brief, and finally

its relations to the fundamentals of religion —F. 8. Ler. »

The Diseases of Personality, by Tu. Rısor.’—The new Psy-

chology is under a great debt to Ribot for his studies of nervous dis-

eases. In this last volume he bases personality as the highest form of

psychic individuality upon the organic sense. All the bodily organs

are constantly sending into the central nervous system impulses that

give rise to sensations. These organic sensations are relatively more

prominent in the lower animals, because there they are not, as they are

higher in the scale, covered up by desires, passions, perceptions and

ideas. Everywhere, however, they form the physical basis of person-

ality. The author analyzes the organic, emotional and intellectual

conditions and disorders of personality. The discussions include the

meaning of “individual” in various forms of animal life; the person-

ality of twins and double monsters; the rôle of memory ; transforma-

tions brought about by hallucinations and by ideas; the phenomena

of the dissolution of personality in cases of progressive dementia. A

convenient, if not entirely comprehensive, classification of the diseases

mentioned is that its three categories, viz., alienation (where the

changed person is either entirely ignorant of his former self or regards

it objectively), alternation (ordinary cases of double consciousness),

and substitution (where the individual takes on a new character, yet is

conscious of his former one, as where he now believes himself a king,

although he remembers that he was formerly a poor man).

It is to be hoped that the same publishers will issue in the same neat

form the author’s works on the diseases of memory and of the will.

F. 5. Lee.

SAuthorized translation, Chicago. The Open Court Publishing Co. pp. 157.

34 The American Naturalist. [January,

General Notes.

GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.

On the Formation of Oolite.—Dr. A. Rothpletz has proposed

a theory of the formation of odlite, which is as interesting as it is

novel. He noticed on the shores of Great Salt Lake, Utah, snow-white

and silver-gray calcareous corpuscles in great numbers. They form @

large part of the beach sand, and where they lie in the water they are

partly covered with a bluish-green alga-mass. On examination the

algoid bodies proved to be colonies of cells of the lime secreting alge,

Gleocapsa and Gleothece. By a series of experiments Dr. Rothpletz

satisfied himself that the calcareous bodies secreted by the plants and

the calcareous bodies which compose the beach sand are identical.

Pursuing his researches, the author investigated the odlites from the

strand of the Red Sea, and found that although slightly differing m.

structure, these odlites originate similarly to those of Salt Lake; that

is, from lime secreting algæ.

In studying fossil forms Dr. Rothpletz has found in a gray limestone

from the Lias of the Vilser Alps, and in the great oölite structure of

gated by Wethered, and more recently by Bleicher (May, 1892),

closely resembles that of the Red Sea odlite. In view of these

Dr. Rothpletz is inclined to believe that at least the majority of the

marine cal¢areous odlites with regular zonal and radial structures are

of plant origin; the product of microscopically small alge of very

low rank, capable of secreting lime—From Botanisches Centralbla

Translated by F. W. Cragin for the American Geologist, Nov., 1892

intended as a basis for the economic geology of that region, and 1

therefore, general rather than special and detailed. ‘The rocks of the

*Report on Geology of Northeastern Alabama and adjacent portions of Georgis

d Tennessee. Bulletin No. 4, Geological Survey of Alabama. By C. Wil

Hayes, Assistant Geologist U. S. Geol. Surv., 1892.

1893.] Geology and Paleontology. 35

area under consideration are all Paleozoic, and include representatives

of all the larger subdivisions of that system. A columnar section of

the strata exposed east of Browntown Valley gives the Cambrian rocks

an average thickness of 7550 feet; the Silurian, 5935 feet; the Devon-

ian, 180 feet; and the Carboniferous, 2175 feet. The formation names

are all new, being purely geographic and local. It is questionable if

the making of new names is necessary in regions contiguous to those

with similar formations whose names have been generally adopted.

The reason advanced, “ to avoid all remote correlations,” does not seem

sufficient to warrant such innovations.

The report is accompanied by an excellent Geological map which

shows a structure section through Northeastern Alabama.

The Mesosauria of South Africa.—Paleontologists are indebted

to Prof. H. G. Seeley for a detailed description of the Mesosauria of

South Africa, and an exact statement of the relations of Mesosaurus

with Stereosternum.

For many years the genus Mesosaurus has been evidenced by a

single fossil from Griqualand, South Africa, described by Gervais in

1865 under the name Mesosaurus tenuidens. In 1878 four specimens

from the shale at the margin of the Kimberley Diamond field were

obtained by Mr. G. H. Lee, and deposited in the British Museum. They

show that Mesosaurus was a long-tailed reptile, with hind limbs well

developed. Mr. Seeley found it impossible to refer the Kimberley speci-

mens to M. tenuidens, and described them under the name M. pleuro-

gaster. The well-developed abdominal ribs, formed of flattened

plates, give this species its most distinctive feature.

A second specimen of M. tenuidens found in the district of Albania

by David Arnold, preserved in the Cape Town Museum, shows the

ventral aspect of the anterior part of the skeleton. There are some

differences between this specimen and the type, but Mr. Seeley does

not consider them important enough to prove specific distinction.

Another specimen of the same genus, from near Burghersdorf, is in

the Albany Museum at Grahamstown. It shows the dorsal aspect of

dorsal vertebre and ribs. It indicates a new species, but there is no

character available for its definition except that of relatively stout

ribs.

In discussing the relations of Mesosaurus with Stereosternum,

Mr. Seeley refers to Stereosternum tumidum from Brazil, described

by Cope in 1886, and figures the shoulder girdle of that species

to show a pair of wide, thin, crescentic bones in advance of the

36 The American Naturalist. [January,

shoulder girdle. In regard to these bones Mr. Seeley says: “ If

the transverse expansion seen in the Paris type of Mesosaurus is the

‘same bone, its form is imperfect, but it is in the same position as the

lateral crescentic bone of Stereosternum. There is nothing in the Cape

Town Mesosaurus which corresponds in form with these bones in

Stereosternum, and the shoulder girdle in the two types seems to be

unlike, because the coracoids in the Brazilian genus met (as shown by

the thickened margin) in the median line, while in Mesosaurus there

seems to have been a squamous overlap as in Monotreme mammals,

and as the coracoid cartilages overlap in Triton and Salamandra.

This condition, so far as I am aware, is not otherwise suggested by

remains of fossil reptiles. There is also a possible resemblance to Sal-

amanders in the fact that the scapula and coracoid are not separable,

though the Cape Town Mesosaurus appears to indicate a suture. °

These African Sauromorpha closely resemble some genera from the

Trias of Europe in general form and characters of the humerus. This

leads Mr. Seeley to present, for the present, the following classification

of a small group to which he gives the name “ Mesosauria: ”

MeESOSAURIA.

General Characters.—Palate closed in the median line, teeth slen-

der, prehensile; cervical ribs with a single articulation, dorsal ribs

articulated to the anterior face of the neural arch. The shoulder-

girdle formed of scapular and clavicular arches. Humerus expanded

distally with an ent-epicondylar foramen. Digits terminating in claws.

Division I. Proganosauria.

Articular faces of centrum conically cupped, coracoid and scapula

anchylosed, a larg’: clavicle (or separate episcapule), a sacrum of four

vertebrz, a foramen in the pubis, five bones in the distal row of the

tarsus, neck short, tail long. South Africa, South America.

Division IT. Neusticosauria.

Articular faces of centrum flat, coracoid and scapula separate, clav-

icles relatively small (no separate episcapula), sacram unknown, @

notch instead of a foramen in the pubis, neck long, tail short. Europe.

This order is an important diagnostic type of its horizon, and all

additional knowledge respecting it is welcome.

Quarterly Jour. Geol. Soc., Nov., 1892.

E ee ae ee a tes s

PS -EN it Se

E EA ee SEa VNE

e T E ae ae nine eee

See Te EE EOE

1893.] Geology and Paleontology. 37

Kansas Pterodactyls.—The wealth of material in the museum

of the Kansas University affords Prof. Williston the opportunity to

compare the genera Nyctodactylus, Pterodactylus and Pteranodon,

with the following result:

“ It seems very probable that the genus Nyctodactylus has no teeth

in its jaws; it agrees in every other respect with the genus Pterodacty-

lus, so far as known. Now, in not a few species of Pterodactylus the

teeth are confined to the anterior end of the jaws, and their entire

absence, unaccompanied by other structural differences, will hardly

constitute an order, or even a family.

“ Pteranodon differs from Pterodactylus, so far as that genus is

known, in the united coracoscapule and pubes, both of which charac-

ters are found in Rhamphorhynchus.

“The sole family characters remaining then, for Pteranodon, are

absence of teeth, a supra-occipital crest, and the articulation of the

upper end of the scapula.”

Prof. Williston, therefore, proposes the following classification :

Order Pterosauria.

Family Pterodactylide; sub-families, Pteranodontine, Pterodactyl-

ine.

Family Rhamphorhynchide.

Family Ornithocheiride.—Kansas University Quarterly, July, 1892.

Geological News, General.—Prof. S. W. Williston considers the

practice of American text-books in Geology in introducing generic

names of characteristic fossils as the names of the geological horizons

whence they come as very reprehensible. Leconte’s Elements contains

a long list of such names that have long been out of use by paleon-

tologists.—Kansas Univ. Quart., July, 1892. According to T. Mel-

lard Reade, marine sands are rounded and highly polished, while

non-marine but purely glacial sands are invariably angular.— Geolog-

ical Magazine, Oct., 1892.——M. Boule calls attention to some well-

preserved remains of Elephas meridionalis found in the volcanic

terranes of Senéze (Haute-Loire). They resemble E. meridionalis of

the English Crag. This fossil confirms M. Boule’s previous statement

that while some of the volcanoes of the valley of the Allier (Coupet

and Chilhas) were active during the middle Pliocene, others, like

Senéze, are contemporary with E. meridionalis, and are therefore more

recenit.—Revue Scientifique, Nov., 1892.

Paleozoic.—A new form of the rare group Agelacrinitide has _

been found in the lower carboniferous limestone of Cumberland,

38 The American Naturalist. [January, .

England. The fossil is described and figured in the Quart. Jour.

Geol. Soc. May, 1892, under the name Lepidodiscus milleri, by

G. Sharman and E. T. Newton. Mr. H. G. Seeley describes a new

reptile from Welte Vreden, Cape Colony, Eunotosawrus africanus.

The dorsal vertebræ in form and number suggest the Chelonian type,

but the specimen affords no proof that the whole of the dorsal verte-

bre are preserved. Every character preserved differs from those of

South African fossils hitherto known, with the exception of the pubis,

which suggests that the specimen is referable to the Mesosauria in a

division distinct from the Proganosauria—Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc.,

Nov., 1892.——Eleven new species of Lower Silurian Ostracoda refer-

able to the two genera Leperditia and Schmidtella are described and

figured by E. O. Ulrich in the Amer. Geol., Nov., 1892.

Mesozoic.—Mr. Arthur Hollick calls attention to some fossil mol-

lusesfound at Tottenville and Arrochar, Long Island. Prof. Whitman

has determined them to be marine cretaceous species. These, in con-

nection with cretaceous plants found in the same locality, establishes

the cretaceous strata which have hitherto been assumed to extend

along the southern and western shores of Long Island.—Trans. New

York Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 96. A new Mosasaur, Clidastes westii, is

described by Mr. Williston. The fossil was found in the uppermost of

the Niobrara beds, and consists of a complete lower jaw, quadrate,

portions of the skull, the larger part of the vertebral column, and the

incomplete hind and fore paddle. It is estimated that the animal in

life measured seventeen and one-half feet.—Kansas Univ. Quart., July,

1892. Mr. Ubler’s observations show three structural units in the

Tuscaloosa formation instead of the one insisted upon by McGee and

Darton. His division is as follows: 1 The Potomac formation prope?

laid down on the broken border of the crystalline rocks and capped —

RIM

LEd

by the variegated clay. 2 "The Albirupean formation, which includes

the series of clays, sands and cobble-stone deposits resting between the

variegated clay and the base of the Severn formation. 3 Alternate

clay sands resting upon the irregular and eroded surface of the white

1892.

Cenozoic.—The collection of fossil marsupials at Queensland

includes a fine series of mandibles of Phascolomys mitchellii, which sup” ,

_ port Mr. De Vis in making this a distinct species from P. platyrhinvs-

—Proceeds. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., 1891——Two species, Laganum

clay or sand of the preceding group.—Trans. Maryland Acad. Sci, a

1893.) Geology and Paleontology. 39

decagonale and Cassidulus florescens, have been added by Mr. Gregory

to the Australian fossil Echinoidea. The papers recently published

by Cotteau, Tate, Bittner, and Gregory on Australian Cenozoic Ech-

inoids, show that the fauna in question is Eocene and Oligocene instead

of Miocene, and that it is remarkably rich and varied in genera —

Geol. Mag., Oct., 1892.——A collection of mammalian bones from

Mongolia reported on by Lydekker are of interest since they carry the

Chinese mammalian fauna to a more northern district than has hith-

erto been known, and they indicate two Indian Siwalik species not

previously recorded from Chinese territory, viz., Hyena macrostoma

and Equus sivalensis.— Records Geol. Surv. India, Vol. xxiv.

40 The American Naturalist. (January, q

MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY:'

The Origin and Classification of Igneous Rocks.—Mr.

Iddings’ has recently published at length the data upon which are

based his conclusions concerning the causes of the different structures

exhibited by the igneous rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Moun-

tain and of their varied mineral composition. The main results

reached by this study have already been noticed in these pages? It

may be well again to call attention to the fact that in this region the —

different conditions attending the final consolidation of the ejected and —

of the intruded magmas affected not only their crystalline structure, 4

but also their essential mineral composition; consequently, the mole-

cules in a chemically homogenous fluid magma combine in various

ways and form quite different associations of silicate minerals, produc-

ing mineralogically different rocks. For instance, biotite is an essen-

tial constituent of even the most basic of the intrusive rocks, while in

the effusive phases it is rarely found in rocks containing less than 61%

of SiO, Again, quartz is common in the coarser grained varieties of —

the former and is absent from those of the latter. Therefore, it is more

proper to consider intrusive and effusive rocks that havea like chemical —

composition as corresponding or equivalent rocks, than those forms of

the two series that have similar mineral compositions. The classifica-

tion of igneous rocks should recognize the close dependence of struc- n

ture and mineralogical composition upon geological relations. But,

since the structure is the best exponent of these relations, structure ;

should form the basis of this classification. Though giving most 0

his attention to the general subject of the relation existing between the —

structure and the geological position of the rocks of the area described, —

the author devotes a portion of his article to illustrating the inter —

growths of hypersthene, pyroxene and hornblende that occur so plen- —

tifully developed in the rocks of the region.——In a second paper the

same author‘ attacks the great problem of the origin of igneous rocks. :

He introduces the subject by outlining the growth of the theory first

enunciated by Scrope, that the varieties of igneous rocks are the result —

‘Edited by Dr. W. S. Bayley, Colby University, Waterville, Maine.

*Twelfth Ann. Rep. Di U.S.

3Cf. AMERICAN NATURALIST, April, 1890,

360. ie

‘The Origin of Igneous Rocks. Bull. Philos. Soc. Wash., xii, 1892, p- 89. se

Geol. Survey, Washington, 1892, p- 569-

Be nO ny ae ae yo eee ee eee

ig a ea

1893,] Mineralogy and Petrography. 41

of the differentiation of a homogeneous magma. Scrope’s notion was

a crude one, but it has been built upon little by little until it has, in

the hands of Mr. Iddings, been placed upon a footing secure enough

to warrant its being thoroughly tested by observation and experimen-

tation. The author points out the evidences of the close relationships

exhibited by the rocks emanating from a volcanic center and their

differences from similar groups from other centers, and then takes up

the question of the differentiation of molten magmas. He brings for-

ward geological and chemical evidences of the fact of differentiation,

and explains the act upon Soret’s principle that in a solution whose

parts are at different temperatures there will be a concentration of the

salt in the colder parts. Lagorio has shown that rock magmas are

solutions, and Iddings believes they are solutions of the chemical ele-

ments or of their oxides. Consequently, after differentiation has taken

place and cooling sets in, different mi ] fi d ing to laws

that depend upon the proportions of the oxides occurring in the differ-

entiated portions. This is apparently contradictory to the view of

Rosenbusch,* who regards rocks as having originated in the differen-

tiation of a magma, but of a magma which is a solution of silicate salts

in a silicate solvent. As a result of the condition of affairs suggested

by Iddings the first eruption from a volcanic center would naturally

possess a composition intermediate between those of succeeding erup-

tions. As a fact the author states that the sequence is usually a rock

of intermediate composition, followed by less siliceous and more silic-

eous ones, to those very basic and very acid. The last eruptions are

of very exceptional character. These will occur in small quantity

only, and will be first eroded from the surface. Consequently these

forms will be found principally in dykes. They are the forms to which

Rosenbusch has given the group name “Ganggesteine.” These rocks,

according to Iddings, have their equivalents among volcanic flows, but

the association of minerals in them is different. It is simply their

structure, therefore, that characterizes the dyke rocks. They have

originated in the same manner as have other eruptives, and conse-

quently are not essentially different from them. The author’s views

are developed carefully and at considerable length. They will

undoubtedly serve to turn the attention of petrographers to a subject

that has lain neglected long enough—the comparative study of rocks

of single geological provinces. The paper will well repay very careful

reading by all petrographers and theoretical geologists, who should be

SAMERICAN Natura.ist, Nov., 1890, p. 1071.

42 The American Naturalist. asia :

glad to know that it is on sale by the Philosophical Society of

Washington, from whose secretary it may be purchased for $1.

The Novaculites of Arkansas.—In his excellent discussion of

the novaculites of Arkansas, Griswold* describes most of these rocks a8

consisting of very tiny irregular grains of quartz with occasional —

specks of carbonaceous matter. Originally the rock contained also

wel) crystallized rhombohedra of calcite, traces of which are sometimes q

seen in the sections. Generally, however, the calcite has entirely

disappeared, and its place is now occupied by a rhombic cavity, around

which the quartz grains are packed as though they had been shoved —

about by the crystallizing carbonate. The good cutting qualities of

Arkansas whetstones are thought to be due to the presence of these —

cavities. The purity of the Hot Springs novaculite is shown by an

analysis that yielded :

ent ars sie &

Bias Sond ae MGA > oe Mah ae A ges N

SiO, ALO, aiit be MgO K,O Na,O Loss Total

99.45 2 tr. 19 64 e .06—100.62

According to the author the rocks were first deposited as a mud or —

ooze, in which calcite crystallized. They were then consolidated by —

simple pressure, and finally, after upturning and erosion, they weré :

supplied with a small quantity of secondary silica. i

Petrographical News.—Osann’ has discovered that the mineral —

heretofore regarded as sodalite in the Montreal eleolite-syenite is

nosean, as it contains 5-6% of SO,, and very little calcium. It is quite 4

abundant in the rock, and is Kaea as idiomorphic grains in its :

garnets. A microscopical test proposed by the author for distinguish- a

ing between nosean and sodalite is as follows: Moisten slide with .

dilute acetic acid to which a little barium-chloride has been added, and ig

allow to stand in an atmosphere of the acid. Sodalite remains trans- 2

parent, while nosean is covered with an opaque coating of barium —

sulphate. a

The coloring matter of the black limestone of the Pyrenees is show? —

by Jannetaz* to be carbon, probably in the form of anthracite.

The new catalogue of geology and petrography issued by Ward's 2

Natural Science Establishment, of Rochester, N. Y., deserves mention —

*Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey of Ark. for 1890, Vol. iii, pp. 122-168.

‘Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., 1892, i, p. 222.

*Bull. Soc. Franç d. Min., xv, 1892, p.'101.

1893.] Mineralogy and Petrography. 43

in these notes because of the full list of rock names contained in it.

The principal rock types are defined, and under each are given the

technical names of all its varieties. It is further interesting as an

indication of the growing importance of lithology in this country,

since it is quite evident that Prof. Ward would not find it advisable to

keep in stock such a large quantity of rock material were the demands

for it rare. The catalogue may well serve the geologist as a table of

petrographical synonyms.

A New Occurrence of Ptilolite.—A new occurrence of ptilo-

lite has been discovered by Cross and Eakins’ in Custer County, Col.,

about three miles southeast of Silver Creek, in the vesicles of a dull

‘green devitrified pitchstone. The mineral is in very slender needles

that are optically negative. An analysis made on very carefully

selected material gave:

SiO, AlĻO, CaO K,O NaO H,O Total

67.83 11.44 3.30 .64 263 13.44—99.28,

which is equivalent to R, Al, Si, O,,+6% H,O, a formula identical with

that determined for mordenite by Pirsson."” Clarke" regards a part

of the water in each mineral as basic, and believes that mordenite, the

ptilolite from Silver Creek and the original ptilolite (which is poor in

Na,O) are mixtures of the salts. Al, (Si,O,); Ca H, 3Aq, Al, (Si,0,),

Ca H, 6Aq, Al, (Si,O,), Na, H, 6Aq and Al, (Si,O,), K, H, 6Aq.

Mineralogical News.—Polybasite and tennantite are reported by

Penfield and Pearce” from the Mollie Gibson Mine in Aspen, Col.

The former is the ore of the mine. It occurs massive, often associa-

ted with barite and siderite. It is of a grayish-black color, and has

disseminated through it patches of the lighter tennantite. Analyses,

corrected for impurities, follow:

As b Ag Pee Ca Za Be

Polybasite.... 18.13 7.01 .30 56.90 14.85 2.81

Tennantite... 25.04 17.18 .13 13.65 .86 35.72 6.90 .42

Crystals of both minerals are known to occur in several of the Colorado

mines, though they have not yet been described.

®Amer. Jour. Sci., August, 1892, p. 96-

Cf. AMERICAN NATURALIST, 1891, p- 372.

Amer. Jour. Sci., August, 1892, p. 101.

2 Amer. Jour. Sci., July, 1892, p. 15.

44 The American Naturalist. [

The cerussite from Pacaudiére, near Roanne, Loire, France, is stat

by Gonnard” to be associated with copper, silver and lead compounds

pyrite, limonite, quartz and calcite. Its simple crystals present ng

variety of planes. Twinned crystals are common, and trillings an

known. A description of the several types is given by the autho

For sixty years past the same mineral has been known to occur at th

argentiferous galena mines of Pontgibaud Puy-de-Dôme, but the

has not been noted in the treatises on Systematic Mineralogy.

crystals seem to have been formed at the expense of galena and b

nonite by the action of CO, from the neighboring volcanic vents.

habit of its crystals is well described by Gonnard".

Morenosite [(Ni Mg) SO,+7H,0] in green stalactites from the

of the Breithorn in Zermatt, yielded the same mineralogist” the fig

SO, = 28.7; NiO = 185; MgO = 6.5; H,O = 46.5. As

fragment of an ochre-yellow mineral from New Caledonia is a si

of nickel, magnesium and iron:

SiO, FeO, AlO, NiO MgO H,O Total

83.0 185 15 26.3 80 140 = 1019

Frossard” substantiates the statement of Mallard that the b

garnet pyreneite is a grossularite and not a melanite as repor fs

Raymond. Its density varies between 3.375 and 3.53.

Vesuvianite is reported by Pisani" from Settino in the Rhetian

Its analysis gave:

SiO, AlO, FeO CaO MgO MnO Loss Total —

39.0 143 18 3874 67 tr. .9=1001

The supposed martite crystals in the rock of Cuzeau, Mont -

are tabular hematites cemented into octahedra by magnesio-fer

determined by Lacroix.”

In the basic clays of Condorcet near Nyons, Drôme, France, are b

ders of siliceous limestone, with cavities whose walls are lined with bi-p

amidal quartz crystals, transparent celestite, dolomite and calcite. `

quartz and celestite both contain rare planes beautifully develo

“Bull. Soe. Franç d. Min., xv, 1892, p- 35.

“Ib., xv, p. 41.

1893.] Mineralogy and Petrography. 45

Mineral Syntheses.—Bourgeois and Traube” having failed to

produce carbonates of the magnesium group of elements by the reaction

of urea, water and metallic chlorides on each other at 130° in sealed

tubes, have made another attempt at their synthesis by substituting

potassium cyanate for the urea. The attempt proved successful,

needles of aragonite and rhombohedra of dolomite and magnesite

having been produced under the conditions mentioned, when the

chloride used was a mixture of the magnesium and calcium salts in

molecular proportions.

By the slow action of dilute solutions of copper chloride upon freshly

precipitated lead hydroxide at ordinary temperatures there is produced

a blue powder consisting of octahedra and, cubes of percylite, with

which are associated quadruple twins of a colorless mineral supposed

by C. Friedel” to be phosgenite.

Crocoite has been obtained by Ludeking” upon allowing a strong

solution of caustic potash to stand for some time in contact with lead

chromate in the presence of a little potassium chromate. By using a

large excess of very strong caustic potash phenicochroite forms. The

crystallization of the latter substance is due to the abstraction of the

solvent by the carbon-dioxide of the air, and of the former by a fur-

ther reaction between the caustic potash and chromic acid.

New Minerals.—Penjieldite—This mineral, discovered by Prof.

Genth® on the slags from Laurion, Greece, is evidently produced by

the action of sea water upon the materials of the slag. It is usually

in the form of hexagonal prisms with basal planes, or in prisms tapered

by pyramids. The color is white and the lustre vitreous to greasy.

An analysis of the tapering crystals gave: Cl = 18.55, Pb = 78.25,

O = , indicating the formula Pb ©. 2Pb Cl,

Brazilite is a new tantalo-niobate from the iron mine Jacupiranga,

in S. São Paulo, Brazil. Hussak* describes it as occurring in the

magnetite-pyroxene rock called by Derby jacupirangite. It was ap

rated by washing the decomposed residue of this rock in a miner’s

pan, and has heretofore been taken for orthite. Its crystallization is

monoclinic with a: b : e = .9859 : 1 :.5109. A= 98° 457. The

forms observed in its crystals are oP, œP, «P2', sP œ, OP, Po,

*Ib., xv, 1892, p- 13.

“1Tb., xv, 1892, p. 96.

"Amer. Jour. Sci., July: 1892; p. 57.

Amer. Jour. Sci., 18

“Neues. Jahrb. f. Min., ae 1892, ii, p. 141.

46 The Amervean Naturalist. (January, |

2P œ`, P and —P. The crystals are tabular parallel to the orthopin-

acuid and are nearly always twinned, frequently yielding very compli-

cated groupings. The color of the larger crystals varies from sulphur

yellow to black. Their hardness is 6.5 and density 5.006. The pl

of their optical axes is parallel to the clinopinacoid, and the double

refraction is negative. The extinction is 8°-15° in obtuse £, and the

pleochroism varies between dark-brown and oil-green. The minerals

associated with brazilite are apatite, magnetite, perofskite, ilmenite,

and a spinel. An analysis of the new minerals is promised shortly.

Landauer’s Blowpipe Analysis.—This little book” will be

cordially welcomed by English and American teachers in colleges

which the use of a large manual of blowpipe analysis is undesirable.

It is as suitable for classes in mineralogy as in chemistry, since it will

enable the student to determine the composition of a mineral as rapidl

as will the use of the great majority of Determinative Mineralogies

upon the market. Moreover, it possesses one desirable advantage over

compounds are made to serve as distinctive tests for them, in that it

compels the experimenter to study the chemical nature of the sub-

stance with which he is working. A mineral is a definite chemical

substance. A student of mineralogy who is unfamiliar with the com-

position of bodies with which he is working, though he may know

considerable about their physical properties, is neglecting the founda-

tion upon which his knowledge of minerals must rest. The little book

before us is an excellent introduction to the larger works like those

of Brush and Plattner. It is, besides, complete enough for most of

the purposes to which such a book is usually put. Beginning with &

good description of the apparatus and reagents necessary to blowpi

manipulation, it follows with an account of the operations employe

describes Bunsens flame reactions, mentions the distinctive tests for the

various chemical elements, gives Landauer’s and Egleston’s schemes

for the systematic examination of inorganic substances, and closes

with tables exhibiting the reactions of the various metallic oxides,

and in a condensed form the results of the different operations

described in the text. The book must find a place in many labor-

atories.

“Blowpipe Analysis, by J. Landauer. Authorized English Edition by

James Taylor. Second Edition. Macmillan & Co., 1892, pp. 14 and 173.

1893.] Botany. 47

BOTANY.

A New Edition of Wolle’s Desmids.—Botanists who failed

to secure a copy of the first edition of Wolle’s “ Desmids of the United

States,” and who were meditating whether or not to pay the extortionate

prices charged by the antiquarian booksellers, will be glad to know

that the author has brought out a new edition with considerable addi-

tions, which he is offering at $6.50. The book was well worthy of

this new edition, which will doubtless find a ready sale.

Botanical Definitions.—It is the misfortune of every science

that it has a mass of technical words or of words with technical mean-

ings, which must be defined before they can be understood by the

general reader. Indeed the number of these terms is so great in some

sciences, notably Botany, that even the professional botanist is obliged

to turn to some handy volume for the meaning of a strange word. So

we must have glossaries and dictionaries of scientific terms. The latest

one to appear is Crozier’s “ Dictionary of Botanical Terms,” a pretty

volume of about 200 pages, upon which the publishers (Holt & Co.)

have done well their share of the work. Turning to the substance of

the volume we find it disappointing. While it catalogues about 6000

words and omits few words of importance, and while its definitions are

generally not false, they are in very many cases so meagre as to leave

the user of the book little wiser after than before consultation. The

author has failed to distinguish between a true statement regarding a

word, and a definition of the word. Many of the definitions in this

book do not define. As examples, see Accessory Gonidia (“gonidial

formations in some species of Mucorini in addition to the typical

kind”), Apical Cell (“the generating cell of a growing point”),

Archegonium (“the female organ in the higher cryptogams”), Basid-

iospore (“a spore borne on a basidium, as those of mushrooms”’),

Linnzan System (“the system of classification devised by Linnzus,

founded upon the number and arrangement of the stamens and pis-

tils; sexual system”), Sexual System (“see Linnean system”). On

the other hand, some of the definitions of the new terms are well

drawn. The older terms fare pretty well, and are as well defined as

they usually are. It is the new terms which often fare badly. Yet such

a book is not wholly useless. When one needs to confirm his impress-

ion as to the meaning of a word it will be helpful, for, as indicated

48 The American Naturalist.

above, the statements are generally true. The general reader, howey

and the beginner in botany who meets a word for the first time a

who seeks a definition which will give him a clear notion of its

ing, will often turn away disappointed.—Cuarwes E. Bessey.

Timely Words as to the Nomenclature Question.—

this time, when there is not a little of ferment and effervescence 6

the rules which should govern in the nomenclature of plants, it wil

be well for us all to read the following remarks made by Al

De Candolle in the introduction to the “ Paris Code” of 1867. T

convey very well the ideas of the “ moderns ” of to-day. f

“ The system of nomenclature of organized beings, founded by Linn

zeus, was looked upon until the middle of this century as extremely

ingenious, and has been thought, by some authors, a most admirable

one. It was quoted in philosophical lectures and found superior t

that of chemical nomenclature, on account of its adapting itself mo

readily to changes necessitated by the progress of discovery. Bo

ists professed for it the greatest veneration. They boasted of hav

developed a better nomenclature than zoologists, which is not surp i

‘ing, as the most illustrious botanists, thirty or forty years ago, gay

infinitely more attention to this subject than zoologists. í

Nevertheless, of late years, a change has been perceptible; op

is wavering, enthusiasm abated. Here and there, in different countries,

doubts have arisen and complaints have been made regarding the 8y%

tem of botanical nomenclature.” * * *

“Tt follows that it is useful—every ieenty years, for instance

revise the ensemble of received rules.”

“Without going far back it is easy to see om since the end of

eighteenth century botanists have endeavored to free themselves os

many useless shackles put on by Linnzeus and tightened by his disc

ples, above all with relation to the choice of generic names. Jan

dolle [the elder, in Théorie Elémentaire] was ruled by the idea

having the law of priority properly roes a law which, fifty y

ago, was often unscrupulously infringed.” * * *

“ The time must however come, when actually existing vegetable forms

having all been described, herbaria containing undoubted types ®

them, botanists having made, unmade, or oftentimes remade, elevated

or lowered, and above all modified, some hundred thousand groups

from orders downward to simple varieties of species, the num

synonyms tivis, become infinitely greater than that of admi

groups—it will become necessary to effect some great revolution in!

1893.] Botany. 49

formation of science. This nomenclature that we are striving to

improve will have the appearance of an old scaffolding, made up of

parts laboriously renewed one by one, and surrounded by a heap of

more or less embarrassing rubbish, arising from the accumulation of

ieces successively rejected. The edifice of Science will have been

constructed, but it will not be sufficiently clear of all that has served

to raise it. Perhaps there will then come to light something very

different from the Linnzan nomenclature—something will have been

devised for giving definite names to definite groups.” * * *

“Tn the meanwhile, let us improve the system of binomial nomencla-

ture introduced by Linnzus. Let us endeavor to accommodate it to

the continued and necessary alterations that take place in science, and

for this purpose let us diffuse as well as we can the principles of the

method ; let us attack slight abuses, slight negligence, and let us come,

if possible, to an understanding on debated points. We shall thus

have prepared, for some years to come, the way for better carrying out

works on systematic botany.”

Engler and Prantl’s “ Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien.’’—

This great work is making such headway that another year will nearly

complete it. During 1893 we are promised the Fungi, Hepatice,

Musci and the Pteridophytes. The Gymnosperms and Monocotylodons,

are already completed, while but few families of the Dicotylodons

remain to be worked. Recent numbers treat of the Composite (74),

Oleaceæ, Salvadoracese and Loganiacee (75), and Myxogasters and

Fungi (76), the last by the well-known Mycologist Schröter. His tab-

ular view of the system of classification of the Fungi which he adopts

is instructive. See page 50.

Mo. Bot. Garden,

1895.

50 The American Naturalist. [January,

Fg Hemisporangieæ ........ PAESE

% | Sporangieæ Ancylisti

a | È Eusporangiee.........+++ Monoblepharidinea.

s | Saprolegninee.

2 © | Conidieæ A aape

El Peronosporinee.

g| 3

a= ol § 4

Bi ES Te 4 Mucorinee.

A Conidieæ è

è al { Entomophthorinee.

Hemiascee .......... | Fretomyretina

scoidinee.

r Protoascese Sacchar omycetinee.

2 Endomycetinee.

gi ( § (Gymnocarpee............. Taphrine

S g A Helvellineæ

g1 2438 | $4 Hemikleistocarpee....... Pezizine

S SI ET E| Rieistoe Phacidiineæ

4 £a £ 4 2 ATPCH......eeeeees 4 Tuberinee.

a Plectascese mn

= | Elaphomycetinee

| Pyrenoasceæ Perisp bi r

ine

g Hysteriinee.

$ Pa ae

>} Ustilaginee.

I r Tilletiineæ.

Si Sg oe ese a... | Uredinee.

idi à Auricularinee.

; Schizobasidiee............ Tremellinee.

3 pe Dacryomycetinee.

S . ‘ Exobosidiinee.

g j.s Thel. ephori COB»

2 4 = r = Gymnocarpeæ.. cesetini sbss Clavariineæ

E E 451% Hydneinee

EIERE cae Les

AS 2) Hemtenet oletinece.

E É arma aiaaoasit a \4 aricinee

= a Phallinee.

Anr ymenogastrneæ.

; | OIOCArPeæ..... eessen | jeop erdineæ.

L | Plectobasidieæ. Nidulariinee.

4 Scleroderminee-

ST ee Rah es ee ie

1893.] Zoology. 51

ZOOLOGY.

Locomotion of Limpets.—Herdman records’ several facts

which seem to militate against the view that limpets do leave their

resting place and return to it again. It has been shown that they can

leave and travel some distance, but he found a specimen of Patella

vulgata which was sticking to a cylindrical bar of iron and which had

the shell molded to fit the surface. Now as the bar was short and free

to move about, the probabilities are that if it once left the support it

would never be able to return to it. In other cases he found limpets

at the bottom of deep pits, from which it would be very difficult, if

possible at all, for them to extricate themselves.

Tunicate Studies.—Herdman publishes’ some notes on the

structure of the Appendicularian, Œkopleura. This form was studied

by serial sections, and the results, most interesting, are: The condition

of the endostyle as a diverticulum to a great extent shut off from the

branchial sac; the presence of a genital duct; the distribution of the

enlarged ectoderm cells and the cuticular test; the exact course of the

nerve cord through the posterior part of the body; and the shapes and

positions of the alimentary and reproductive viscera.

In the same publication’ Garstang points out that Appendicularia

mossit (Mossia dolioides) is to be regarded as a member of the genus

Kowalevskia of Fol, and that it in reality has not that importance

from the phylogenetic standpoint which was attributed to it by Herd-

man in his “ Challenger” report.

The Skeleton and Teeth of the Australian Dugong.—

Zoologists are indebted to Prof. G. B. Howes and Mr. J. Harrison fora

valuable paper on the skeleton and teeth of the Australian Dugong,

of which the following is an abstract :

“The authors showed that the vertebral epiphyses are more fully

developed than Albrecht has suspected, and that they appear late and

rapidly ankylose with the centra, a feature of especial interest, in view

of Lefévre’s alleged discovery of fully developed epiphyses in Hali-

therium schinzii and Metaxytherium. On comparison with the Cetacea

‘Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soe., vi, 22, 1892.

*Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., vi, 40, 1892.

3L. C., p- 57, 1892.

52 The American Naturalist. [January A

they sought to associate the reduction of the epiphyses with adaptation

to an aquatic existence.

“In dealing with the limb-skeleton they described a longitudinal

cleavage of the phalanges, akin to that recorded by Kükenthal for the

Cetacea. The only structures observed which were at all comparable

to sup y phalanges derivations of the terminal (ungual)

ones, arising proximally; and the observations lend no support to

Kiikenthal’s view that supernumerary phalanges are epiphysial in

origin. :

“ The first upper incisor and the four lower ones of either side were

shown to have milk predecessors, which are early absorbed. Five

teeth were shown to be present on either side of the symphysial region

of each mandibular ramus of Manatus, the fifth one being claimed as

a canine; and in this animal the authors described milk predecessors

to the two anterior pairs of mandibular cheek teeth.”

On the Cephalo-humeral Muscle and the So-Called Clav-

icle of Carnivora.—At a meeting of the Philadelphia Academy,

Dr. Harrison Allen spoke of the peculiarities of the cephalo-humeral

muscle in mammals and invited especial attention to the presence of a

small fibro-cartilaginous disc in the junction of the cephalo-humeral

with the muscles which are inserted in the bones at the region of the:

shoulder. This is well defined in Felis and is identified as a rudimen-

tal clavicle. Dr. Allen has detected this structure in Herpestes, Taz-

idea, Cercoleptes, Bassaris, and Procyon.

The cartilage is either in the form of a flat dise or a minute scythe

shaped rod, and is constant in lying directly over the greatest convexity

formed by the round of the shoulder. It seems to give strength to the

center of a muscle system of which the cephalic, cervical, pectoral and

latissimal sheets are parts. The identification of such a plate or rod

with a true clavicle is doubtful, since in Balantiopteryx (a genus of

bats) the structure above described is remarkably developed, while the

clavicle is as well formed as in any other animal. ‘Phe long rod-like

body is continuous with a fascicle of fibres arising from the pectoralis

and receives the insertion of the occipito-pollicalis. The anterior end

of the rod lies in the upper border of the wing membrane and is con-

tinuous with the fibrous thread which represents the tendon of the

occipito-pollicalis as this muscle is defined in the bats generally. From

both the proximal and distal divisions of this muscle delicate fascicles 4

pass toward the elbow and the entire plan appears to be associated

with the rudiment of the characteristic skin sac. Slight modification —

_ of this arrangement is met with in the allied genus Rhynchonycteris.

Re A

ane

a $

1893.] Zoology. 53

Comparison of this arrangement with that seen in the common

brown bat (Adelonycteris fiuscus), the noctula bat (Noctulinia noctula),

and the false vampire ( Vampyrus spectrum) showed by the part taken

by the rod in Balantiopteryx is the tendon of a pectoral muscle-fasci-

cle which is inserted into the occipito-pollical muscle as it crosses the

shoulder, while in the group of the Molossi the muscle-fascicle is fleshy

throughout its entire extent, but on the whole preserving the same

relations, Thus the fibro-cartilage of Balantiopteryx is. represented

by fibrous tissue in Adelonycteris and both these in turn by muscle in

the Molossi. Dr. Allen believed that it was inexact to speak of a

clavicle and of this rod as things which were equal. The clavicle acts

with the scapula in supporting the head of the humerus but in no wise

limiting or determining its movements, while the rod is always over

the outer aspect of the shaft of the humerus below its head and acts

as a check to abduction of this bone—Proceeds. Phila. Acad., Pt. 2,

1892.

A New Synaptomys from New Jersey.—While trapping

for a type series of the new race of Evotomys described by Mr. Stone

in the present number of Tor Naturatist, I had the fortune to

secure a specimen of this long-looked-for genus, which is, I believe,

the first taken in flesh east of the Alleghany Mountains.

It had previously been detected by the U. S. Department of Agricul-

ture in the rejects of a barn-owl living in the tower of the Smithsonian

Institution.

_ A comparison of the New Jersey specimen with two Synaptomys

cooperii from Ohio, courteously loaned by Mr. J. A. Allen, of the

American Museum of Natural History, N. Y., shows such marked

specific differences that it will be unnecessary to more than briefly

allude to them.

SYNAPTOMYS. STONEI.—Sp. nov. Type No. 567. ad. 9. coll. S. N.

Rhoads, May’s Landing, N. J. Dec. 2, 1892.

Special Characters—Outward appearance and proportions as in

S. cooperti. Above blackish-brown, with black hairs more predomi-

nant over the shorter brown hairs than in cooperii. The same color

reaching around sides of belly instead of being confined to dorsal area

as in cooperit. Hoary gray belly and neck of cooperii replaced by dark

plumbeous gray. Feet, including soles, plumbeous, without brown

shade. Two middle toes of fore-feet and four inner toes of hind feet,

including nails, white. Tail unicolor plumbeous gray. Lips encircled

with narrow white edgings.

54 The American Naturalist. [ January,

Skull narrower, shallower, and, viewed from above, less angular than —

that of cooperii, but of same length. Lower jaws viewed from below,

ditto. Incisors shorter, broader, and less cylindrical, with sulcation

of upper pair much more distinct. Zygomatic foramen longer and

narrower. Sagittal suture and parietals relatively much longer;

interparietal transversely narrower, longitudinally longer. Supra- —

occipital in cooperii twice as wide as deep, in stonei thrice as wide as

p. eo

Molars one-third wider and one-eighth longer in stonei. In cooperii :

the length of the symphysis mandibuli just equals the distance from

its posterior end to the angle formed by the antero-inferior border

of the masseteric fossa ; in stonei the symphysis i is one-third longer.

Posterior face of angle of lower j jaw in stonei very stout, abruptly

rounded, and recurved outward; in cooperii it is slender, spatulate, .

elongated posteriorly in a nearly vertical plane, and the margin below

the condyle not thickened as in the former species. :

Measurements in millimeters of the New Jersey specimen in the

flesh, with averages of six alcoholic specimens of cooperii, made by —

Dr. Coues, are given :

Full length. Tail. Foot. Ear. ;

Synaptomys cooperii.......... 105 18 18 ba

Synaptomys stonei 117 18 18 A

The age of specimens on which the above cranial and color charac —

ters are based is evidently about the same. In other respects they

may be safely considered normal adult representatives of the species 2

the different localities where they were taken. The new species may

Curator of Birds in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. —

.SamuEL N. Rwoaps. 4

-A New Evotomys from Southern New Jersey.—On October

25, 1892, while collecting small mammals near May’s Landing, N

Jersey, in company with Mr. S. N. Rhoads, I captured a specimen of

Evotomys, a genus which has not previously been reported from souti

of Massachusetts and the Adirondacks, except in the higher mountains

of North Carolina, The next day three more specimens were secu

and subsequently (December 2) Mr. Rhoads collected four others 5

the same locality. A comparison of these specimens with a series 0

Evotomys gapperii from Northern New York, which is apparently the

most closely related form, shows them to be subspecifically distinct,

put

1893.] Zoology. 55

and I therefore propose for the New Jersey animal the name Evotomys

gapperi rhoadsii in honor of my friend, Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads.

The comparison of a series of skulls of E. gapperti and E. g. rhoadsii

fails to show any constant differential characters, though the immature

specimens of the new race are peculiar in the structure of the last

upper molars. In these teeth the first reentrant angle on the inside is

opposite the second salient angle on the outside instead of the first

reentrant angle as is the casein the adults of both forms. One young

specimen of E. gapperii shows a tendency to this structure, but in all

the other specimens that I have examined the reentrant angles meet,

and the outer one is deflected posteriorly.

In proportions the New Jersey race seems to average rather smaller

than E. gupperii from the Adirondacks, while the tail is shorter and

the feet slightly longer than in that species.

As regards coloration E. g. rhoadsii is everywhere darker than E.

gapperii, and has a plumbeous cast on the sides and flanks, while it

lacks almost entirely the buff suffusion generally seen on the sides and

under surface of the latter species.

Above the color is decidedly darker than in E. gapperii, and there

are a great many more black hairs scattered over the back. The red-

dish area is not so well defined and the color is darker—more of a

mahogany shade. The tail is distinctly bicolor, but the upper surface

is darker than in E. gapperii, and the feet have a decidedly gray suf-

fusion, contrasting strongly with the pure white of the latter species.

Some immature specimens of E. gapperii approach adult E. g. rhoadsii

in general coloration, but the young of the latter race with which

they should properly be compared have scarcely a trace of the reddish

dorsal area, the middle of the back r Being brownish and the sides gray.

The table on next page, will show the ts of the

two forms, the specimens of E. gapperii being selected from a series

kindly loaned me by Mr. G. S. Miller.

Dr. C. Hart Merriam, of the Department of Agriculture, Washing-

ton, D. C., has kindly examined my New Jersey material and compared

it with Evotomys carolinensis and other species to which I had not

access, but its closest relationship appears to be with E. gapperti. All

the specimens of this new mouse so far secured were taken in a cran-

berry bog on the Egg Harbor River, about a mile above the town of

May’s Landing, N. J. The unexpected occurrence of this boreal genus

well within the Carolinian Fauna may probably be accounted for by the

theory already advanced by Dr. Merriam that in these damp bogs,

where the temperature is much lower than in the surrounding dry

56 The American Naturalist. (January,

Evotomys gapperii.

Tail Hind

No. Sex. Locality. Date. Length. Vertebra. Foot

444% 3 Peterboro, N. Y. July 17,1892 151mm. 41mm. 17

THE Q x ` July 19, 1892 165 51 18.4

THE 9 A S Aug. 1,1892 160 46 19.6

4344 3 Keene Valley, N. Y. Mar. 17,1892 155 45 20

Average 158 46 19

Evotomys gapperii rhoadsii.

Tail Hind

No. Sex. Locality. Date. Length. Vertebre. Foot.

-160 ¢ Type, Coll. of W. Stone. Dec. 2,1892. 142 40

161 9 s a “ “ 130 37 2%

570 9 Coll. ofS. N. Rhoads. “ « 123 34 21

571 3 7 ss “ 130 36 20

Average “ii 87 20

areas, the conditions of life are quite suited to more boreal species,

especially animals of nocturnal habits. The presence of various Eri-

caceous and other boreal types of plant life in these locations also

supports this hypothesis.—Wrrmer Srone, Academy of N atural

Sciences, Philadelphia.

- Zoological News.—Verrepratra—Some new reptiles and fishes

from Australia are described by J. Douglas Ogilby. The list com-

prises Typhlops curtus from the Gulf of Carpentaria, Hoplocepalus

suboccipitalis from Morel, and Clupea sprattelloides from rivers flowing

into Port Jackson and Botany Bay. The latter species has until now

been supposed to be the young of C. nove-hollandia.—Records Austr.

Mus., Vol. ii, No. 2——F. W. True reports that the collection of

African mammals presented to the National Museum by Dr. Abbott

contun several species apparently new: Dendrohyrax validus, Mus

aquilus, Dendromys nigrifrons, Seiurus undulatus, Cephalophus spadia

The known range of several species is considerably extended by Dr.

Abbott’s labors. The mammalian fauna of the Kilima-Njaro region —

as indicated by this collection includes seventy-one to seventy-three —

species.— Proceeds. U. S. Natl. Mus., Vol. xv, pp. 445-480.

1893.] Embryology. 57

EMBRYOLOGY.

Gastrulation of Aurelia.*—Frank Smith has entered into the

controversy between Claus and Goette concerning the origin of the

entoblast of Aurelia. The results obtained from his first sections led

him to think that the conclusions reached by Goette for Aurelia aurita

would be confirmed in the case of A. flavidula. Better staining,

thinner sections and more accurate orientation have, however, made it

certain that the gastrulation in this species is much more in accord

with the description given by Claus and that the process really is one

of invagination. ‘The result of cleavage is a one-layered blastosphere

as in A. aurita. The cells of the blastosphere are usually somewhat

shorter at one pole than elsewhere, and it is from this region that the

entoblast is formed. It develops as a single continuous layer of cells

surrounding a small cavity, the coelenteron. From the beginning

there is a narrow blastopore. Only a small portion of the wall of the

blastosphere is concerned in the invagination, and to that extent it is

not typical. The celenteron is, however, at all stages, an open sac-

like cavity, and therefore noticeably different from that of A. aurita as

described by Claus. The colenteron enlarges until the cleavage cavity

is entirely obliterated and the entoblast everywhere comes into contact

with the ectoblast. The entoblast, at first thin, thickens after the

completion of gastrulation.

While the entoblast is formed by invagination, ingression of cells

from the wall of the blastosphere into the cleavage cavity does occur,

although only in a minority of cases. It may happen any time after

the blastosphere contains about 100 cells, sometimes before invagina-

tion. When this phenomenon takes place it is similar to that repre-

sented by Goette (Figs. 1-5) for the earlier stages of the blastula in

A. aurita, and consists of the migration into the cleavage cavity of

one or two, rarely more than three, of the cells of the blastospheric

wall. Soon after invagination the nucleus of the cell disappears and

the cell breaks down, or, less frequently, persists until gastrulation is

complete. In the latter case it becomes forced through the entoblastic

wall into the cavity of the ccelenteron. The cause or purpose of this

immigration does not appear.

ea department is edited by Dr. E. A. Andrews, Johns Hopkins Uni-

versity.

2Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, xxii.

_ now much smaller than it was and has no nucleolus, while in the

58 The American Naturalist. [January,

The author thinks that the difference in opinion between Claus and —

Goette is partially due to there being two kinds of cells that find t

way into the cleavage cavity. Besides the large cells just deseri

he found in a much smaller number of cases one or two very sm

cells that look precisely like the small cells that appear in the deep

part of the ectoblast at about the time gastrulation begins.

There is no evidence that the immigrating cells have anything to

with the formation of the entoblast, and Goette’s case is further weak-

ened by the fact that all the conditions shown in his figures (6-9)

easily be reproduced from sections of invaginating gastrule of

single stage of development.

Cleavage in Aequoria Forskalea.—Dr. V. Hecker’ contri

utes an interesting series of observations on this subject. He fim

that when the specimens are in good condition the time relatio

between the successive periods of activity are remarkably precise.

If ripe, the eggs are laid between 7 and 7.30 A. M. The first polar

body is extruded at 9 A. M. The entrance of the spermatozoan and

the division to form the second polar nucleus takes place at 9.30.

10 A. M. the dyaster stage of the first cleavage nucleus occurs,

with it the first indication of the division of the cell body. 4

daughter nuclei are undergoing metakinesis at 11, and at 12 the four

nuclei of the next set are in the dyaster stage. The nuclear divisions

continue to take place an hour apart at least as far as the sixty-four —

cell stage, and this seems to show that the nucleus is not affected

this period by the amount of cell protoplasm that it controls. 4

mally nuclear division takes place at the same time throughout i

egg, and the blastomeres are of equal size up to the sixty-four-cell sta

When eggs are laid after the specimen has been kept in an aquari

several days, irregularities generally occur in the time of nuclear

ion and in the size of the blastomeres. At the same time a path

ical form of nuclear division, the triaster, appears, and the mas

cells loses its spherical shape.

A remarkable feature of the cleavage of the egg of Aequoria

presence of a body for which the author proposes the name Me

eleolus. In the older ovarian eggs and in eggs just laid there 18 ®

large nucleus containing a very fine network of chromatin and àla!

~ spherical or renifurm nucleolus. About half an hour after the egg

_ laid this nucleolus appears to have been extruded, for the nucleus

"Archiv. fur Mikro. Anat., 40 Bd., 2 Heft.

1893.] ` Embryology. 59

outside of the nucleus but close to it there is a body resembling the

former nucleolus in every particular, except position. This body, the

metanucleolus, never divides, there is never any radial arrangement

of the protoplasm about it, and it may be found in one of the blasto-

meres until a later stage in the cleavage. From a review of the work

of Metschnikoff, Boveri, and others, the author thinks that homologous

structures have been seen, although wrongly interpreted, in the Lepto-

A ntl d apparently also in Mytilus

and Sagitta. He has also examined Weismann and Ischikawa’s prep-

arations of the winter eggs of Daphnids, with the result that he

regards the paracopulation cells as not cells at all, but as in all proba-

bility structures homologous with the metanucleoli of the meduse.

Another point of interest in this paper is the numerical relation

between the chromosomes of the second polar spindle and of the first

eleavage spindle, there being six in the former and twelve in the latter.

Boveri had pointed out that in the forms in which this point had been

studied, while the number varied in different species, the number of

chromosomes in the cleavage spindle was always just double the number

in the last polar spindle, and he had also noticed that the number of

the latter in certain species could be arranged in a geometrical series

in which the numbers are forms of two (2, 4, 8, 16,32). Hecker

reviews the literature of the subject and shows that there may be two

other series besides this one. There is a series of the forms of three

(3, 9, 27, etc.), of which, however, there is but one example, Echinus

with nine chromosomes, and then there is a mixed double and triple

` system (6, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, etc.), to which Aequoria belongs, as well

as the greater part of the insects and the vertebrates. He concludes

that all cases so far known may. be arranged in three systems in such

a way that in general nearly related forms belong to the same system.

meduse,

IGELOW.

(1) Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 49, 1890, pp. 503-580, plates 24-26.

(2) Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 51, 1891, pp. 685-730, plates 35-37.

(3) Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 54, 1892, pp. 1-249, plates 1-12.

little wider than head, the neck being somewhat constricted; &

60 The American Naturalist.

ENTOMOLOGY."

The Pupa of Argyramceba cedipus Fab.—The descripti

given below is drawn from a pupal skin sent to me with the fly by

Prof. C. P. Gillette, who bred the latter from a nest of Odynerus

at Fort Collins, Colo. In a paper which will be published in Psyche,

I have described the pupa of Toxophora virgata O. S., and also made

some mention of the pupæ of Bombyliide which have so far been

described. The pupa of the present species differs quite markedly

detail from that of the Toxophora above mentioned.

Pupa of Argyrameba edipus: General color of empty pupal

very pale straw colored; the cephalic horns black, reddish-brown

basally, anal horns black, slightly reddish-brown at base; dorsal rows

of ridges reddish-brown, the terminal spinous processes blackish; pro

thoracic spiracles reddish-brown, other spiracles but little darker than

rest of integument, slightly brownish. Head conforming to shape

head of adult fiy, more or less sub-spherical in form. Eight ceph

horns or teeth arranged in four pairs, the three anterior pairs joi $

in a common base, the posterior pair removed from others; anterior

pair longest, their rufous brown joined hasal portion distinctly shorter

than their black free terminal portion, moderately slender, nearly :

straight, directed forward, gradually tapering to tips; second and third

pairs more closely approximated one pair to the other than are !

first and second pairs, but the two horns of each pair widely remo

from each other, both pairs directed nearly forward but at a slightly

more downward angle than first pair; third pair much shorter than

‘second, more curved or claw-like ; posterior pair closely approxi mash

at base, nearly as large as third pair, but straight and directed infer-

iorly, situated nearly in middle of ventral surface of head segment; :

pair of quite widely separated divergent bristles on outer dorsal sur-

face of anterior cephalic horns; a more approximated nearly para

pair just posterior to these but arising from integument of head-

anterior dorsal edge, being situated just behind the suture at base

cephalic horns; a divergent pair situated just anterior to base of tas

posterior of fourth pair of cephalic horns; a small bristle on each side

at hind margin of ventral surface of cephalic segment. Thorax

‘This department is edited by Clarence M. Weed, Hanover, N. H.

Pe ie Seer eee ey eee ee eS yey ee

7 pa z ji = ee ey e

1893.] Entomology. 61

closely approximated short bristles arising from the same papilla on

lateral dorsal surface of thorax a little anterior to middle; a bristle

below these on pleural surface, another still below and a little anterior

to this one. Wing cases reaching about to base of third abdominal

segment, leg cases a little longer. Scutellar segment about as wide as

thorax, with a transverse row of ten or eleven long, more or less

curled hairs on each side of dorsum approximated to anterior margin,

there being a bare space on median portion of segment between the

inner ends of the rows; about ten somewhat longer similar hairs on

extreme Jateral portion of segment on each side, arranged in a more

or less complete semicircle, the open portion of the semicircle being

toward the posterior end of body; the lateral hairs are longer and

slightly stouter than those of dorsum, being nearly as long as trans-

verse width of segment. Abdominal segments one to four, about same

width as scutellar segment, each armed on dorsum with a transverse

row of short longitudinal parallel chitinous ridges or very narrow

plates, there being thirteen in a row on first and second segments,

twelve on third segment, and nine on fourth, the rows a little approxi-

mated to posterior margin of segment, especially in middle; these

ridges are about two-sevenths as long as length of segment, those in

middle of rows being the largest and heaviest, the outer ones shorter

and diminishing in size, those on fourth segment less heavy than those

of first to third segments, and each ridge is produced at its ends into

a spinous or hook-like process, the ridges in profile presenting a cres-

-centic appearance with the concavity uppermost. The other abdomi-

nal segments without these rows of ridges, fifth segment nearly as wide

as preceding, sixth segment hardly narrower than fifth, the fifth and

sixth segments each with a transverse continuous row of hairs on

dorsum arising from a transverse ridge, extending down to lateral

ventral edge of segment and continued on sides of venter, these rows

somewhat approximated to posterior margin of segment. Segments

(abdominal) one to four with a thin transverse row of shorter weak

hairs on each side of dorsum, arising in posterior edge of rows of ridges,

extending down on each side to lateral margin, no hairs on median

dorsal portion ; same segments with a more or less complete lateral

semicircle of longer hairs as on scutellar segment, but somewhat

weaker and shorter than those on that segment, the hairs on fourth

segment extending beneath on sides of venter. Seventh abdominal

segment much narrowed, rapidly and evenly narrowiug from

posterior margin, its width on posterior margin hardly more than one-

third its width anteriorly, its mean width about one-half that of sixth

62 The American Naturalist. [January,

segment, with a transverse row of several hairs on each side of dorsum

extending below on edge of venter, discontinued in middle on dorsum,

slightly approximated to posterior margin of segment. Eighth or

anal segment narrow, same width as posterior margin of seventh, nearly

as long (to base of horns) as wide, terminated by three pairs of anal

horns; anterior or upper pair short, small, situated at base dorsally of

middle pair; middle or second pair long, curved slightly upward ter-

minally, nearly as long as length of segment, widened inwardly on

basal half so that the bases are closely approximated, inner outline

hollowed out on apical portion, longitudinally corrugated at base

above, with a dorsal longitudinal groove widening to hollowed portion

and then extending narrowly to tip, moderately sharp at tips; third

or inferior pair short, small, hardly as large as anterior pair and not so

stout at base, directed more downward than middle pair, situated on

outer base ventrally of middle pair ; just anterior to first pair on dor-

sum there is a median very small spinous tubercle, apparently a rudi-

ment (or herald) of a fourth pair of anal horns. Prothoracic spiracle

situated on lateral front border of thorax (prothorax) just anterior to

wing bases, mesothoracic spiracle not apparent, metathoracic spiracle

situated anteriorly on lateral edge of dorsum of scutellar segment;

first to sixth abdominal pairs of spiracles situated on anterior edge

laterally of dorsum of first to sixth abdominal segments ; seventh pair

situated one on each side of dorsum of seventh segment immediately

behind the transverse row of hairs. It is interesting to note that a

quite long section of the trachez is left attached in most cases to the -

spiracles on inside of the pupal skin, especially to the thoracic pairs.

The fly escaped by the pupal skin splitting along the dorsal median

line of the head and thorax, the slit extending slightly into the scutel-

lar segment; also splitting laterally backward on each side of head

from a little above the base of anterior cephalic horns along what

would nearly correspond to the frontal fissure in Muscide, the break

curving shortly and obliquely upward to thoracic suture, and allowing

the nearly triangular posterior dorsal or upper section of the integu-

ment of the head to become loosened laterally below from its junction —

with the thorax, and hanging like a flap by its median dorsal junction.

Length, 93 mm.; width of basal abdominal segments, 2} mm,

The anal extremity of this pupal skin is distended with a dirty

colored hardened fluid ventrally, just below and anterior to anal

horns, into a large round tubercle with a subcentral deep pit or orifice-

like depression which is approximated to posterior margin, the anterior

portion of the tubercle being greatly bulged and distended. The

1893.] | Entomology. ` 63

diameter of this false tubercle is as great as the posterior width of the —

sixth abdominal segment. The fluid which distended it is perhaps

homologous with the meconium of butterflies.

The description of the manner in which the pupal skin splits to

allow the escape of the fly was omitted in the description of the pupa

of Tdxophora virgata in the article above referred to. It is accom-

plished in the same way as just described for the present species, except

that the dorsal median split does not reach posterior margin of thorax,

and the dorsal pieces of head are notso much detached from their lat-

eral thoracic fastenings, and are left more quadrangular in shape by

the oblique lateral breaks of head. It may also be mentioned that a

section of the trachez is left attached to inside of prothoracic spira-

cles.

. My reasons for calling the first abdominal segment of other authors

the scutellar segment, are stated in the article on Toxophora.

C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND.

The Horn-Flyin Canada and Texas.—Mr. James Fletcher,

Entomologist to the Canadian Department of Agriculture, announces?

that the Horn-fiy (Hæmatobia serrata) has appeared in enormous

numbers in the Provinces of Ontario and Quebec, causing considerable

anxiety to stock-owners. It was first definitely heard from at Oshawa,

Ont., July 30, 1892. An excellent résumé of the life-history of the

pest and of the means of' preventing its injuries is given.

That this insect is also spreading rapidly in the southwest is shown

by the following note from Dr. Mark Francis, of the Texas Agricul-

tural College, who wrote me under date of Oct. 18, 1892, from College

Station: “The horn-fly seems to be spreading westward. I saw it at

Stillwater, Oklahoma, two weeks ago. It has not reached here yet,

but I saw great numbers of them at Hempstead, Texas (forty miles ,

southeast of here) last Friday. I think there can be no doubt as to

its identity, as I have compared them with type specimens from Prof.

H. Garman, of Kentucky.”

Two days later Dr. Francis again wrote that the horn-fly was

observed at College Station, Oct. 19, for the first time.

In Southern New Hampshire this insect has been very numerous

the past season, and it has been gradually spreading northward through

New England. Buta hopeful report comes from New Jersey, where

the insect was first observed. Prof. J. B. Smith states that it now

causes little trouble there, and is seldom noticed as specially abundant.

2Central Exper. Farm, Ottawa, Bull. No. 14.

64 The American Naturalist. [January,

The Wheat Frit-Fly.—Dr. Otto Lugger reports’ extensive

damage to wheat in the northwest by a larva supposed to belong to one

of the frit flies. The stem is injured about three inches above the

ground, the larve occurring immediately above a node. The insect so

weakens the plant at this point that the stalk falls over some time

before harvest, the grains do not fill out, and reaper passes over the

fallen stem. ‘The puparia resemble the “ flaxseed” state of the

Hessian fly, and are found within the culm. It is supposed that the

insect hibernates with the puparia. Burning and plowing under the

stubble are the remedial measures recommended. ‘This is apparently

the worst frit-fly attack on wheat yet recorded in America. Dr.

Lugger says that in many places fully one-fourth of the entire crop of

wheat has been destroyed and in a great many more the losses amount

to at least one-tenth,

Entomological Notes.—That excellent periodical, Entomologi-

cal News, has instituted a department of economic entomology, with

Prof. J. B. Smith in charge. This magazine will prove very useful to

amateur as well as professional entomologists, and deserves cordial

support. There has lately been a tendency to insert only very short

articles, or to continue a single article through several issues (some-

what after the fashion of Entomologica Americana), which is unsatis-

factory to all concerned.

Mr. M. H. Beckwith discusses‘ the injuries’of the strawberry weevil

(Anthonomus musculus) in Delaware, and reports finding the larve

feeding upon the ovaries of strawberry blossoms. He surmises that

there may be two or possibly three broods each year, but has been

unable to trace the life-history of the insect during the latter summer

months.

Concerning the recent bestowal by the University of Heidelberg of

the honorary degree of Doctor of Natural Science upon Baron C. R.

von Osten Sacken, Prof. S. W. Williston writes: “Baron Osten

Sacken’s work has been chiefly related to American Dipterology, but —

the ripe fruits of his wide experience and broad grasp of principles

have epriched all dipterology, and, I believe, all entomology. Others

there are and have been who have won enviable honors in systematic

dipterology ; others who have written more extensively than be, but

no one has written more that will be appreciated in the future than

has Baron Osten Sacken.

*Minn. Exp. Station, Bull. No. 23.

‘Delaware College Exp. Pinin, Bull. No. xviii.

*Payehe, Vol.6, p. 346.

1893.] Entomology. 65

Dr. J. C. Neal discusses’ a number of injurious insects that have

appeared in Oklahoma. He includes Preris rape, Plusia brassice,

Heliothis armigera, Diabrotica vittata, Lytta cinerea, Oncideres cingu-

lata, and Blissus leucopterus

The recent biennial report of Prof. S. A. Forbes as Director of the

Ilinois State Laboratory of Natural History, shows that entomologi-

cal studies are being vigorously prosecuted in that favored State.

Fully 20,000 specimens have been added to the pinned collections, and

2700 bottles and vials to the biological series. We are glad to note

the announcement to two important papers soon to appear in the Bul-

letin of the laboratory, the first by Mr. John Marten, containing

descriptions of new species of Illinois gall gnats, and the second by

Mr. C. A. Hart, a descriptive list of the aculeate Hymenoptera of

Illinois.

PSYCHOLOGY.

Notes on Habits of Certain European Birds.—M. Ch. von

Kempen has recently published some observations on birds from which.

the following extract is quoted to show the voracity of the ordinary

sparrow-hawk (Aceipiter nisus):

“ For several years I lived in the country, and was accustomed to

write during the summer near an open window. The apartment had

from one side a view of the garden ; from the other one looked out

over the fields. Suddenly I saw a sparrow-hawk dart through the

room; he flew with such violence that he broke the glass of the win-

dow, against which he dashed in his impetuous flight. I soon had an

explanation of the circumstance. A linnet (Sylvia hortensis) perched

near me was eyidently the attraction. The warbler had flown into the

room to escape the hawk, which in headlong pursuit, had gone through

the room like an arrow from a bow.

“In February, 1889, I had in my town garden a certain number of

lapwings ( Vanellus cristatus); each evening, when I would go to shut

them up in a cage, I would find one less than I had counted in the

morning ; I attributed this loss to a cat belonging in the neighborhood.

The third day on missing another of my pets, I resolved to discover

the thief, and concealed myself for that purpose. In the morning I

saw a sparrow-hawk coming straight to my garden from the old tower

Oklahoma Agri. Exp. Station, Bull. No. 3.

66 The American Naturalist. [January,

of Saint Bertin. In spite of my presence he tried to carry off his

daily meal, but I struck him with my hands and made him drop his

prey. I then put my lapwings in their cage, as I was expecting to go

out after dinner. What was my astonishment on going to see my

birds in the evening to find the sparrow-hawk keeping them company

in the cage. He had forced himself in through the bars but could

not get out in the same way, and so was a prisoner with the lapwings,

which he had not, as yet, dared to touch. The hawk was a young

male, and now forms a part of my natural history collection.”

Two other citations show that birds can familiarize themselves with

objects which ordinarily terrify them.

“The jackdaws (Corvus monedula) and barn-owls (Strix flammea)

are very numerous in all the towers of Saint-Omer; they are so accus-

tomed to the noise of the clocks that they build their nests against the

clappers.

“Last year I saw a nest of a titmouse (Parus major) built in a

little mill that children played with in a garden. This noisy scare-

crow, turning with every wind, did not frighten the saucy birds,

and they reared their young with comfort.

“ I now give two observations of another sort that prove beyond a

doubt that birds possess a memory :

“Thad in the country two domestic peafowls (Pavo domesticus) ;

they were accustomed to come every evening to get their slice of bread

cut in small bits before perching themselves on the roof; and if they

were forgotten they would wait nearly all night before abandoning all

hope of the treat. They were so tame that the male, as well as the —

female, would eat from our hands. After I had gone to the city, in

order to keep the peafowls out of the garden, where, it is well known,

they cause great havoc among the vegetables, the berries, and the cur- _

rants, they were given corn in abundance in a place quite remote, but —

they declined these overtures and returned constantly to the place —

where I had fed them; I found them there on my return the following —

year. During the summer the female laid ten eggs, a less number —

than usual; nine young chicks were born, which, following the exam- —

ple of their parents, came every evening to look for their repast. i

_ “During the winter a storm, accompanied by a fall of snow, burst _

upon us during the night, and the unfortunate peafowls were thrown —

from their perch on the roof; some wandering dogs strangled them, —

and we found their remains scattered over the field. :

“T have at this time two laughing gulls (Larus ridibundus) living.

I give them twice a day, at regular hours, bits of meat. Some jack-

4893.] Psychology. 67

daws (Corvus monedula) come every day, at the exact hour, never too

soon, never too late, from the towers of the Chapel of the Lyceum, an

old church of the Jesuits, to snatch from me, or from any one who

takes my place, the bits of meat that we give to the gulls.

“Last year a dwarf hen which belonged to me chased from its nest

a female pigeon which had been setting for two days, broke up the

eggs, and laid one of its own in the nest. The pair of pigeons contin-

ued to care for the egg of the hen, and, at the end of twenty-one days

(which was really twenty-three for the pigeons) the chick came out of

the shell. To see the efforts of the parents to feed it was curious. The

second day, seeing that their efforts were in vain, I gave it some moist-

ened bread, then I put it under the pigeon; so matters went on for

three days, but the chicken wished to run about and I was obliged to

take it from its adopted parents.”—Bull. Soc. Zool., No. 4, 1892.

A Nest Building Frog.—In your issue for May, 1889, page

383, you published a paper in reference to certain batrachian nests

discovered by me at Nikko in Japan. This summer I was shown by

Dr. Guenther, at the British Museum, a couple of similar structures,

though very much smaller in size, preserved in alcohol, and which had

been received by the Museum from Japan. One of them had been

taken from a shrub growing in the mouth of a well. Dr. Guenther

told me that this nest is referable to a species of Polypedates. Day

before yesterday I received a letter from my friend, Dr. A. C. Good,

who is at present conducting a series of explorations in German West

Africa. I take the liberty of transcribing a portion of the letter as

follows:

“ I desire to write you of something I saw on my last trip. As we

brushed against the bush, that frequently overhung our path, I several

times noticed, now on my shoe, now on my knee, a white froth. I

thought it belonged to some insect, but for a long time I only noticed

the white foam-like substance when I had gotten past the bush from

which I had brushed it.

“ At length, however, I brushed off a large bunch of substance, and

when I tried to brush it from my clothes I uncovered some small crea-

tures which wiggled about in it and evidently made this froth-like

matter their home. On closer examination I discovered, very much

to my surprise, that they were tadpoles. ;

« Later on I found on the underside of a leaf, a mass of this white

substance that had not been disturbed since it had been placed there

by the mother frog. I take it for granted that these tadpoles produce

68 The American Naturalist. [January,

tree-frogs. The nest was about three inches long, by two or two and

one-half inches wide, and nearly an inch in depth. In the inside and

at the edges the frothy mass was quite white, and in consistency resem-

bled the white of an egg after being thoroughly beaten. The lower

face of the nest had taken on a yellowish tinge from long exposure.

In this I found eggs, or semi-transparent jelly-like bodies as large as a

small pea, which had already some power of motion, and on a few of

which the tail was just beginning to take form. In another nest I

found similar eggs just developing and also well-developed tadpoles.

These last were about one-eighth of an inch in length and had tails

one-half of an inch long. They seemed to move with difficulty

through the mass.

“I wonder whether this froth is at once home and food to them, but

am unable to say. These nests are frequent everywhere except near

the coast. I saw none nearer than ten miles from the beach.

“I remember your saying something about finding tadpoles in trees

in Japan, and I have the impression that you published something

on the subject. If so this will be of interest to you.”

Whether the creatures, the young of which Dr. Good found in this

frothy mass were the tadpoles of Chiromantis guineénsis, to which a

similar habit is ascribed by Bucholtz, of course I cannot say.—W. J.

Hortan, Chancellor Western University of Pennsylvania.

Horse “ Human Nature.’’—My son writes from a Wyoming

ranch that a blind bay mare is ostentatiously protected by a black —

mare, the two having been raised together.

The blind horse would suffer greatly for feed, water, and from herd —

interference if the black were not constantly on guard. The latter

watches the bay and grazes in a circle about her, keeping other horses 2

at a distance by kicks and bites if necessary, selecting good grazing =

spots and watering places.

The guardian is rewarded with occasional kicks and other human-

like evidences of gratitude —S. V. CLEVENGER.

1893.] Archeology and Ethnology. 69

ARCH ZXZOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

* Legendary Evolution of the Navajo Indians.'—The Nav-

ajos once lived in a world below this earth. The tribe had twelve

chiefs, and the chief had four wives. This head chief arose early in

the morning and commanded his people to go to work. One morning

he failed to arise. The third morning he failed to arise. The fourth

morning he made no appearance. On the fifth morning the Navajos

became uneasy, and went to find their chief. The other eleven chiefs

wondered what became of him, and when they found him they learned

that. his oldest squaw had left him, and had married another man.

The old chief grieved very much and refused to be comforted.

In a short time the squaw came in and said, “I have left you

because I have ceased to love you. I can make my own living, and

you can make yours.” So they had a row.

This woman was chief of the women of the tribe.

Then the squaw called all of the women to council and said, “ Let

us part from the men!” So the women said, “ Take all the men, boys,

and male babies and cross the large river... Burn logs out to make

the canoes, and stay over there four years.” ;

They gave the male children into the hands of some hermaphro-

dites, who raised them on the brains of wild sheep and deer.

The men sailed across the large river, planted large fields of corn,

and raised immense crops. The first year the women raised a fair

crop; the second year they raised less ; the third year they had hardly

enough to eat; and the fourth year was a complete failure.

The women became discontented, and were in a starving condition.

Some of them ran into the river and were drowned.

1These legends were collected by the writer while employed in the Indian service at

the Navajo Indian agency. They were related by Tsé-di-dhl-ha’-in-be-géh, or

Rocking Sun, the great Lightning Medicine-Man of the Navajos. These legends

were carefully interpreted, and are given word for word as they were related.

2The “ Happy Hunting-grounds” of the Navajo Indians are represented as a land

full of forests and lakes which abound in various kinds of game and fish. Flowing

through the center of this land is a huge river which separates the braves and pretty

maidens from the inferior members of the tribe and the old women.

70 The American Naturalist. [Junuary,

So the women begged the men to come back to them. The woman-

chief admitted that she had done wrong, that the women could not

make their living, and that the men could not make their living.

Then the young chiefs held a council and said, “ Let us go back to

the women in four days, or they will die.” Soin four days they went

back to the women, and had a feast of deer meat and love-making.

While they were having a good time the Coyote picked a young

whale out of the water and hid it under his blanket. On the fourth

morning after this, when they awoke, they saw a large blue wave of

something coming fromthe east. The old chief sent an Indian to see

what it was. The Indian returned and said that it was water. They

looked to the north and saw a big white wave coming. The chief

sent an Indian to see what it was. The Indian returned and said, “ It

is water.” They looked to the west and saw a black wave coming.

The chief sent an Indian to see what it was. The Indian returned

and said, “It is water.” Then they looked to the south and saw a

green wave coming. The chief sent an Indian to see what it was.

The Indian returned and said, “It is water.’ Then the chief called

the tribe to council and said, “Something is wrong, we all will be

drowned.”

At that time the Navajos were animals and had squirrel blood in

them. So the White Squirrel planted a pine tree; the Gray Squirrel

planted a rattoon tree; and the Turkey planted a pipe-stem reed.

The Navajos all ran into this reed and began climbing up on the

inside. The reed grew very fast, even faster than they climbed. The

water began rising higher and higher, and followed close to their heels.

The Coyote was among them. The Badger went up first, making way

for the rest with his paws. The Badger consoled the rest by saying,

“Iam very near the top of the earth.” In getting his feet muddy

his legs and feet have remained black from that time. The Turkey

came up last, and the foam of the water touching its tail caused its

tail-feathers to be tipped with white from that time. :

Finally they came up through a lake, and they knew they had

reached the top of the earth.

The Badger looked out and said, “ I see a big Water Animal and some

Big Men who are very mean.” Then they sent the Locust out to see

what kind of an earth this was. A big White Bird came from the

north, met the Locust and said, “ Things like you are not to be seen

here!” Then the Locust replied, “ We will see about this.” A Yellow

Bird came from the west, a Black Bird came from the south, and a Blue

Bird came from the east, and they all said, ,“ Things like you are not

1893,] Archeology and Ethnology: 71

to be seen here.” But the Locust said, “ We will see about that.

If you will do as I do you may have this land; but if you do not do

as I do I will beat you.” The Locust had two arrows. He stuck one

of them up through his body and the other one down his mouth.

Then he took the two arrows and crossed them through his heart.

He next threw the arrows at the White Bird and said, “ If you do not

do as I have done I will beat you.” The White Bird took the arrows

and pretended to do these things, but he only ran the arrows through

his feathers.

There was so much water that the Locust could not bring his com-

panions up out of the reed. So he took a mountain-sheep’s horn and

broke the land to the north and to the south and to the west and to the

east, and the water all ran off. The Locust then went back and

brought his companions out of the hole which the Badger had made.

But the water still followed them up through this hole.

Then the chief said, “ Some one has been playing a trick.” He said

to the Coyote, “ You are always up to some meanness! What have you

under your blanket?” The Coyote opened his blanket, showed the

young whale to the chief, and then dropped it down this hole. The

water immediately went back down the reed into the river. They all

came out, but could not walk because of so much mud. Then the

chief prayed to the wind, and the wind dried the mud.

The Navajos were now changed to people, but they did not know

what to plant. The Turkey flew up, and the first time he dropped some

yellow corn ; the second time he dropped some red corn ; the third time

he dropped blue corn; and the fourth time he dropped all kinds of

corn.

The Navajos then made hé’-gins (houses), and the women and

children played in them while the men worked. Some of them made

houses in the rocks.

The chief then said, “ We will see if there will be any deaths up in

this world. I will throw a big log into the water, and if it sinks, we

will each one have to die; but if the log floats, we will never die.”

Then the Coyote tied a string to a rock and said, “I will throw

this into the water, and if it sinks we will each have to die, but if it

comes up and floats, we will never die.”

The chief then said to the Coyote, “ You are always doing some mean

trick!”

But the Coyote said, “I cannot help it. If the Navajos never die,

we will always be the same; but if the Navajos die, we will all be

72 *The American Naturalist. [January,

different. We all have children, and if none ever die, this earth will |

not hold us.” a 4

On the fourth morning, one of their number died. They all looked |

for this one, but they could not find him. Then they looked down this

hole which they came out of a few days before, and they saw this man :

down there combing his hair. This man looked up and said: a

“ I am happy down here. In time, you all will be down here where

Iam.” Then there was a famine, and about half of them died.

Tue MYSTERIOUS MAIDEN.

There was a little girl found at daylight one morning. The woman

who found her claimed that she was the “ Mysterious Maiden,” andso

another woman took her and raised her. This child soon grew to

womanhood.

This maiden conceived from a piece of petrified wood and borea —

Giant. She conceived from a feather and bore a Large Bird. Then she i

conceived from a horn and bore a Large Animal (something like a but —

falo), which ate the Navajos. She next conceived from a berry and

bore a Bear. She then rubbed herself against a rock. Behind this —

rock wasa patch of berries. When the Navajos went to gather the

berries, the rocks would crash together and kill them. The sides of _

the rocks were covered with blood. The maiden then conceived from

a reed and bore a patch of reeds. If a Navajo went into these reeds, —

he never was seen again. She next conceived from a battle-axe, and

bore an Old Hag who lived among the rocks, This Old Hag would moan —

and cry for some one to come and kill her. When a Navajo went to —

kill her, she would blow on the battle-axe and the axe would kill the A

Navajo. She then conceived from a hair, and bore an Animal Whose

Hair Grew Fast tothe Rocks. This Animal stood on the brow ofa preci- _

pice. Over in a corner of his den were some beautiful arrows. This

Animal would tell the Navajos to come and get those arrows, but when

they went there he would kick them over this precipice, and his chil-

dren, who lived down below him, would devour them. Next, this

maiden conceived from the sand and bore a pair of Big Eyes. Atnight, —

those Eyes shone like a big fire, and they would hollow for people to

come over there. Then the Eyes would pierce their hearts and kill

them. She next conceived from an antelope-hoof and bore Twelve

Antelopes, who used to destroy Navajos. Lastly, she conceived and

bore two sons. The oldest boy was conceived from the sun, and the

younger one from the water. These boys were going to kill all of

1893.] Archeology and Ethnology. 73

these animals which destroyed the Navajos, but the Navajos were

nearly all killed before this time. These boys grew up to be very

large, had bows and arrows, and they used to run off. One day these

boys asked their mother who their father was. She replied. “ The

cactus and the water.” But the oldest boy said, “I do not believe

this.” Then the mother said, “ The sun is your father, but he lives a

long way off.”

ORIGIN oF THE YAY-Br-Cuys.

The father of the Red Yaybichy was the sun. The father of the

White Yaybichy was the water. The Mysterious Maiden‘ conceived

from the sun and bore the Red Yaybichy. She conceived from the

water and bore the White Yaybichy.

This Mysterious Maiden was out picking up wood, and was going to

put it on her back, when the sun came up to her, dressed in turquois,

beads, feathers, and fine skins. He told this maiden to be by herself

that night, and he would come to her.

The Mysterious Maiden went home and told her father what the sun

had said. The sun came and talked with her, but she did not know

it; but she heard a noise going out from the hogan (house) where she

stayed. She saw this man (the sun) four days afterward, and told her

father that this was the same man she saw while picking up the wood.

She saw the sun abusing himself at daylight, and this made fleas and

mosquitos.

In four days, these two sons were born to the Mysterious Maiden,

and in four days more, these sons went up to visit their father.

The younger son had a cedar bow, and the older son had a piñon

bow. They started toward the east to see their father.

The Black Yaybichy met them there and told them to go back. He

told them that there were oceans and cañons and deserts and cactus fields

and great fires and great wolves and great snakes and great bears that

would destroy them, and said, “ Your father lives a long way off.”

3For a description of the Yaybichy Dance of the Navajo Indians see pages 435-436

of the Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology for 1883-84, by Dr. Washington

Mathews, U. 5. A., under the direction of Major J. W»? Powell, director of U. S.

Geological Survey.

_ The Yaybichy medicine-men are the leading medicine-men of the Navajo tribe,

and play an important part in all their religious ceremonies and fetichistic mysteries.

4The same maiden referred to in the Legend of the Mysterious Maiden.

74 The American Naturalist. [January,

These boys’ (the Red and White Yaybichys) went by a large ocean,

and looked down into the valley, and saw the smoke coming out of the

ground. Here lived an old Woman-spider. When the boys came

up the Spider said, “ Hallo, grand-children, where did you come from?

People of your class never come here! This place is not for you!”

“Our mother told us to go to see our father, the sun,” said the boys.

“But your father lives a long way off, and he is not a good man.

He will kill you with sweat-houses and red-hot irons.”

Then this old Woman-spider gave them each a white feather, and

told them it would be a Spirit to guide and defend them. Then she

said, “Stop here to-night with me.”

The boys said, “ We can not get through that hole in the ground.”

Then the old Woman-spider blew into the hole and it became larger.

She then vomited, and gave them (the boys) their suppers.

The sun was now straight over their heads. The boys told the old

Woman-spider that they wanted to get as far as they could before sun-

down.

* The old Woman-spider was a spirit ; so she pulled the sun down with

a net and then told the boys that it was now sundown. The boys

stayed all night, and they grew to manhood during that night.

The Black Yaybichy met them again, and told them that they would

reach their destination about noon that day, and that their father would

come to them at that place at night. `

At noon that day they saw a big house and started to goin, Two

big bears met them and snarled, but the boys said, “ We are going to —

to see our father.” Then the bears lay down and the boys passed over

them. They next met two large, vicious snakes. The snakes rattled

and hissed, but the boys said, “ We are going to see our father.” Then

the snakes lay down and the boys passed over them. They next met

two big lightnings and thunders. These stopped the boys, but the

_ boys said, “ We are going to see our father.” Then the lightning lay

down and the boys passed over it. They next met a number of little

snakes of various kinds. The boys said, “We are going to see our —

father.” Then the snakes lay down and the boys passed over them.

They next met the sun’s young wife. The boys said to her, “ We are

going to see our father.” The young wife replied, “ What are you

doing here? Boys like you and people of your class are not allowed

aoe here.” But the boys replied, “ The sun is our father.” Then the young

7 -~ wife wrapped them up in a white cloud that pointed toward the north.

__ She also made a black cloud that pointed toward the east; a yellow

~ “The boys referred to in the Legend of the Mysterious Maiden.

1893.] Archeology and Ethnology. 75

cloud that pointed toward the south, and a red cloud that pointed to-

ward the west. It was now pretty near night (sundown).

The sun had two children by this young wife, a girl and a boy.

The boy spoke and said, “ I hear my father coming home, for I hear

the white gourd rattle.”

The girl spoke and said, “ My father is coming, for I hear the blue

gourd rattle.” Then the boy said, “ My father is coming home, for I

hear the ivory gourd rattle.” The girl spoke and said, “ My father is

coming close, for I hear the turquois gourd rattle.”

At that moment the father came, making a fearful noise rattling the

irons on his body.

“The sun demanded of his young wife who those two young

men were that he saw come into the house, but did not see go out

again.

The wife replied, “You think you are pretty cunning. You told

me that you had no wife but me. These young men claim to be your

sons.” .

At this the sun became angry and rattled his gourds, and the earth

began to tremble, the lightning flashed, the bears roared, and the

snakes rattled and hissed. Thesun then demanded where the two

young men were, but the wife made no answer. He demanded this

again, but no answer. He then demanded the fourth time, but still

the wife refused to answer. Then the sun went to the cloud in the

east, and knocked that down; but no one fell out of it. He went to

the cloud in the west, and knocked that down; but no one fell out of

it. He went to the cloud in the south, and knocked that down; but

no one fell out of it. He went to the cloud in the north and knocked

that down, and the boys fell out of it and stood before him.

All at once four sharp irons, corresponding to the four clouds,

pointed toward the boys. There was a white iron from the north, a

black iron from the east, a yellow iron from the south, and a red one

from the west. The sun threw the boys violently against these irons,

the north one first, then the east one, then the south one, and then the

west one, but this white feather which the old Woman-spider gaye them

would let them down easy; so they remained unhurt.

The sun became angry and said, “I will find out if you are my

children. If you withstand my test you are my children.” Then a

spirit descended and stood on each of their ears, and told the boys how

to answer the sun’s questions. It said, “ Tell him he is your father.”

Then the sun took a huge turquois hammer and tried to mash the boys,

but the feathers made the turquois hammer come down easy. The sun

76 The American Naturalist. [January,

then made the boys smoke some poison in first, a turquois pipe, and

second, in an ivory pipe. He did this the second time, apd still the

boys were unhurt.

The sun said to his servants “Make a sweat-house and put four

irons in it, one of the irons shall be white, one blue, one yellow, and

one black, and make the house boiling hot.”

Just as the boys started to go into the sweat-house a Gopher came

up through the ground and told the boys to crawl into his hole. The

hole was inside of the sweat-house.®

The Gopher said “If you stay in there the sun will throw water on

the irons and the irons will break and kill you.” So the boys went

into the Gopher’s hole. The Gopher then said, “If your father asks

you if you are warm you go out of the hole and say, yes. You can

thus fool him. He will throw the water, but you will be safe in this

hole. He will then be through with you.”

The sun placed a blanket over the mouth of the sweat-house ‘sil

did as the Gopher had said. When the sun looked in he saw the boys

sitting there unhurt. Then he kissed the boys and told them that

they were his sons, and that they had gone through with all of the

forms that could kill them. The sun then took the boys home with

him and made his other son and daughter shake hands with them.

The young wife was then in a good humor, and dressed up her step-

sons. One of them she painted red, with white streaks down his back,

representing the lightning; the other one she painted white.

The sun then asked the boys what they wanted as a gift. The Spirits

on their ears said, “do not answer him until he asks you another

question.” The father took them through a large iron gate to the east

and showed them fine horses of all colors. The father said, “ Boys,

do you want these?” The Spirit said, “Tell him no.” Then he

opened a large iron gate to the north and showed them some fine

sheep, and said, “Do you want these?” The Spirit said, “ Tell him

no.” He next opened a large iron gate to the west and showed them

some fine goats, and said, “Do you want these?” ‘The Spirit said,

“Tell him no.” He then opened a large iron gate to the south and —

‘The Navajo Indians have sweat-houses at the present day. The house is made in —

a hemispherical form. Its first roof consists of poles, the second one is stones, and

the third one is dirt. A hole is left in one side for ingress and egress. The house

is usually located in close proximity to some stream or pond, and is used for medical

_ purposes. Rocks are heated and thrown into the sweat-house and water is throws

on n the heated rocks, causing steam to fill the apartment. The patient now goes into —

covers the door with a blanket. After a time he comes out and i

a pga into the adjoining lake or river. This process is often repeated in winter.

1893. ] Archeology and Ethnology. 77

showed them deer, buffalo, antelope and all kinds of game, and said,

“Do you want these?” The Spirit said, “Tell him no.” The father

then brought the boys home, and said, “ My children, what can I do

for you?”

The boys looked and saw four lightning arrows and a huge bow hang-

ing on the wall. The spirit said, “Tell him that you want these; that

some animals, a Huge Giant, Twelve Antelope, a Huge Bird, an Animal

Whose Hair Grew Fast to the Rock, are eating all the Navajos. Those

arrows will kill them.”

The sun replied, “ The Giant’ is my son and your brother, but if he

is eating the Navajos you have my permission to kill him. He has

no right to live. I will take you and go to-morrow morning.”

On the following morning they started, and came to Sanmateo

Mountain® about noon. The sun said, “ Boys, where did you start

from?” The Spirit said, “ Tell him that it was from here ; that here is

where the Big Giant was.” Then the sun let the lightning down, and

the boys climbed down the lightning to a big spring at the foot of the

mountains.

The Giant drank the water from the spring, and then lay down on a

rock to rest. He did this the second time and the third time and the

fourth time. As he turned his face toward the north the boys saw him

lying on the rock. The Giant turned his face toward the east, and

they could see his shoulders. He turned his face to the south, and

they could see his waist. He turned his face to the west, and they

could see his whole body.

The Giant now saw the boys and said, “ Will not they make fine

eating?” The Spirit said, “ Tell him that he will make fine eating.”

The giant then flew in a rage and threw an iron boomerang at the

head of the older boy. The Spirit said, “Stoop low, for he is throwing

at your head.” The Giant then threw one at his middle; the Spirit

said, “Jump to the right or he will hit you.” He next threw one

very low, and the Spirit said, “ Jump high, for he is going to throw it

low.” .

The sun then appeared and said, “ He is my son and I will have the

first chance at him.” Then the sun struck him with the lightning.

The Giant fell to the earth and grew weak because he lost his blood.

Navajo mythology is so replete. Dr. Mathews refers to it several times in his

« Mountain Chant,” found in the annual report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1883-

84, J. W. Powell, Director.

78 The American Naturalist. [January,

The black rocks (igneous rocks) are his blood, and the petrified

wood is his bones. The Spirit then said, “Do not let his blood run

together, or he will get up again.” His blood ran down the hill.

The boys then shot him with the four arrows which their father had

given them, and killed him. The younger boy picked up the iron

boomerangs and kept them. The younger boy was given the turquois

gourd from his father.

They then saw these animals—the Buffalo, the Twelve Antelope, the

Large Bird, and the Animal Whose Hair Grew Fast to the Rocks over

in a little valley. They shook this turquois gourd at these animals

and the animals all died.

The boys then went to the Cafion de Shelley’ and went into one of

the cliff-dwellings, known as the “White House,” and disappeared, for-

ever to remain as Yaybichys.

THE MISSION OF THE YAYBICHYS.

A man was once struck by lightning and knocked all to pieces.

The Yaybichys came and sang over him and brought him to life again.

The White Yaybichy was the first one who came. This one went over

his body from east to west, from west to east, from north to south, and

from south to north, and had four songs. This one picked up his

meat.

The Black Yaybichy did the same as the white one. ;

The Red Yaybichy came, and when the man came partly to life he

came from the east, and had a gourd in his hand, and made a noise —

like lightning. He came from the south and made another queer noise.

Then he came from the west, and then from the north, and shook the

gourd” over the dead man’s head.

The gourd represents the noise of the lightning when it strikes a

person. ;

The White Yabichy took the man home, after he got alive, and —

showed him all these medicine things, and how he worshiped them.

*Pronounced de Shay. It is a beautiful little cañon situated about fifty miles from

Fort Defiance, Arizona Territory. It contains many cliff dwelli ngs, among which is

2 the one known as the “ White House,” (because of its whitened walls) which is vis-

ited by numerous adventurers every summer. Most of the walls remain at the pres-

ent day. There are now twenty-six Yaybichys in the Navajo tribe, including the

_ $un and these two boys. :

~ “The turquois gourd referred to in the Origin of the Yaybichys, The medicine-

-men of to-day seem to have unlimited faith in the turquois gourd,

1893.] Archeoloyg and Ethnology. 79

This Yaybichy took him to Sanmateo Mountain and told him these

things. He told him that a thousand years from this time the people

would follow the teachings of the Yaybichys, that his son and his son’s

son through a period of a thousand years would be able to bring peo-

ple back to life.

Then the Red Yaybichy took this man to Sanmateo Mountain and

shook the gourd over him and told him how to wave the gourd over

the dead man, from east to west (from sunrise to sunset), and from

north to south. Then this man came back into the Navajo tribe and

showed them how to use the medicine things,” and he was a great

_ medicine-man.

But when this man came back and the Navajos broke their arms

and legs, then they used these same medicine things, and they got well.

So that made the Navajos have confidence in the medicine-man and

the medicine things.

When any one gets sick we rattle the gourd over him and he gets

well.

These two Yaybichys, the red one, called Ya-na’ Yä-zän, and the

white one called T6-wizh-zhiis-chi-ni, were made on the top of Sanma-

teo Mountain.

There were some animals that ate the Navajos at that time, viz., a

Bear, a Large Bird, a Huge Giant, and a Fierce Animal Whose Hair

grew Fast to the Rocks, and which coaxed the people to pass that way,

when he would kick them down over the rocks and then go down and

eat them up.

There was another fierce animal which chased the Navajos, killed

them, and devoured them.

The Red Yaybichy killed all these animals” off.

' There was a sister who had twelve brothers. This sister became a

bear and killed the twelve brothers. Then the White Yaybichy killed

this sister.

The father of the Red Yaybichy was the sun. The father of the

White Yaybichy was the water—T. STANTON Van VLEET.

The “ medicine things ” referred to are the things which are used by the Yay-

bichy medicine-men at the present day. They consist of five pieces, each one of

which performs a specific duty in restoring the health of the patient. The medicine-

men claim that these “ medicine things ” have been handed down from generation to

generation since the origin of the Yaybichys.

These are the animals to which the “ Mysterious Maiden” gave birth

seem to have a significant place in capes mythology, and find their way into a large

number of their legends.

80 The American Naturalist. [January,

PROCEEDINGS OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES.

New York Academy of Sciences.—At the meeting of the

Biological Section, Nov. 14, Prof. H. F. Osborn was elected chairman,

and Bashford Dean secretary. The papers of the evening were:

_ Arthur Hollick, On Additions tothe Palzeobotany of the Cretaceous

of Staten Island. These include about forty species not previously

recorded from eastern North America, although in part described as -

occurring in the cretaceous of Greenland and in the Laramie. About

fifteen new species were recorded, representing Populus, Platanus,

Myrica, Kalmia, Acer and Williamsonia. The fossils were in the main

taken from fire-brick clay. H. F. Osborn, Report Upon a Collection —

of Mammals from the Cretaceous (Laramie). The multituberculates

Meniscoéssus and Ptilodus were assigned to the Plagiaulacidz, the for- _

mer a probable ancestor of Polymastodon. The relations of these —

mammals were shown to be closer to Puerco than to upper Jurassic

i Sake

Soe sgt SE

foe; a Sao a

forms. Arthur Willey, On the Significance of the Pituitary Body, —

suggesting from studies on Ascidians and Amphioxus a primitive mon- —

orhinic condition in vertebrates. The nasal sac of Petromyzon is of —

secondary nature, as shown by development (Dohrn) and nerve sup- —

ply, but the nose in the monorhinic ancestor of vertebrates was the —

pituitary body of existing forms, this being represented in Ascidia, a8 4

shown by Julin, by the sub-neural gland and its duct, and in Amphi- —

oxus by the so-called olfactory pit. The pituitary body is to the

lateral nares what the pineal body is to lateral eyes. a

Bashford Dean exhibited an entire Ctadodus, a unique specimen

recently collected in the Cleveland shales. The tail is for the first

time shown, and indicates historically the origin of the ray parts of

this organ in modern elasmobranchs. ; :

jot A. H. Van Vleet, of Peru, Secretary and Treasurer. The fok

lowing papers were read : i

Psychology a Science, Dr. D. R. Dungan; Evidences of two Pre :

morainie Glacial Movements, Prof. G. D. Sweezey ; Evolution of the

Loup Rivers, Dr. L. E. Hicks; Some Notes on the Fringillide

Nebraska, D. A. Haggard; The Myriapoda of Nebraska, F.C. Ken-

_ yon; The Canyon Flora of Northwest Nebraska, A. F. Woods; Notes

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 81

on the Flora of the Black Hills of South Dakota, P. A. Rydberg;

Notes on Nebraska Phosphates, H. E. Fulmer; Some Notes on Min-

eral Water from Odell, Nebraska, Rosa Bouton ; Systems of Notation

in Numbers, Dr. H. E. Hitchcock ; The Flora of Long Pine Canyon,

Julius Conklin; The Flora of the Sand Hills, Roscoe Pound; A New

Miocene Rodent, Prof. E. H. Barbour; The Fishes of Nebraska, M. E.

O’Brien ; Descriptions of Some New Nebraska Orthoptera, L. Bruner ;

Catalogue of the Orthoptera of Nebraska, L. Bruner ; Notes on the

Composition of the Lincoln City Gas Supply, Prof. H. H. Nicholson ;

The Relationship of the Nebraska Flora to That of the Regions Fur-

ther West, H. S. Clason; The Erysiphee of Crete, W. H. Skinner ;

The Fresh-Water Algæ of Kearney County, Nebraska, Dr. H. Hape-

man; Some Mexican Lichens, Prof. T. A. Williams.

Boston Society of Natural History.—November 16.—The

following paper was read: The Origin of Drumlins, Mr. Warren

Upham ; Profs. Shaler and Davis also spoke on the Origin of Drum-

lins.

December 7.—The following papers were read : Some Indian Quar-

ries in Arkansas, Mr. Leon S. Griswold; Notes on a New Order of

Schizomycetes (Bacteria). Specimens were shown with both papers.

SAMUEL HENSHAW, Secretary.

The Biological Society of Washington.—November 19.—

The following communications were read: On Certain Minute (para-

sitie?) Bodies Within the Red Blood Corpuscles, Dr. Theobald Smith ;

The Topographical Relations of the Excretory Canals of Cestodes,

Dr. C. W. Stiles; A Walchia from New Mexico, Mr. David White ;

Some Entomological Factors in the Problem of Country Fences, Mr.

F. M. Webster ; Comparative Value of Plants in Determining Floral

Zones, Mr. F. V. Coville.

December 3.—The following communications were read: The

Cruise of the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross in Alaskan

Waters in 1892, Prof. B. W. Evermann; Some New Grasses, Dr.

George Vasey; On the Rediscovery of Certain Rare Plants, Mr. J.N.

Rose; Exhibition of a Complete Series of the Large American Ground

Squirrels of the Subgenus Otospermophilus, Dr. C. Hart Merriam ;

The Mathematics of Forest Growth, Dr. B. E. Fernow.

Freperic A. Lucas, Secretary.

- Anthropological Society of Washington.—November 15.—

The following papers were read: Singular Copper Objects from

82 The American Naturalist. [January,

Ancient Mounds in Ohio, Mr. Warren K. Moorhead; Geographic

Nomenclature of the District and Vicinity,a Symposium, Mr. James

Mooney, Prof. Lester F. Ward, Mr. W. H. Holmes, Mr. W. Hallet

Phillips, Mr. W. H. Babcock, and Dr. Frank Baker.

Weston FLINT, Secretary.

SCIENTIFIC NEWS.

Prof. John S. Newberry, Professor of Geology in Columbia Col-

lege, New York, died at New Haven, December7. He wasborn at Wind-

sor, Conn., in 1822, and was the descendant of an old and distinguished

Puritan family. He was graduated from Western Reserve College in

1846, and from Cleveland Medical College in 1848. After two years’

travel and study in Europe he established himself as a physician in

Cleveland. He returned to his scientific studies, which had long been

in abeyance, in 1855, when he accepted an appointment as acting

assistant surgeon in the army, and accompanied, as surgeon and geolo-

gist, the expedition under Lieutenant R. S. Williamson, U. S. A.

which explored the territory lying between San Francisco and the

Columbia River. In 1857-58 he was attached, in the same capacity,

to the expedition under Lieutenant J. C. Ives, U. S. A., which made

the first exploration of the Colorado River, one of the most important

of the western territory surveys. Dr. Newberry, in 1859, participated

in the exploration of the country bordering the upper Colorado an

San Juan Rivers. During the war of the rebellion Dr. Newberry was-

a member of the United States Sanitary Commission, and directed its

operations in the Valley of the Mississippi. In 1866 he was appointed

professor of geology in the School of Mines, Columbia College. In

1869 he was appointed head of the reorganized Ohio Geological Sur-

vey, and under his direction the work was vigorously pushed to com-

pletion.

Prof. Newberry had probably seen more of the United States from

a professional point of view than any other of our geologists. He

will be best known from his work on fossil plants and fossil fishes.

- He was especially conscientious in his comparisons of American with

European forms of extinct life that came under his observation. Per- _ :

sonally he was of a rather impetuous- temperament, whose strong

friendships were offset by a spice of irascibility without malice. He

will be greatly missed from his place in the scientific life of America.

1893.] Scientific News. 83

Sir Richard Owen died December 18. He was born at Lancaster

on July 20,1804. He received his early education in his native town,

and at the age of 20 he began a medical course in the University of

Edinburgh. He completed his studies in London and Paris medical

schools. |

When 30 years old he was appointed to the chair of comparative

anatomy at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, and two years later he suc-

ceeded Sir Charles Bell as Professor of Anatomy and Physiology in

the College of Surgeons. He held the latter place for twenty years,

leaving it only to take charge of the Department of Natural History

in the British Museum.

He had the Cross of the Legion of Honor, was a Chevalier of the

Prussian Order of Merit, and was one of the eight foreign associates

of the French Institute. He was created a commander of the Bath

in 1873, and subsequently was made K.C. B. Sir Richard Owen was

the successor of Cuvier as the leader in the progressive advance of the

science of comparative anatomy. He filled up many of the gaps

unavoidably left by the great Frenchman, which he was enabled to do

by the opening up of many parts of the world by British commercial

and colonial enterprise. His contributions to paleontology are even

more important, his researches having covered regions that Cuvier

could not in his day reach. , Antarctic paleontology was founded by

him, for South America, South Africa and Australia yielded their

treasures to him first of all. Besides being an accurate observer and

describer he was a good systematist, many of the current terms of

zoology having originated with him. In generalizations of a higher

grade he was not active; the doctrine of evolution having arrived

rather late to get that attention from him which its earlier advent

would have secured.

Owen was a tall and stalwart man of spare habit. He was charac-

terized by a mental and physical tenacity, which was exhibited in his

psychic structure in the great difficulty he experienced in changing

an opinion he had once formed. He was fond of diplomacy, and

could dissect an adversary crosswise of the grain in the most bland and

sympathetic manner imaginable.

Prof. J. T. Rothrock has resigned from the faculty of the Univer-

sity of Pennsylvania, and will occupy the position of Secretary of the

Forestry Commission of Pennsylvania.

What is an Acquired Character ?—A Correction.—In the

December number of THe Natura.ist, page 1010, occurs about as

84 The American Naturalist. [January,

unfortunate an error in proof-reading as could have been made. The

sentence “ I must confess my inability to see why this variation is not

qualitative as well,” is put in quotation marks, as if it were credited to

Weismann. The sentence is my own, and would doubtless be indig-

nantly repudiated by the great apostle of Neo-Darwinism, as it is flatly

Neo-Lamarckian in fact.

In explanation I will simply add that I did not read the proof.

The original manuscript in my possession is correct, although I am.

not positive that the typewritten copy forwarded to Tue NATURALIST

is not at fault—C. C. NUTTING.

1893.] . Record of North American Zoology. 85

RECORD OF NORTH AMERICAN ZOOLOGY.

(Continued from Vol. XX VI, p. 798.)

Grote, A. R.—[Validity of ] Halisidota trigona. Can. Ent., xxiii,

109, 1891.

Grote, A. R.—Note on Graphiphora Hubn. Can. Ent., xxiii, 101,

1891.

Grorg, A, R.—The male genitalia and the subdivisions of Agrotis.

Can. Ent., xxiii, 147, 1891.

GROTE, A. R.—Halisidota trigona. Can. Ent., xxiii, 201, 1891.—

Validity of.

Grote, A. R.—On Catocala flebilis and C. fratercula. Can. Ent.

xxiii, 281, 1891.

GROTE, A. R.—Agrotis subgothica. Can. Ent., xxiii, 202, 1891.—

Reply to Tutt.

GROTE, A. R.—An explanation. Can. Ent., xxiv, 17, 1892.—Reply

to certain criticisms of J. B. Smith, as to arrangement of Heterocera.

Grore, A. R.—Remarks on Prof. John B. Smith’s revision of the

genus Agrotis. Can. Ent., xxiii 45, 1891.

Howarp, L. O.—The larger corn stalk borer. Insect Life, iv, 95,

1891.— Diatrea saccharalis.

Hupson, G. H.—A new species of Cerura. Can. Ent., xxiii, 197,

1891.

Hutst, G. D.—Prof. J. B. Smith’s List of Lepidoptera. Can. Ent.,

xxiv, 74, 1892.

Hurst, G. D.—New species of Pyaalide. Can. Ent., xxiv, 59,

1892.—15 sp., Ocala and Chipeta, nn. gg.

Ke.uicort, D. 8.—Notes on two borers injurious to the Mountain

Ash.—Podoseiia syringe, Zeuzophora semifuneralis.

Kewuicort, D. 8.—Notes on the Ægeridæ of Central Ohio. Can.

Ent., xxiv, 42, 1892.

Keuuicorr, D. 8.—[Tortricid feeding on Silphium perfoliatum].

Can. Ent., xxiii, 218, 1891.

LINTNER, J. A—([An onion pest, Agrotis ypsilon]. Can. Ent.,

xxiii, 220, 1891.

LINTNER, J. A.—On the eye-spotted bud-moth ( Tmetocera ocellaria),

in Western New York. Can. Ent., xxiii, 231, 1891.

86 The American Naturalist. [January,

LINTNER, J. A.—On some of our Orgyias. Can. Ent., xxiii, 232

1891.

Lyman, H. H.—Pamphila manitoba (Scud.) and its varieties. 22

Rep. Ent. Socy. Ontario, 1891, 27. Can. Ent. xxiv, 57, 1892.

Morratt, J. A—A microscopical examination of an unexpanded

wing of Callosamia promethea. 22 An. Rep. Entom. Socy. Canada,

32, 1891

Morrart, J. A——Additions to the Canadian list of Microlepidop-

tera. Can. Ent., xxiii, 167, 1891.

Morratt, J. A.— Melitta phaeton [in Ontario]. Can. Ent., xxiv,

18, 1892.

Morratt, J. H.—Petrophora silaciata. Can. Ent., xxiv, 18, 1892.

—Distribution and varieties.

NeEuMOGEN, B.—About Pseudohazis and its variations. Can. Ent.,

xxiii, 145, 1891.

Osporn, H. and Gossarp, H. A.—The clover-seed caterpillar

(Grapholitha interstinctana Clem.). 22 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 74,

1891. Insect Life, iv, 56, 1891.

Ossory, H.—Asopia farinalis as a clover pest. Can. Ent., xxiii,

283, 1891.

PACKARD, A. S.—Notes on some points in the external structure and

phylogemy of Lepidopterous larve. Proc. B. S. N. H., xxv, 82, 1891.

P . H.—Aphidivorous habits of Teniseca tarquinius (Fabr.)

Grote. Can. Ent., xxviii, 66, 1892

Ritey, C. V.—A new herbarium pest. Insect Life, iv, 108, 1891.—

| Carphozera ptelearia n. g. and sp. Geometride.

Situ, J. B.—Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuide

of Temperate North America.—Revision of Homohadena, Grote.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xiii, 397, 1891.—H. deserta nov.

> Sumra, J. B.—Contributions, ete., Revision of the species of Hadena

referable to Xylophasia and Lapai t c., p- 407, 1891.—X. cogitata,

alticola, nigrior, antennata, centralis, are new.

Smıra, J. B.—Remarks on the classification of the Lepidoptera.

Can. Ent., xxiii, 245, 1891.

Smiru, J. B.—Notes on blackberry borers and gall makers. Insect

Life, i lv, 27, 1891. 22 Rep. Ent. Soe. Ontario, 52, 1891. —Bembecia.

SMITE, J. B.—Limenitis arthemis, etc. Can. Ent., xxiii, 104, 1891.

Smita, J. B—The squash borer, Mellitia ‘cucurbite, and remedies

mae 22 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 55, 1891. Insect Life, iv, 30,

1893.] Record of North American Zoology. 87

SMITH, J. B.—Halisidota trigona Grt. Can. Ent., xxiii, 158, 1891.

Sairu, J. B.—Prof. J. B. Smith’s List of Lepidoptera. Can. Ent.,

xxiv, 103, 1892—Reply to H. G. Dyar.

TownsEnD, C. H. T.— Chilo saccharalis in New Mexico. Insect

Life, iv, 24,1891. 22 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 50, 1891.

Turr, J. W.—Agrotis subgothica Harr. Can. Ent., xxiii, 159, 1891.

Van Duzer, E. P.—List of the Macro-Lepidoptera of Buffalo and

vicinity. Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H., v. 105, 1891.

WEBSTER, F. M.—Some studies of the clover hay worm, Asopia

costalis. Insect Life, iv, 121, 1891.

‘Winn, A. F.—Some rare Lepidoptera taken near Montreal. Can.

Ent., xxiii, 96, 1891.

Wricut, W.G.—Getting butterfly eggs. Can. Ent., xxiv, 70, 1892.

DIPTERA.

Atwoop, W. B.—A note on remedies for the horn fly. 22 Rep. Ent.

Socy. Ontario, 83, 1891. Insect Life, iv, 68, 1891.

Curtis, C._—Oxwarble in the United States. Jour. Comp. Med.

and Veterin. Archives, June, 1891.

CoquitteTt, D. W.—Revision of the Bombylid genus Aphcebantus.

W. A. Scientist, vii, 254, 1891.

CoquittettT, D. W.—New Bombylide of the group Paracosomus.

W. A. Scientist, vii, 219.

Coquittett, D. W.—Revision of the Bombylid genus Epacmus

(Leptochilus). Can. Ent., xxiv, 9, 1892.—2 n. sp.

CoQUILLETT, D. W.—New Bombylid® from California. W. A.

Scientist, vii, 197, 1891.

GARMAN, H.—An undescribed larva from Mammoth Cave. Bull.

Essex Inst., xxiii, 136, 1891.—Near Sciara.

Ke .icort, D. 8.—Note on the horn fly in Ohio. Insect Life, iv,

35, 1891. 22 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario, 59, 1891.

LINTNER, J. A.—The pear midge (Diplosis pyrivora) in New York.

Can. Ent., xxiii, 223, 1891.

Smrra, J. B.—Notes on blackberry borers and gall makers. Insect

Life, iv, 27, 1891.—Cecidomyid.

Smita, J. B.—Habits of Volucella fasciator. Can. Ent., xxiii, 242,

1891.

Snow, W. A.—The moose-fly—a new Hematobia. 22 Rep. Ent.

Soc. Ontario, 96, 1891.

88 ; The American Naturalist. . (January.

TownsEnD, C. H. T.—Notes on North American Tachinide with

descriptions of new genera and species—-Paper V. Can. Ent., xxiv,p.

64, 1592.—8 n. sp.

Townsend, C. H. T.—A Tachinid bred from a chrysalis. Can. —

Ent., xxiii, 206, 1891.— Meigenia websterii nov.

TownsEnp, C. H. T.—Notes on North American Tachinide, with

descriptions of new genera and species—Paper V. Can. Entom. xxiv,

p. 76, 1892.—Clistomorpha, n. g

TownseEnD, C. H. A PATA of a Muscid bred from swine

dung, with notes on two Muscid ee Can. Ent., xxiii, 152, pk .

—Lists of Cordylura and Clei

Weep, H. E.—The natural Gi of the screw-worm. Can. Ent,

xxiii, 243, 1891.

ADVERTISEMENTS. $

Lyspepsie

Drp Andrews, Jefferson

Medical et nai Philadelphia, says of

Horsford’s Acid Phosphate.

‘“ A wonderful remedy which gave me

most gratifying 3 in the worst

forms of dyspepsia.

It reaches various forms of

Dyspepsia that no other medi-

cine seems to touch, assisting

the weakened stomach, and

making the process of diges-

tion natural and easy.

Descriptive pamphlet free on application to

Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I.

Beware of Substitutes and Imitations.

ro sale by all Druggists.

*Rithmetic are

ADING, ma and

Refinement,

ssential,

acquaintance wi best thou Gaita of gift-

ed minds,

In the $ -H

‘LIBRARY OF AMERICAN LITER-

» you ras travel through every

anion, associate constantly

quaint yourself with the best thoughts of

twelve hundred ngage: authors.

In this ag ort- hand method of

adin

information and a and a “critical jadgment, w

only be secured by “authors ‘on the | writ-

ven of a great many os

ber, othe Bg essenti “The rary o

American "Literature 7 is sto every ion not

a luxury, b er hg prepari It co

whe le book-s' nto a few volum: mes, and yet

does not te A woh alter a single sentence

in any piao agg give

riety, values “and arrangement of

pd material are such as to cause these vol-

be used perhaps more than ai

cubes bar aot ape coulc _be placed in a li

brary. It is purely }

ing the finest "productions of Amerie an au

pil In it

conta

thors from 1607

satisfactory to ev Eve

ber of t your f family wil (enjoy “The Li-

y of A

ÞSola Saar ‘by ou

- and women will ‘find nf

ript

ption Capable m

rofitable to solicit

subscriptions. For full ad

escription,

T. =. S, Manager,

CHARLES L. WEBSTER & C0,

wd Fifth Ave., New York City.

1292

Mined Rocks, Fossils, Casts of Fossils, Geological Relief “Maps,

Stuffed Animals and Skins, Mounted Skeletons, Anatomical

Models, Invertebrates.

Ward’s Natural Science Establishment,

Mineralogy,

Geology,

Paleontology,

Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy,

Send for Circular.

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

XIX PER CENT.

Approved Inyestments,

Principal & Interest Guaranteed.

W. C. MAN,

313 | Drexel Bldg. PHILA., PA.

H. H. & C. S. BRIMLEY,

T ae ae

Living Batrachians duri

Embryos and other Histological Fiona:

, Reptiles

and small Mammals.

Mammal skins, beast skulls.

Prices on applicati 293.

WHAT |

WE OFFER:

INVESTORS

ee security and from six to ight P per cent.

inter t, with privilege of withdrawing their

Sinking Fund Mortgages our special

Home Savings Loan Paan T of

aid i, si, 000,000.

Over 3 fety Investors, and no dissatisfied ones.

For Ekiri address

= F. NEWHALL,

anager Eastern Office,

533 Drexel Building, PHILADELPHIA, =

[When answering, mention this Journal.]

te Poe PRI

4 _ ADVERTISEMENTS.

a ce Relics of stl Assyria and the Holy Land, as compared with American Relics,

THE POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS,

Read what our ore is, and then become one of its regular z:

The Popular Science News, as its name eaten is a popular a e

gress in the entire range of the physical and natural sciences. Fami

on Scientific, Sanitary and Hygienic Topics, fill the pages of each n umbad

cause it to be rawat Ar as a “guide, philosopher and friend,” wherever

known.

The News is now edited by Austin P. Nichols, S. B., and Wm. J.

Litt. D. It is the only low-price scientific paper published i in the conned :

is especially devoted to presenting the latest facts a and discoveries in scie el

Price, $1.00 per Year.

POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS CO., i

= BOSTON, MASS.

The editor of the American scsi. sa is publishing a series of books om {i

COLUMBIAN TIMEs, and now offers the following to the public

I. The Mound-Builders—their Works =~ Relics.

i Native Myths and Symbole-~Unfinished. `

eN ee A sap anne FOR 1893.

year 1893 will t hæolo Tie Aninscan ANTIQUARI

fret Ti +8 a h nt Litched re hase 1 h by an

and important volume. A gth t f thi ‘Gx Fifteenth ‘Volume, me be a series

°f prominent American Archzologists ; their portraits will be used as frontispieces. ere will be

them, Prof. W. H. Montgomery, of Utah, James Deans, Sma Columbia, Mr. T. H. Lewis, of MIM

Also, a series of articles, etc. » describing objects ts gathered e Columbian Kasaki by shee

and i Mr. Henry W. Haynes. A series of Notes and pani on Aboriginal Language, by

os prehistorie America. Correspondence and Book Reviews nine ae be valuable. —

eth 1, 1.

Price per Vol. $4.00 o Seih American Naturalist $6.00.

hddves he Publisher at Office of

AMEMGAN ANTIQUARIAN

175 WABASH AVENUE, cnica

ADVERTISEMENTS. iii

AMERICAN MONTHLY

MICROSCOPICAL JOURNAL

14TH YEAR, 1893. PRICE INCREASED TO $2.00.

Beautifully Ilustrated.

ORIGINAL ARTICLES by the best writers. Descriptions of Microscopical

Methods, pictures of new apparatus, a department of Medical Microscopy

revealing what the instrument is doing to combat disease, Bacteriology or

the study of Bacilli, Diatoms or Nature’s Jewels, Biological Notes upon the

progress in botany, entomology, agriculture and the study of all life by the

aid of the grandest of instruments, Recreative Microscopy or the entertain-

ment of people who exclaim “Oh! My!” when they look through the

golden tube, Microscopical News, the Detection of Crime, Societies and their

proceedings, Notices of Books, the Exchange and sale of Slides, etc.

THE MICROSCOPE

A Dollar Magazine Devoted Strictly to Elementary Microscopy.

Price $1.00.

This periodical, now in its 14th year, recently edited by Dr. A. C. Stokes, of

Trenton, has been made a magazine for beginners and amateurs and will

seek to supply every need of those entering upon this fascinating study.

Its Query DEPARTMENT alone, conducted by Dr. S. G. Shanks, of Albany,

N. Y., will be found worth the price.

SAM PiIE COPY FREE sa

s@~ Price for the two, constituting the only microscopical periodicals in Amer-

ica, $2.50 per annum. A treatise on elementary microscopy supplied free

to every new subscriber.

CARPENTER ON THE MICROSCOPE.—Latest and finest edition $5.00.

CONSTANTLY ON HAND:

Beautiful objects mounted in ingenious covers by an English Chemist, and all

ready for use. Would cost 50 cents each if made in America. Catalogue

of 170 White’s objects, mostly botanical, and a sample for 10 cents; 20 for

$1.00. Dr. Stokes says: “ They deserve to be boomed.” Address,

CHAS. W. SMILEY,

Wasuineton, D. C.

A DY EREI EREN pa

The Ives Strata «° Altitude Maps

OF THE UNITED STATES AND PART OF CANADA.

By James T. B. Ives,

F. G.

Association for the Advancement o

“THE ALTITUDE MAP

is a novel device by the SeN of the “ Strata

Peay hed, al e bein

romin

The eima is beautifully gotten up,

wall or stand erect on ble.

21x15 in

The two eso are Ge ox in a neat cloth- Mgr case, gilt lettered.

e, $14

P. oS BOX eee

1293,

old stamps

States in l. Anyo ch ar rth mor

if left on original letter or envelop or some

of a s I will pay $25.00 .

Reference Ist, National “yon this place.

23. Wm. F. E.G e, Illinois.

Consumption

AT HOME.

LET FREE,

nt.

ar Inhalen

8 09": NORTH BROAD STREET,

PHILADELPHIA, PA

CURED

NEW pani

Dr.M.W.Case

[Mention American Naturalist

g carefully embos

ene successive altitudes are Sabie zed oy uate contrasted call

framed in oak and varnished, and arranged to hang on thë

ches.

BINDER & KELLY, Publishers,

AMERICAN NATURALIST OFFICE,

, Member of the ~— Institute of Mining Engineers, the American

, and the Canadian Institute.

THE STRATA MAP

consists of a series of seven Superimposed Maps, rep-

resenting the seven Geologica Systems of the coun

try, colored as recommended by the International Con-

— = con ogi pi — rf cut away

several systems in nature,

It graphically exhibits superposition, denut-

saga and outcrop of strata, with the phenom

of escarpments, outliers, inliers, dip, wee

ariii, etc., and the Cards may be bent |

to show synclinal or anticlinal folds.

f Science

ffering tr any elevation map prèvi

Map”

Bi e a nt the River Systems and

Pric

PHILADELPHIA, PA

‘OTHE SANITA

Is THE BEST Sanitary pie |

tion in a (atississipp: Valley Mie

cal Monthly); ‘* Easily maintains is :

superiority over all similar ee FY

cations” (Medical World) }

gether” (Hydraulic and Sanitary Pl

“ The Editor, Dr. A. N. BELL, isW

known to the mercantile communif 5

for his co-operation with the ®

chants in quarantine reform,

his profession as a leader in Sanit

Science ” (New York Journal of Commer :

96 PAGES TEXT MONTHLY;

TWO | VOLUMES 32

$4.00 a yea ae EET $350 penge naa

Copies, 20 cts, (ten two- as postage

All communications should besa

the Editor, Brooklyn, N. Y.

___ ADVERTISEM ENTS. v

RIPKA & OO.

The RE Manufacturing GO., |132 S. 11th Street, Philadelphia.

ted.) | Importers and Manufacturers of

1510 okoti Street, | Arlis? * Materials

| Sketch Boxes, Easels, Stools, Umbrellas, Ete.

Paint Boxes, Drawing Papers

PHILADELPHIA.

MANUFACTURERS OF |

sa! 5 l English Oi

Aluminium and German Silver Drawing | nglish Oil tad Waler Colors

Sr | Wax and Paper Flower Materials.

Protractors, Compasses, Spring Bows, | Zustrated List of Artists’ Materials Just Out.

Triangles, Opisometers, ete. CALL OR ADDRESS :

KA & CO.

B tt’s I 5 i

ennett’s Improved Patent Duplex Pen 132 S. llth Street, Philadelphia.

ar PARE SFMT DRIT Ri 4 Beck’ stew Continental Microscope

pee Nh l Microscope on the Market

e are now prepared to offer Beck’s Goatees

ric

PARROTS! PARROTS! Microscopes at the following low prices : tara

Just arrived, 500 Young Cuban Parrots S ¢ :

‘eg which we guarantee will Learn | wia's'g'

to Talk. Will be sent to any 50 ae

= S «8:

address upon receipt of price, o's oe he

$5.00; with suitable cage, $7.00. | d zi äg `

ra eS

Send for Catalogue on all other Fancy | ¢ $ £32 a

Cage Birds, Fowls, Pigeons, Goldfish, | dee : ES

| ~OLte

Etc. | saagsres

ELERT

“P Se 59

319 MARKET ST., 46 N. 9th ST., Hepp P

ATER

PHILADELPHIA. SEoEsSe

ex. HEFER E

SZeneres

“A See ow st~=

nasSe Sox

Per pob

- j Se

PTEE

= NS sarwe S.M eh ea

= “iim = e ¢ schools and colleges are entitled toimport these microscopes

y \ Tt. Free of Duty and can thereby secure a very large reduction from

DIXON’ S$ ; PENCILS pecial Offer om F er Pronin nens:

IAN

O SREBRN Ta assor aiy y pa

25 Botanical 5.00

25 Pharmaceutical % ‘i n Eas

If you are not familiar a thom (Sreo | . a

mention American Naturalist and send WILLIAMS, Brown & ri ge eg

Sole American aa s, , Beck,

16 cents for samples worth double the 33, 35 & 39 S. Tenth St., cor. Chestout, PHILADELPHIA.

money. Send 10 cents for Complet re py tym ge nina sd

also Photographic Sy tenes

JOS. DIXON CRUCIBLE CO.. A BECK = S NEW WCTERIOLOGICAL si AR

rice, $65.

Bie JERSEY CITY, N. J. Send for Beck’s Scientists Microscopical Outfit, $35.00.

w 193.

Ares pama ak bessioases Poey nee the best found, from Patterson, N. J. 10 cents to ap

f1% ter, from Pa rae N. J. 15 cents to $2.00

ystals, from Patterson, N. J. aege mga

rhage

Apophyllite, c P large ae some an inch square, ma. Patterson, N.J. 10 cen 00.

lite, from Japan. 25 cents to $10.00.

Quartz cry an

Japanese « quartz balls and phantom smi 75c cents to $5.00.

N. L.

ON,

= 170 Tremont St., Boston, Mass.

Vi ADVERTISEMENTS.

The International Journal of

Microscopy and Natural Science.

EDITO

ALFRED ALLEN, Bath, England.

Taopsieay EDITORS:

Pror. LATHAM, ar Peg F. R. M. S., etc., Chicago University, U. S. A.

FREDERICK GAERTN M., M. D., etc. ., Pittsburgh, Pa., U. ee

J. STEVENSON BROWN, 5 President, pe tin Micro. Soc., Montreal, Canada.

FILANDRO VICENTINI, M. , Chiet

The following are a portion of the Contents for January, 1893.

Polarised Light, and its SEET to the Microscope. (Ilustrated. ) G. H. Bryan, M. A.

Reichert’s rt saben gto (Illustrated.) aertner

The Microscope and Its A eatin (Illustrate ed.) The pai

A Device to sie the place of the Camera Lucida in ie pae (Illustrated.)

H. G. Piffard, M. D.

A Midwinter agan by the Mediterranean. G. a Bryan, M

Soaking Tissues and Sections of Tissues in Wat JW. Bice. M. D., Jamaica.

og gobi ata Sections - Teeth for Histology and Racicrinloey. Prof. V. A. Latham.

The B

Riniwohpesl” Techn

Half an hour at the ered with the late Tuffen West, F. R. M. S., F. L. S

(illustrated 4 Litho. e

nen Notes from the Postal Micro. Soc. Note Books. (Illustrated.)

Not Queries. Correspondence. Reviews, etc.

aS United States and Canada, $2.75 the year, post free.

Agent: M. A. BOOTH, F. R. M. S.,

OARNTMSAVOW, MASS.

BACK NUMBERS

OF THE

American DMNaturalist.

The Pulishers offer, subject to prior sale, a limited numb

of the previous volumes of the American Naturalist, also séf

rate parts of volumes, from 1867 to 1890. Prices up

application.

COVER AND BINDING $1.00 EXTRA PER VOLUME.

The Publishers will be pleased to communicate with any?

having back numbers for sale; please advise them of iss

condition and price. -

BINDER & KELLY, Publishers,

P. 0. BOX 712,

518-520 MINOR STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA., U

ADVERTISEMENTS,

= ORPHEA |

MUSIC BOXES

Are weetest, Most complete,

tone- iiaa, durable, and perfect Mu-

as Boxes made, and a ny number of

es can obtained for them.

Delightful fants, "S aes ae! |

and y direc

nspect’n invited.

usic Box can be puan teed to wear

without Gau f

p Polyphones at |

Lowest Prices. Factory Established 1824.

OLD MUSIC BOXES CAREFULLY

REPAIRED AND IMPROVED.

GAUTSCHI & SONS, ("eatis

We make a taion in fine Music

Boxes. No trash as sold by general |

merchandise, seni and music stores.

In order to reduce our stock we have |

decided to offer our goods during the |

Holidays aeni Kating February 1st) |

at specially reduced figures

| Curious and Rare Plants, , Bulbs,

Cacti from Mex

That cannot be obtained

7 untry.

7 The largest collection’ of

Cacti in existence.

pnp paoi for $1.00

free

100 ee sorts for $30.00

a 000 Curious specimens for

Pelecyphora aselli-

Book on Cacti, 116 pages,

ormis. 8

180 illustrations, 10 cents.

! Catalogues free.

Collections of

Send for list.

A tmorphophalas < compan

us (flowers 2 ft. across).

A. BLANC?& CO,

| S14 N. Lith: St., saeco cee Pa.

CARDS FOR MOUNTING SPECIMENS.

We make a specialty

of these cards, and it

ff will be to YOUR ADVAN-

| TAGE to get our PRICES

when in need of them.

We can supply them

in any size in BLACK Or

WHITE centers.

BLN DEO BILLY,

P. O. BOX 712.

518-520 MINOR ST., PHILADELPHIA.

viii ADVERTISEMENTS.

THE POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY

FOR 1893. e

VIDENCE of the increasing influence of science in all fields of human”

activity is apparent on every hand. The farmer is looking to it for better

methods in cultivation and the raising of stock. The manufacturer asks of it

cheapened processes to meet ever sharper competition. The economist seeks in

it a firm basis for his policy. The doctor and sanitarian call upon it for a

more perfect equipment for their struggles with disease. The educator con

it with reference to more rational methods of instruction. Literature, po

and the Church are among its most interested listeners, since it is testing

respective claims in a way that compels attention.

The Popular Science Monthly has long borne a leading part in maki

general reader acquainted with this great and rapidly-growing department

human knowledge. It has aimed to do this with perfect fairness, and

the tolerance of earnest beliefs that is consistent with a fearless adhere

the truth, and the same attitude will be maintained in the future.

SCIENCE AT THE WORLD'S FAIR.—Among the special fe

this standard magazine for the coming year will be accounts by competent

ists of the present standing of the several departments of science as exhibited®

the Columbian Exhibition in Chicago. The marvels of Electricity tobe

played there will be described and explained by Mr. Cuarves M. LUNG

Large provision has been made for the exhibit of Anthropology, 22

department will be carefully treated by Prof. FREDERICK STARR, of the

University. Mr. Benzamry Reece will treat of the application of sce

the vast interests of Transportation, and the scope and significance 0

exhibits in other departments will be set forth by able hands. :

THE DEVELOPMENT OF AMERICAN INDUSTRIES

COLUMBUS.—The splendid series of illustrated articles under the

will be continued, and probably brought to a close in the coming year.

the subjects that remain to be treated are Glass, Silk, Paper, Ag

Machinery, and Ship-building.

Miscellaneous contributions may be expected from the able writers '

been in the habit of addressing the readers of the Monthly.

EDITED BY WILLIAM J. YOUMANS. ;

$5.00 a Year; 50 Cents a Number.

D. APPLETON & CO., PUBLISHERS, 1, 3, and 5 Bonp STREET, New 3

THE YORK ROAD, OLD AND NEW,

FOX CHASE AND BUSTLETON,

PROFUSELY ILLUSTRATED.

Rev. S. F. HOTCHKIN, M. A.,

Author of “ Mornings of the Bible; ‘History of |

Germantown,” étc.

This historic highway from Ris-

ing Sun Philadelphia to New Hope

on the Delaware is carefully treat-

ed by the author whose wide ex- |

perience in historical work renders —

him particularly fitted for the

‘purpose.

The volume contains about 500

-pages with numerous photo-cuts, |

i 3 illustrating the points of historic

interest and of natural sd arti-

“ficial beauty.

~ Sold only by meres: price

in tay morocco, a 00 per volume. |

BINDER & KELLY,

P cs tae BS)

eS LAT Jacators and of the press of

Ameri gs {

Frank

| Tut FoRTNicHTLY REVIEW, caticied PRorit

- Less.

893.

NEARLY FIFTY YEARS

Littell’ s Living Age

Has stood —— realm of Period-

Eite

It Eey eal the Wi sen: Mids field òf

EUROPEAN PERIODICAL LITER ATURE

i artment,

Biogra r ry, Literature, Travels,

ni a Politics, Criticism,

ti and Poe

best has ever fil :

of THE LIVING AGE.” — The Presbyterian

yy i ne 13, 1892.

KLY MAGAZINE, it piver mei

ee and a Quarter T :

(e)

e count

THE pie ia will con-

OF THE AGE IN WHICH IT LIVES.

ened inte rest in things historical, has

a Most y i

coming y

tinue to be

ri ment w

; Aae

at the boial tidan of 50 cents, an taken |

connection with THE LIVING AGE.

This history has received the

Rev. Cias: = BENNETT, D:D.,

` taining a powerful D s

A -,

of THE LIVING AcE and c

ricat

geo see Yel (Petar

AMERICAN

ATURALIST

A MONTHLY. JOURNAL

DEVOTED TO THE NATURAL SCIENCES

IN THEIR WIDEST SENSE.

` -MANAGING EDITORS:

Prors. E. D. COPE anp, J. 5. KINGSLEY,

POTA

THOMAS WILSON,

Pror. E. A, ANDREWS.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS:

Dr. C. E. BESSEY

E. EY,

Pror. W. S- BAYLEY,

FEBRUARY, 1893.

CONTENTS.

White River Epoch gorse le White Clays

Reg ecologie ws, General—

j 89 i of the Obio ion—G

a Apion E come m a

_ AMONG THE INVERTEBRATA,

, Benjamin Sharp

ANTS. C EA 98

ENEO O or CH. Zoology.—The Cercaria Stage of Amihai 1

perpen 105. —Fecundation’ of the Eggs of Clinus argentatus— —

EST. garir S RIVER, Preliminary Desëriptions New Fishes from the —

eae Fee BD OR RED (Llus-., | Neg ple oT Larynx of Batrachia—The ete

fo a , phiu: New Spade-Foot from Texas -

HE Asc i kinta P ag Caste J- The Pedal Skeleton of the Dorking” ak

‘ONYX. (Dust iie $ | AF

DITORIALS, eet : 3 “Hey Fei i $ Obora ns ! OIE — Pxpetimental Embryology- Studies

—The M e. ‘Law of Priori rity in Nomenclature =~ stokes Embryology

ie a: fit a 34 ( bgalome arienk S wali Cothectben of Calsopters’ :

Sa A ae h Mountains of British Columbia—A

from the "Hig

~ 137 “liar Seed-Like Gase-Worm from the Gran

; ey of T iz i Seas Ii 7 Si

TOES: of the. Ua! ited gaa Age, Operated Upon for Double Congenital Cataract

: j Archaolegy and Ethnology: —Area. and Popula-

of "~

| {tion of European cone es—The Pr gn noes

oy Bape Head. .

“| Mimi: —On the ERE p oh Chee Acid

rA erke

|; PROCEEDINGS OF p ScHENTIFIC Socrenies. : oe

SCIENTIFIC News fs a Be ee hee

Ch. Marchand’s

GLYCOZON E.

PREVENTS foo sped OF FOOD IN THE STOMACH.

OWER EMEDY FOR HEALING PURPOSES. CURES:

DYSPEPSIA, GASTRITIS, ULCER OF THE STOMACH, HEART-BURN.

Glycozone is sold only in 4-0Z., 8-oz., and 16-0Zz. bottles. Never sold in bulk.

CH. MARCHAND’S

PEROXIDE oF HYDROGEN

(MEDICINAL) H202 (ABSOLUTELY HARMLESS.)

“MOST POWERFUL BACTERICIDE AND PUS DESTROYER.

ENDORSED BY’ THE MEDICAL PROFESSION.

UNIFORM IN STRENGTH, PURITY AND STABILITY.

USED BY THE HOSPITALS OF THE U. S. ARMY.

Send for free book of 88 pages giving articles by the nia s gu

DR. PAUL GIBIER, of N. xv., DR. S. POTTS EAGLETON, of Phila., Pa»

` DR. CHAS. P. NOBLE, of Phila., Pa. DR. C. A. PHILLIPS, of Boston ect

_ DR. J. H. DeWOLF, of Baiti., Md., DR. JOHN V. SHOEMAKER, of Phila., Pas

DR. W. S. MULLINS, of Henderson, Ky., DR. CHAS. W. AITKIN, of Flemine®

burg, Ky., DR. H. F. BROWNLEE, of Danbury, Conn, DR. J, LEWIS SMITH,

of N. Y DR. J. MOUNT BLEYER, of N. Y., DR. A. S. TUCKLER, DR. N. H

HAIGHT, of Oakland, Cal; DR. W.B. DEWEES, of Salina, Kàs., DR. C. E. PER

= KINS, of Sandusky, O., and many others. .

NOTE.—Avoid aes shape of the medal aster bottled—uniily :

‘Ch. Marchand’s pacts of H tence e ARE is spie P pre in T nA

8-0z., and 16-0z, bottles, bearing a biu pish white letters, red and 50% —

border, with his signature, Never sold in A :

NA APPL ICATION-

LES UNA:

H OF THE SPENT :

ARE ia ONLY BY ©

AMERICAN NATURALIST

VoL. XX VIL. February, 1893. 314

JOINT FORMATION AMONG THE INVERTEBRATA.

By BENJAMIN SHARP.

z The following observations were prompted by a discussion

= on the subject of joints, at a meeting of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia held’ on November 92nd,

1892, when Prof. Cope considered some facts relating to his

theory of joint formation as seen among the vertebrata.

i As his theory has been known for some time, and an

extended consideration of it has recently been published’ I

merely quote as a thesis, a sentence published in 1878’;

“change of structure is seen to take place in accordance with

"the mechanical effect of three forms of motion, viz, by friction,

Pressure and strain.”

: It occurred to me that if his theory had a general application,

= Some additional proofs could be shown to exist among the

-= Invertebrates, where we have the action of muscular force

upon hard and resisting parts of the skeleton. Those which

“present the best study for this purpose, appeat to be the

a crustaceans, where we find an immense variety of articulations

_ im the body and in the limbs; highly complicated locked

joints, others allowing motion in but one plane, as well as

: __ ‘The Mechanical Causes of the development ‘of the Hard Parts of the

_ Mammalia, by E. D. Cope. Jour. of Morph. Vol. 1I, 1889, p- 137-290.

*The relation of animal motion to animal evolution, by E. D. Cope, Amer-

“e ican Naturalist, Vol. XII. 1878, p- 44-

90 ` The American Naturalist. [February,

loose joints, where the hard parts scarcely come in contact with

one another, and cases of degeneration of the hard parts, lead-

ing to total disappearance of a previously existing joint.

In the annelides, from which, there is no doubt, the arthro-

pod branch sprang, we find no deposit of inorganic salts in

the epidermis. (Ido not regard the hard, calcareous, and

other secretions of tubicolous annelides as entering into this

question, as they are merely protective coverings, not acted

upon by the museles of the body, nor is there even any mus-

cular connection with it.) The outer layer of the body is

generally of a horn-like character, adhering closely to the —

secretive cells of the epidermis, very flexible and thrown into —

folds by the vermicular motion of its possessor. In the —

leeches, the body consists of a flexible cylinder, made up of

two sets of muscles, an outer longitudinal cylinder and an —

inner cylinder of circular fibers, the contraction of which, —

causes the animal to increase in length, while shortening is.

effected by the contraction of the longitudinal layer. The —

external surface of the medicinal leech, for example (see fig. 1) a

- is thrown into a regular series 0

very fine folds, extending across the

longitudinal axis of the body

These folds do not correspond in-

OE are a S

to one somite. When the ne

shortens its length, these folds

closely eh eg when extension

takes place, the folds are flatten

spread open, although not wh lly

disappearing, as they are a fix

quantity so to speak. I be

1893.) Joint Formation Among the Invertebrata. 91

valleys between the folds, this being aided by some of the cir-

cular fibers which pass through the longitudinal sheath, and

find their attachment to the bases of the valleys.

Starting from this point, and supposing the regularity

of the folds to have become established from pre-existing

irregular folds by the regularity and stress of muscular action,

we can conceive that when deposits of calcareous matter took

place, rings similarly formed by a folding of a soft skin

would receive that deposit at the most prominent portion of

this fold, the convex face and not in the protected valleys, as

there would be more friction or pressure from external

causes, and no deposits would take place in the valleys them-

selves because they would not be subject to external friction,

and their continual flexion would prevent any such deposits.

Should such a deposit take place in the valleys, there would be

a stiffening of the whole surface which would defeat motion.

In fact, in the leech, the cuticle is already much thicker on

the crests of the folds than in the valleys.

In the more primitive crustacea, we find the animal made up

of ‘rings extending over the whole length of the body, similar

to the rings of the leech, save (fig. 2) that there is but one ring

i ‘to one somite, and instead of a per-

pendicular valley between the folds,

this valley has an inward and a

forward direction, allowing the ante-

s rior edge of a caudad ring to fit into

the posterior edge of a cephalad

ring.

In the higher crustacea, several of

the anterior rings have coalesced,

and form a solid shield which is

known as the carapace. This has

no doubt arisen by the lessening of

the action between the anterior rings

oe T . : became the more active propelling

kepama becca aed organ. As the action ceased forward

showing the action of the mus- the valleys came to rest, and became

cles. ‘exposed to friction and pressure, and

_ ular ball and socket joint, but with a flexible part of th

92 The American Naturalist. [February, 1

consequently a deposit of calcareous matter took place produc-

ing the stiffening aboye hinted at. 4

The formation of jointed appendages from parapodic pad-

dles of the annelides can be followed out in the same manner,

since the manner of mutual relation of the segments is the

same as in the case of the body segments. =

It has been stated that in the leech the folds do not corre-

spond in number to the somites of the body, while they do in :

the crustacea. Allannelides do not move by means of a mus- 2

cular system built upon the plan found in the leech. In ~ 4

many the circular layer has to a large extent disappeared, |

for the longitudino-circular plan is undoubtedly ante-annelit

dan. The movement of the free medusoid forms, and of the —

Ctenophora, is the result of a modified arrangement of this 4

lan. i

With the disappearance of the circular layer, we, find a 4

peculiar modification of the longitudinal layer. This layer

becomes broken up and the fibers act in moving the setæ,

which answer to limbs. In a segment of a setiferous i

annelid, we may observe that the longitudinal muscles of the i

somite in section at the position of the seta are arranged like

the letter “ V,” in the fork of which the seta lies, the fibers to

the left (anterior) pull the seta externally backward, those on —

the right (posterior) pull the seta forward. The introduction —

of the sete, the origin of which I do not here attempt to —

explain has no doubt been, together with the establishment of —

external segmentation, a strong factor in causing the breaking ©

up of the muscular tube into sections (myotomes), which by —

use and consequent increase have extended each arm of the

“ V” into the segment on each side, while the insertion of the

end of the seta has caused a break in the muscle by the for-

mation of an aponurosis. This gives us the peculiar disposition

of a myotome to extend arcoss the union of two somites.

If we examine the segments of the so-called abdomen of the

macrurous crustacea, as the lobster, we will find that the

anterior face of one abdominal ring is pulled into the posterior

orifice of the ring lying anterior to it, forming a kind of eer :

ET ey TE oe Y

Fehon

te eo gee ee Ta eet Ohare

integument with no calcareous deposit, folded upon itself,

1893.] Joint Formation Among the Invertebrata. 93

and acting physiologically as a tubular ligamentum teres. On

examining the different joints, we will find that commencing

at a fixed point, as at the base of the thorax, the movable

ring of the first abdominal somite is pulled into the fixed part.

Then the first abdominal somite becomes the fixed point for

the movable ring posterior to it, and so on, so that we find

that the rings proceed away from the thorax, each is pulled

into the opening of the one in advance. This is true of all

those forms where the abdomen is well formed, strong and an

active organ in the economy of the animal; when this organ,

the abdomen, ceases to be an active organ of motion ‘as in the

burrowing forms, as Callianassa, Gebia, some of the Squillide,

etc., or where it is folded upon the sternum of the thoracic

region, the muscles becoming weaker through disuse, the

rings are not subject to the powerful muscular strain, and they

as a rule overlap but little if at all, but lie so that the edge of

one ring rests upon the edge of another. In those forms

where degeneration of the abdomen has proceeded so far as

not to have even the usual deposit of calcareous matter, as in

the hermit crabs, there are simply indications of rings on the

abdomen, and this organ is but little more than a fleshy sae

containing some of the viscera, and supplied with a few mus-

cles which act together, with the form of the organ, to keep

the abdomen curled so that it may hold as a hook, the animal

within the molluscan shell which it habitually occupies.

In forms as highly developed as the cray-fish and the lob-

ster where the calcareous deposits are great, there have crept

in many modifications. One of the main features in the

articulations, of the rings of the abdomen is the “lock” or

hinge which allows no lateral movement in the tail whatever;

the lateral movement-is also prevented by the overlap of the

pleura. This lock consists of a rounded prominence on each

of the rings projecting forward from a posterior segment into a

socket in the anterior one. The movement in any two seg-

ments so formed takes place in the plane, the axis of which

passes through these two points so that the are described by

the movement is only in a vertical plane. The terga of the

segment is much arched in the lobster, and the upward

motion is limited after a certain point is reached by the dome

Which follows it so that it may be covered by the posterior

_and the surface of the ring.

to hold good viz.: that the movable part is pulled into the

_Ibacus, the first pair, and in fact all of the thoracic limbs end -

gestion of a chela. In Crangon, (fig. 3) on the other hand

OS me “hand? of & form of Cre

-o a “eda eof ie Increase of the muscular po

94 The American Naturalist. | [Februray,

of the segment itself. In some of the Scyllaridw, there isa

transverse groove on the terga of the somites merely indicated — ;

in the lobster, into which the posterior face of the terga ahead _

of it fits when the abdomen is fully extended, and which pre-

vents any further upward movement. It will be noticed

further, in those forms that the sternum of each abdominal |

segment is very narrow, and that they are connected by a _

broad uncalcified membranous area which allows plenty of 1

room for flexion downward. ;

The first abdominal segment is narrow, and in the vast |

majority of cases it is considerably narrower than the one —

edge of the carapace and the anterior edge of the second

abdominal ring. In the Homaridea and Loricata there is an a

interesting provision to prevent the strain of the powerful

abdominal muscles from drawing the smaller segment too far

into the thorax. On each of the lateral faces of the ring there

is a broad tooth or calcified lobe, which overlaps the posterior —

edge of the carapace allowing the latter to play between it

When the limbs are examined, the same rule will be found

fixed part. A modification of this is well illustrated in the

evolution of the large chelæ. In some forms, take for example

in a sharp pointed segment, there being not the slightest sug-

the ternimal segment is pulled

against the broad face of thé

penultimate one thus making 4

shift for a chela. In the Stom-

~K ~ ` and forms with ita very effective

6 figs ~ grasping organ. The continual

| use of the terminal segment, the

1893.] Joint Formation Among the Invertebrata. 95

will tend to draw this terminal segment backward (into) on

the penultimate which enlarges with the increase of bulk of

muscle, so that a well developed chelæ, as in the lobster, is

found where the ultimate segment is pulled backward to

about the middle of the penultimate segment.

A true ball and socket joint rarely if ever obtains in the

crustacea, and for very obvious reasons. The nature of the

impassive connection of the joints would not allow of the

motion and the active element, the muscle acts upon the

inside of the joint or through its center, thus making it almost

impossible for muscles to act so as to give the free movement

of a ball and socket joint. The same end is obtained by a

series of ginglymoid joints working in different planes so that

in a series of three or four joints the end of the limb, for

example, can be made to describe a circle, and I am inclined

to believe that in order to obtain this free motion, the first two

or three joints of crustacean limbs are as a rule very short |

and work in different planes.

Several objections may be easily found to the statement

that posterior segments are always drawn into the anterior

ones. Take for example, the shrimps, where the second

abdominal ring overlaps the first so that the ring ahead of it

as well as the others behind it is drawn within its anterior

opening. I am inclined to regard this exception as more or

less proving the rule, and to consider the second segment the

fixed point into which the other two rings are drawn. We

see a foreshadowing of this plan in the lobster group, where,

as in Astacus, to use the words of Huxley, “the plure of the

second somite are much larger than any of the others, and,

their front edges overlap the small pleure of the first abdom-

inal somite, and when the abdomen is much flexed these

plure even ride over the posterior edges of the branchioste-

gites. ”* |

- An exception much more difficult to explain is that found

in some of the anomurous forms as Galathea, where the fourth, —

fifth, sixth and seventh segments follow the rule, and the first

The Crayfish, an introduction to the study of zoology, by T. H. Huxley,

New York and London, 1880, p. 98 and 99.

96 The American Naturalist. (February, — a

in regard to its anterior face, but the second overlaps the :

first, the third, the second, and the fourth. In other words,

the fourth has pulled both ways as the second has in the —

shrimps, but in the latter the second segment is obviously the

largest of the series, while the abdominal segments of Galathea

are all of about the same size and strength. A

We may, however, provisionally accept as a natural conse-

quence and general rule, that the motion of a movable part

naturally hollows out for itself a cavity in which to move —

within the solid and fixed basis. This may be further illus-

trated in the hard parts of the vertebrata.

It is a well known fact that even when the muscles are said

to be at rest, there is more or less of a strain, or pull exerted.

When the human hand hangs loosely down, it rests half way `

between extreme flexion and extreme extension ; the same may

be said of the fingers, although in some persons, as in sailors,

where the flexor muscles are very strong the fingers hang as s0

many “ hooks, ” owing to the pull of the more powerful flexor

muscles. This is well shown in cases of the paralysis of onesetof

muscles ; the parts are drawn to the side of the healthy muscles :

even when no voluntary action is exerted by the normal mus-

cles. This is too well known to medical men to require —

further comment, and is especially illustrated in cases of facial _

paralysis where the face is drawn strongly to one side by the |

normal muscles. 1

Taking the action of the normal muscles when at so-called

rest, it is not surprising to find that in the joints the lighter

or more mobile part, being continually pulled against the

fixed part and moved upon it, that a cavity should be

formed in the fixed parts by the continual action and pres-

sure of the mobile part. ‘Take for example, the humerus in

_ man, the head is hemispherical and fits into a concave portion —

of the scapula, a true ball and socket joint, and it is formed, if |

there be any truth in the idea, by the humerus being pulled `

into the scapula by the powerful muscles of the shoulder.

And as this is probably the first joint which was formed in the

=~ evolution of the limb which then acted as a fin, the rotatory

_ motion aided and finally established the ball and socket form

1893.] Joint Formation Among the Invertebrata. 97

of joint. Other cases might be mentioned as that of the lower

jaw and the tarso-tibial joint.

In the above remarks, I have simply made an attempt to

apply the theory of mechanical genesis to a much neglected

group of the invertebrata, and if I, in this, have only been able

to direct attention to the field of carcinology, I will feel that

this short paper will have served its purpose.

98 The American Naturalist. [February,

THE GASES IN LIVING PLANTS.

(Continued from Vol. XXVII, page 7.)

By J. C. ARTHUR.

Kinps oF GASES AND RELATIVE AMOUNTS.

It is.now our duty to give a brief statement of the kinds, `

the source and the movements of gases in plants. E

Plants are permeated by the same gases that make up the |

atmosphere surrounding them: oxygen, carbon dioxide and

nitrogen. Nitrogen in the form of a gas is neither used nor

generated by any part of plants, unless we except the tuber-

cles of certain roots, and so it occurs in about the same per- —

centage inside the plant as outside of it. On the other hand,

both oxygen and carbon dioxide enter into combination with,

and. are liberated from, the plant tissues in varying amounts

at different times. The percentage of these two gases in the —

cavities of the plant vary through a considerable range. Ina

series of determinations made by Lawes, Gilbert and Pugh, in ~

England, the oxygen ranged from 3 to 10 per cent., and the —

_ carbon dioxide from 14 to 21 per cent in plants which had —

been for some time in the dark, while plants which had been ©

standing in sunlight reversed these figures, and gave 24 to 27 _

per cent. of oxygen and 3 to 6 per cent. of carbon dioxide.

The two gases, therefore, bear a somewhat reciprocal relation,

their sum usually being about 25 to 30 per cent. of the total —

gas in the plant. K

a a eee a, ee et eee Spe

VARIATION IN AMOUNT DUE TO ASSIMILATION.

1893.] The Gases in Living Plants. 99

rapidity in healthy cells, but is entirely checked upon the

withdrawal of light, or when it reaches a certain low intensity.

Of course it never takes place in roots, flowers, the central

portion of large stems, or other parts which are not green, nor

in any fungi or other plants not possessed of green coloring

matter.

VARIATION IN AMOUNT DUE TO RESPIRATION.

The other great cause of disturbance in the relation of oxy-

gen and carbon dioxide in the plant, is the process of respira-

tion.

Respiration in plants is essentially the same as in animals,

and consists in the fixation of oxygen and the liberation of

carbon dioxide. It takes place in every living cell, whatever

the kind of plant, whatever the part of the plant, and what-

ever the conditions of active existence. The rate of respira-

tion varies with the temperature, the age of the cell, and the

nature of the chemical transformations. In normal respira-

tion the amount of oxygen absorbed is approximately the

same as the amount of carbon dioxide evolved. There are,

however, certain modified forms of respiration in which this

does not hold true.

If living plants be placed in a vacuum, or in an atmosphere

deprived of oxygen, it is found that they can still carry on

life processes for some time, accompanied with an evolution

of carbon dioxide. The oxygen necessary for this process is

obtained from the breaking up of compounds in the cells, and

it is therefore called intramolecular breathing. >

The germination of seeds, which contain a large amount of

oil, is somewhat the opposite of this last process. In order

to convert the fat into a more directly servicable food material

for the plant, a large amount of oxygen enters into the new

combination, for which there is no equivalent amount of gas

liberated. It consequently comes about that oily seeds in ger-

minating absorb a far larger amount of oxygen than they

liberate of carbon dioxide. This is known as vincular

breathing. -

100 The American Naturalist. t [Febina

Another variation from normal respiration is known as

insolar breathing, and which, with still some other modifica-

tions, I need not stop to explain. To this brief statement of

plant respiration must be added that much yet remains to be

discovered regarding the details of the processes.

Assimilation and respiration are the two great causes which

disturb the relative volume of the two variable gases in plants.

MOVEMENT OF THE SAME TWO GASES.

_ We shall now turn to the movement of the same two gases,

oxygen and carbon dioxide. There has never been a disposi-

tion, as in the case of many other plant phenomena, to explain

the movement of gases upon any other than purely physical

principles. We have therefore to do simply with the question

of the aids and hindrances to the establishment of an equilib-

rium between the gases inside and outside the plant, irrespect

ive of whether the cells are alive or dead. |

OUTER AND INNER PRESSURE OF GASES.

It has already been stated that the relative amounts

oxygen and carbon dioxide inside the plamt are usually very

different, and that within a few hours the relation of the two

_ may be completely reversed. To this may be added that the

pressure of the gases inside the plant is sometimes more, 80

times less than that of the atmosphere outside the plant

almost never the same. Hales observed ‘in his early wort

that a mercury guage connected with the inside of the trunk

of a tree showed an internal pressure when the hot rays ©

sun warmed the trunk. This was largely due, undoubted,

the expansion of the gasesin the trunk, by the heat. Suc

excess of pressure in water plants is very common, althoug

undoubtedly many have noticed in gathering water lilies,

other water plants.

an On the other hand, the pressure of the gas inside the

‘may be less than on the outside. This has long been

1893.] The Gases in Living Plants. 101

nized, but was best demonstrated by von Héhnel in 1879, to

whom it occurred to cut off stems under mercury. In doing so

the mercury rose to a considerable height in the vessels of the

stem, and as mercury is without capillarity, this can only be

ascribed to the greater pressure of the outside air, or in other

words, to a partial vacuum in the plant.

An observation was made by Hales, whom I have mentioned

so often, which we may use to illustrate how such a negative

pressure, as it has been called, can be brought about. He cut

off a branch, fastened an empty tube to the cut end, and

plunged the other end of the tube into aliquid. He found that

as evaporation of moisture from the leaves took place, the

liquid was drawn up into the empty tube. This phenomenon

can now be explained more satisfactorily than could be done

at that early day. By evaporation the liquid water inside the

plant escapes in the form of vapor, and the space it occupied is

filled by the gases, thus rarifying them. This rarifaction

may go on in uninjured plants until the internal pressure is

greatly reduced. But in the experiment, the pressure is equal-

ized by the rise of the liquid in the tube. A later modifica-

tion of Hales’ experiment is to use a forked branch, place the

cut end in water to give a continuous supply of moisture for

transpiration, and attach the empty tube to one of the side

forks of the stem, cut away for that purpose.

PERMEABILITY OF TISSUES.

It is self-evident that such condensation and rarifaction of

the gases in the plant could not take place if the cell walls

were readily permeable to gases. Thus it comes about that

one of the most important topics in connection with the move-

ment of gases in the plant, is the permeability of tissue walls

of various kinds, and especially those constituting the surface

covering of plants.

I shail not attempt to conduct you through the tangle of.

supposition and fact, errors in experiments, correct and incor-

rect conclusions, and the general confusion which has come

from the labors of physicists, chemists and botanists for the

last twenty-five years, during which the subject has received

104 = _ The American Naturalist.

coefficient of absorption and the density of the gas. Cuticular —

and corky formations also permit the passage of gases when.

dry. Thus we see, that gases may be forced through the

stomata, or breathing pores, by varying pressure, but can only

pass through the epidermis and bark of plants by diffusion.

We therefore arrive at the conclusion that the gases inside and

outside of the plant are brought to an equilibrium by direct

interchange through the stomata and intercellular spaces,

aided by the comparatively slow process of diffusion through — :

the whole surface of the plant, both above and below ground.

In CONCLUSION.

After so long a discussion of the subject of the origin, kind

and movement of gases in plants, I trust I have not only

brought out the main facts regarding our present knowledge,

but also made evident some of the numerous directions in —

which further experiment and research is needed. It would

be most appropriate to transfer the activity in this subject to

the laboratories of this country, and let the Americans take up

the line of discoveries carried on so far by the English, French,

and lastly, the German scientists:

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 105

LEGENDS OF THE SUMIRO-ACCADIANS OF

CHALDEA.

By Atice BODINGTON.

(Continued from Vol. XXVII, p. 19.)

In Genesis, as is well known, two distinct accounts exist of

the creation of the world and of Man, of which variants are

found in the cuneiform inscriptions. One of these variants,

lately found on a tablet of baked clay, with a parallel Semitic

translation, is of great interest. It begins at an earlier period

of cosmic history than either the Biblical or the hitherto known

Chaldean account! Whilst the version of the first chapter of

Genesis’ begins with a description of chaos and the old Semitic

Babylonian version with the time “ when the heavens were not

proclaimed and the earth recorded not a name,” the Sumiro-

Accadian account begins with a description of the time when

the “ glorious house of the gods (apparently the sky,) had not

been made, a plant had not been brought forth nor a tree

created; when a brick had not been laid, a beam not shaped,

a house not built, a city not constructed and a glorious foun-

dation or dwelling of men had not been made.” But when

“within the sea there was a stream,” then “ the glorious city

of the gods, the divine Eridhu,” was built, of which Babylon,

the earthly Eridhu, was a faint copy. Then the tablet men-

tions the creation of living beings, not men as yet, but gods

and the spirits “Anunnaki” ; and the supreme deity proclaims

the existence of the “ glorious city, the seat of the joy of their

hearts.” Meridug, son of Ea, now “ made a foundation before

the waters”; made dust and poured it out with the blood,

and in one single line “he made mankind.” The female

principle, the goddess Araru, (the Bohu of Chaldean legend

the Bohu of Genesis 1.2) “ made the seed of mankind with him.”

1That deci ith.

*New Vasa a ope ence Paper read by Mr. T. G. Pinches,

of the British Museum, at the International Oriental Congress.

planets conceived of as resplendent animals of benef

106 The American Naturalist. [February,

Then he made the beasts of the field and the living creatures

of the desert; the Tigris and the Euphrates, and “ proclaimed

their name well,” in fact said that creation was good, as in

Genesis. Then Herodach created grass, the plants of the

marshes and the forests; and with the plains and forests in

which they were to dwell, he made oxen and other large cattle

and sheep. This deeply interesting account has been neces-

sarily much abbreviated.

The Accadian idea of the structure of the world must be

understood before the various legends as to the creation and

the early history of mankind become “thinkable” to the mod-

ern mind. In our mind’s eye we see the world as a compara-

tively insignificant planet whirling at headlong speed round a

central sun; we know the blue sky to be only the effect of

distant air; it is not “thinkable” to us that the sun should

stand still at the bidding of the leader of a small tribe of half

savage Nomads, nor that a tower should be built to attain a

solid sky, above which lived gods, alarmed and jealous at so

daring a proceeding. Nor can we picture to ourselves a great

reservoir or “Heavenly Ocean” above a solid sky, which

could be “ opened ” to let the waters submerge a sinful world.

But all these stories are in harmony with Accadian cosmogony- —

The Chaldeans imagined the earth as an inverted boat or bowl,

the thickness of which would represent what we call the crust

of the earth; while in the hollow beneath this crust lay the

_ “abyss,” the abode of many powers, and answering to |

Elysium and Tartarus of classic mythology. Here dwelt

Allat, the remorseless Queen of the Dead; from the Abyss

issued the terrible Maskim, the seven evil spirits, who knew

neither mercy nor pity. Here too was Eridhu, the “ glorio

abode,” within which was the tower which reached the skies. —

Above the convex surface of the earth spread the sky, (ana)

divided into two regions, the highest heaven or firmament,

which with the fixed stars immovably attached to it, revolved

_ as upon an axis, round an immensely high mountain, which

joined it to the earth as a pillar. In the lower heaven th

` 3Chaldea, pp. 153-157.

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 107

nature, wandered forever on their appointed paths. The

earthly ocean, a counterpart of the heavenly ocean, was imag-

ined as-a broad river, or watery rim, flowing all round the

edge of the inverted bowl, precisely as Herodotus described it.

And so late as the Middle Ages, we find Dante’s conception of

the structure of the world to be substantially thatof the Accad-

ians; the “ purgatorio ” is an immensely high mountain join-

ing earth and sky, through whose circles pass the souls in a

state of probation, till at the top they step into the lower

heaven.

In the fine Accadian epic of which the account of the Deluge

furnishes the eleventh book, the ark is represented as resting

on this mountain. It relatés* that Tzdubar, the national hero,

was beloved by the goddess Tshtar. She promised him a “ char-

iot of gold and precious stones; that kings and princes should

bow before him, and kiss his feet; that his flocks and herds

should multiply two fold, and his mules and oxen be peerless

of their kind.” But Tzdubar laughed her love to scorn, and

the enraged goddess implored her father, Anu, to take ven-

geance on him. A monstrous bull was sent against his city of

Erech, but it was slain by Tzdubar’s friend, Eâbani, and laid

before the altar of the god Shamash, whilst the people spent

the night in feasting and rejoicing. But the vengeance of

Tshtar was not to be so easily foiled. With the help of her

mother she smote EAbani with sudden death and Tzdubar

with a dire disease, which made life a burden. He determined

in his anguish to seek relief from his great ancestor, Hasisadra,

who dwelt, immortal, in the Blessed Land, at the “ mouth of

the rivers” beyond the Waters of Death. Long and weary

was the journey, and on his way Tzdubar passed the giant

warders of the sun—half men and half scorpions—who kept

watch over his rising and his setting. On the shore of the

Waters of Death the hero met the ferryman Urubél, and for a

month and fifteen days they journeyed together over that

dreary sea, till they reached the Chaldean “ Valley of Avilon,”

and Tzdubar met his ancestor face to face. Here Hasisadra

related to his descendant the story of the Deluge, and his own

‘Chaldea, pp. 301-17.

108 The American Naturalist. [February,

share in that great event. Tzdubar was purified and healed

by laving in the Waters of Death ; he returned safely to Erech,

and there offered up a touching prayer to the beneficent god,

Ea, that his lost friend, Eabani, might be restored to life.

Ea, through his son, Meridug, brings Eâbani from the world

of Shades to the Land of the Blessed, there to live forever

among the heroes of old, and so all ends happily as a fairy

tale.

The Chaldean legend of the Deluge is, as is well known, an

extremely close variant of the account found in Genesis, even

to the rainbow asa sign of the repentance of the God Anu,

for the havoc he had wrought. Only it is Tshtar who “ spreads

out the great bows of her father Anu,” and who says “ I shall

be mindful of these days; never shall I lose the memory of

them,” and the assurance is given that though pestilence and

wild beasts may be sent as a punishment for the wickedness

of man, never shall a universal flood again overwhelm the

earth. In the Chaldean account it is the ever beneficent Ea

who warns Hasisadra of the coming flood, and bids him

prepare the ark for himself and his family, and who himself

sends the cattle and the wild beasts of the field to their

haven of safety; he who reproaches the other gods with the

wanton destruction they have wrought, and brought Bel,

hasty but quickly repentant to his senses. Bel himself took

Hasisadra by the hand and led him out of the ark, after

the sacrifice had been offered up, “ when the gods smelled a

sweet savour.” See Genesis viii, 21.

The great solar and catholic myths are found in their earliest

forms amongst the Sumiro-Accadians, and from them they

passed through the Pheenicians to the Greeks and Romans.

Tshtar, the great goddess of Nature, personifying the life-

producing earth, loves the young Sun-God, Dumuzi. The

tablet of the national Epic, which describes the manner of

his death, has unfortunately but one fragment left, which

speaks of the “ black pine of Eridhu, marking the centre of

the earth, in the. dark forest, into the heart whereof man

has not penetrated; within it Dumuzi. . . .” A month was

set apart, (June-July), both in Chaldea and Assyria, as

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 109

mourning for the death of Dumuzi, however it occurred ;

the mourners wept and wailed, and tore their hair for the

first six days, and at the close of the sixth day the wildest

and most extravagant rejoicing marked his resurrection and

restoration to Tshtar. Six hundred years B. C., Ezekiel, in

captivity at Babylon, speaks of the “ women weeping for Tam-

muz,” (Dumuzi). We have, fortunately, the tablet, nearly

complete, which relates Tshtar’s descent to “the land whence

there is no return, towards the dwelling that has an entrance

but no exit, towards the hall from which the light of day is

shut out, where the shades of the dead dwell in the dark.”

Tshtar haughtily orders the warder to open the gate, “ If thou

_openest not, I will demolish the threshold. . . . I will

let loose the dead to return to earth. . . . I will make the

risen dead more monstrous than the living.” The gatekeeper

humbly answers the angry goddess: “ Be appeased, O Lady,

let me go and report thy name to Allat, the Queen.” And

Tshtar declares that she comes only to “weep over the heroes

who have lost their wives; over the wives who have been

taken from their husbands’ arms. I wish to weep over the

Only Son, (a name of Dumuzi,) who has been taken away be-

fore his time.” Allat, full of evil delight that a hated rival

has come within her power, orders the keeper to open the

seven-fold gates for Tshtar, with the stipulation that at every

gate she should strip off some of her attire. The warder of

Arallu takes from the goddess her earrings, her necklace, her

jewelled girdle, the bracelets on her arms, and the bangles at

her ankles, and lastly her long flowing garment, and with

these her divine power departed, and she stood powerless

before the spiteful Queen of the Dead. Allat orders her chief

minister, Namtar, the Pestilence, to lead Tshtar away, and to

afflict her with sixty dire diseases, in the deepest darkness of

the abyss. Meanwhile, as when Demeter mourned incon-

solably for her lost Persephone, all went ill in the upper world.

Life and love had gone out of it; there were no marriages

and no births, and the gods held council as to the release of

Tshtar. The beneficent Ea conceived a plan. He created a

phantom, Uddusunamir. “Go,” he said, “ to the Land whence

110 The American Naturalist. [February,

there is no return, and the seven gates of Arallu will open

before thee. . . . Conjure Allat with the name of the great

gods; stiffen thy neck and keep thy mind on the Spring of

Life. Let the Lady (Tshtar) gain access to the Spring of

Life, and drink of its waters.” Allat in her fury beat her

breast and bit her fingers with rage. She ordered Namtar to

let Tshtar drink of the Spring of Life, and bear her from her

sight. Namtar took the goddess through the seven enclosures,

restoring at each the article of her attire that had been taken

from her. At the last gate he said: “ Thou hast paid no ran-

som to Allat for thy deliverance; so now return to Dumuzi,

the lover of thy youth; sprinkle over him the sacred waters,

clothe him in splendid garments, adorn him with gems.”

The last lines of the poem are mutilated, but it is evident

that they bear on the reunion of Tshtar with her young lover.

Not only does this myth remind one of the legends of Deme-

ter and Persephone, of Adonis, of Balder, the beautiful, and of

Osiris, but what—if it were possible—seems like a variant of

the same myth, is the legend amongst the Tee-Wahn’ Indians

of Nah-chu-ru-chu (the Bluish Light of Dawn) and his lost

wife, the Moon-maiden. Nah-chu-ru-chu held the well-being

of all his people in his hands for life and death. When the

jealous Corn-maidens had thrown his wife down a deep well

where none could find her, Nah-chu-ru-chu sat for days,

neither speaking nor moving, his head bowed upon his hands.

Then no rain fell and the crops died, and thirsty animals wan-

dered, crying along the dry rivers. The coyote, the badger

and the eagle went to seek the lost Moon, and when at last she

was found, the choked earth drank and was glad and green,

the dead crops came to life, and for four days the people danced

and sang in the public square.

In innumerable ways have the Accadians been the priests

and schoolmasters of mankind in Europe and Asia, for through i

the Bak tribes of Elam, in Southern Chaldea, they are consid-

ered to have been the founders of the ancient civilization of

China; and through the Semitic ‘peoples they have conferred

upon us gifts, good and bad; the art of writing, the signs of

’Tee-Wahn Folk Stories. St. Nicholas, March, 1892.

1893.] Legends of the Sumiro-Accadians of Chaldea. 111

the zodiac, the measurement of the year, the early legends of

Genesis, the keeping sacred of the seventh day, the belief in

magic and witchcraft, and the medieval devil. An Assyrian

calendar mentions a day called Sabattu, “a day for completion

of work, of rest for the soul.” On that day it was not lawful

to cook food, to change one’s dress, to offer a sacrifice; the

king was forbidden to speak in public, to ride in a chariot,

or perform any civil or military duty”; a strictness equal to

the Sabbatarianism of the most orthodox Jew.

On their way to a pure monotheism, the early Jews seem to

have combined in their “ Elohim,” and their “ Yahveh,” the

characteristics of the principal gods of the Sumiro-Accadians.

We recognize the features, sometimes of the calm and benefi-

` cent Ea, and of his son Meridug, Intercessor for men; some-

times of the hasty, vindictive Sun-god, Bel, who “ consumes in

a moment” the victims of his anger, till the features of all

these Nature gods fade away in the moral effulgence of the

sublime God of Isaiah. |

No object is commoner in Chaldean and Assyrian pictorial

representations than the Sacred Tree, the Tree of Life, with

and without the serpent. To the old Chaldeans the Sacred

Tree was intimately connected with an original ancestral

abode, an earthly Paradise, watered by springs which became

great-rivers.

The “ serpent of Gatien we roçognize as Mummu-Tiamat,”

the “ Dragon,” the “ Great Serpent,” who was the sworn enemy

of the gods and their creation ; the principle of opposition and

destruction. The gods determine to fight the great Serpent ;

Anu, the heaven God, prepares the sickle-shaped sword, and

the beautifully bent bow, whilst Bel goes forth in his match-

less war-chariot, sending the lightning before him, and scatter-

ing his arrows around. Tiamat comes forth to meet him,

attended by evil demons, and bearing death and destruction

in her train. But it is Meridug, the intercessor for mankind,

who “ bruises the serpent’s head” ; who binds her and puts an

end to her works, while her followers fly terror-stricken.

I have not space to give a tithe of the profoundly interesting

and suggestive facts revealed by the deciphering of the cune-

112 | The American Naturalist. [February,

iform inscriptions. We find ourselves looking at the cradle-

land of our religion, our sciences and our literature; we find

_ the most touching and passionate appeals to the Divinity in

the very spirit of the finest Psalms of David, in a land looked

upon as the seat of the grossest idolatry ; we find a civiliza-

tion old enough to have been the parent stock of the civiliza-

tion of China; we look upon an early world, which knew

nothing of the proud white race which now girdles the earth

with empire.

Amidst the surging waves which have carried away so

many beliefs, we find two anchors linking us to the Unseen,

which become the firmer the more we know of evolutionary

processes. One is the enormous strength of the religious in-

stinct, even at the earliest stages of the civilization of man-

kind. And if the study of evolution teaches us one thing

more than another, it is that no instinct exists in vain. The

other foreign to my present subject is the inscrutable nature

of the “noumenon,” which lies behind all phenomena; that

Energy, which, whether we think of it as “gods” with the old

Accadians, as the “Supreme Being,” or by whatever name we

strive to approach the Unknown Reality, it remains equally

Unknown, (though perhaps not forever Unknowable,) and

equally the eternal object of search and worship.

1893.] Shell Heaps of Florida. 113

CERTAIN SHELL HEAPS OF THE ST. JOHN’S RIVER

FLORIDA, HITHERTO UNEXPLORED.

By CLARENCE B. MOORE.

(Continued from January Number, 1893.)

(Second Paper.)

West end of ridge on summit, 7x4x7} feet deep. Ata

depth of 1 foot 6 inches, an arrow-head with bones of lower

edible animals, was found. Two feet down were fragments of

turtle shell, and a half a foot lower, a fragment of a bone awl

was met with. At 5 feet, 6 inches, from the surface was a well

defined fire-place, with bones of the turtle. The shells are

almost exclusively Paludine, with occasional Unionide# and few

Ampullariz. .

EXCAVATION II.

North-east side of mound about ten feet vertically from the

base. Besides the usual fire-places and bones of edible animals,

a fragment of a Fulgur was found at a depth of four feet.

EXCAVATION III.

On summit near center of ridge, 9x9x11 feet deep. No

clearly marked strata were met with, the excavation being ~

carried through shell with a considerable percentage of broken

shell and sand. The following objects were found ;—flint flake

at a depth of 6 inches; fragment of bone awl 1 foot down;

small pendant ornament of shell 1} feet from surface, (Fig. 4)

Fic. 4. Size, }.

114 The American Naturalist. [February,

with bone implement; shell gouge (broken) 2 feet down; rude

arrow-head on fire-place, 44 feet down; flint flake 5 feet down ;

arrow-head lying on fire-place, at a depth of 6} feet from sur-

face ; portion of arrow-head on fire-place, bearing marks of fire

at a depth of 8 feet; fragment of bone awl 9 feet 9 inches

down ; rude bone awl 10 feet down; bones of edible animals,

mainly of alligator, deer and turtle, at all depths.

EXCAVATION IV.

At margin of base north-east portion of mound. Trench

113x10x6 feet deep at end. A piece of coquina, smooth

on one side, evidently used for polishing, at a depth of 2} feet,

and a fragment of arrow-head with the usual bones of edible

animals, were the only objects of interest met with.

As before stated, absolutely no pottery was seen in the exca-

vation, and this, with the 600 feet of swamp between the

mound and the river, would argue for Mt. Taylor a place

among the earliest shell heaps of the St. John’s. It was the

habit of the builders of the shell heaps where solid ground was

to be found, to locate their refuse heaps upon it, and it seems

unlikely that a spot so far distant from the river’s edge as is

Mt. Taylor to-day, should have been selected. It is a much

more likely hypothesis that the swamp is the result of a

change of channel in the river, and has formed since the

abandonment of the mound. Professor Wyman has graph-

ically described in his memoir (page 83 et. seq.) the manner of

formation of similar swamps. The time required to trans-

, form a portion of the river into swamp-land, the writer of this -

paper believes to be somewhat less than is generally supposed,

owing to the great abundance of floating vegetation upon the

river. At Little Orange mound, opposite Lake Dexter, is a

- steam boat wharf in use within eight years, according to’ the

owner of the place. At present, masses of vegetation extend-

ing some distance into the river have made access impossible _

for a boat of any draught, and are speedily forming the

nucleus of a future swamp.

_ Assuming this hypothesis of the formation of the swamp

after the completion of the mound to be correct, an indication

1893.] Shell Heaps of Florida. 115

of minimum age may be obtained in the case of Mt. Taylor

- through the size of trees growing between it and the water’s

edge. Between it and the river grow two cypresses, respec-

tively 14 feet in circumference four feet from the ground, and

19 feet, 3 inches, 5 feet from the ground ; while a little to the

north-west of the mound in the swamp grows a cypress 23}

feet in circumference at a height of 5 feet from the ground.

The cypress is a tree of slow growth, by some being placed

next to the live oak in this respect.

Another point illustrated by Mt. Taylor is that neighboring

shell heaps are by no means of necessity contemporary. In close

proximity to it in the river, is Bird’s Island,’ covered with a

shell deposit between five and six feet in thickness. Through-

out this deposit to the very bottom unornamented pottery is

found in great abundance. North of Bird’s Island, on the

western bank of the river, is the shell bluff described by Pro-

fessor Wyman (Note A.). This shell bluff, by the absence of

pottery and the small size of its Paludinæ, differs widely from

Bird’s Island, and is probably contemporary with Mt. Taylor.

Just what impelled the makers of Mt. Taylor to pile the

debris of their meals to such a height and at such an angle it

is impossible to surmise. No ridges of shell led to it, while no

shell fields surround it, and it is evident that great care was

taken looking to its isolation and to give to it its height and.

shape. In comparison with the shell deposits of Huntoon |

Island, of Bluffton, of Silver Spring (Lake George), of Tick

Island and other localities where the shell deposit, though

large, is spread over great areas and not piled at a single spot,

the contrast is sistema striking.

SHELL Deposit Orrostre BLUFFTON.

On the west bank of the river, opposite Bluffton, is a level

deposit of shell bordering the water. About fifty yards

inland is a small symmetrical mound, not over three feet in

The Paludinz on Bird’s Island, it may be remarked, are far larger than

any found at Mt. Taylor; well illustrating a point stated in the preceding

paper that shell fish of the St. John’s had a middle period of increased

development, and a subsequent relapse to their earlier condition.

116 The American Naturalist. [February,

height, composed of the same material as the shell deposit,

namely shell and powdered shell. An excavation was made

in the center of the mound, and within a foot of the surface

were found various parts of a skeleton, apparently of a woman,

The jaws and all other facial bones were missing, as were one

femur, one humerus, both tibiæ and all bones of the feet.

Many of the bones had fractures not caused during the excava-

tion, the area of the fracture being of the same color as the re-

mainder of the bone. With the remains were several bits of

pottery which seemed to be wanting in the mound, save in

association with the bones, and this fact would indicate a burial,

as would the symmetrical shape of the mound. The fractures

ean readily be explained by the proximity to the surface, where

the tramping of feet could without difficulty separate and

fracture the bones. On the other hand, the absence of so

many important bones—for which very careful search was

made—would seem to indicate that the entire body was not

placed within the mound. The various conflicting facts con-

nected with this case offer one of those questions, unfortunately

without solution, which from time to time confront the

explorer of the shell heaps.

Near this point Mr. Dease, of Volusia, found a small earthen-

ware bowl clinging to the roots of an overturned palmetto,

and presented it to the writer.

NOTE A.

As To A NATURAL ORIGIN OF ANY OF THE FRESH-WATER

SHELL HEAPS OF THE RIVER.

It will be remembered that at the time when Professor Wy-

man wrote, the agency of man in connection with the shell

heaps of the St. John’s was nowhere admitted. It is therefore

quite natural that taking the initiative in this matter he

should have been averse to making any sweeping assertions.

There is, however, little room to doubt that all the shell heaps

are the work of man. Of the shell bluff near Astor, (Fort

Butler) he says? (page 38) “taken by itself, in view of the

2 Op. cit.

1893.] Shell Heaps of Florida. 117

absence of human implements we should hardly feel jus-

tified in saying that it was made by man; though in its

general features it resembles his work. ” At the base of this

bluff the writer picked up a chisel of shell, and, what is more

conclusive (since objects not in place prove but little) a clearly

defined fire-place was discovered at a depth of four feet from

the surface. It is perfectly safe to say that no fresh-water

shell heap can be found on the St. John’s River where a care-

ful search would not reveal unmistakable evidences of human

agency in its origin.

118 The American Naturalist. [February,

THE ANCYLOPODA, CHALICOTHERIUM AND

ARTIONYX.'

By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN.

Chalicotherium was the most unique mammal of the Mio-

cene period. So far as known at present, it combined cheek

teeth of a distinctively ungulate type, ankle and wrist joints

resembling those of the Perissodactyla, with highly modified

phalanges, terminating in large cleft ungues which were

undoubtedly covered with strong pointed claws. It was

widely distributed over Europe, Asia and North America from

the oligocene Phosphorites of France (C. modicum) to the early

Pliocene of the Siwalik Hills (C. sivalense).

The recent discoveries of Filhol and Depéret in France

have fully revealed the structure of the skull and limbs, but

with the exception of the axis, little or nothing is known of

either the vertebree or scapular and pelvic arches. As we

learn from these authors the Chalicotherium magnum of Sansan

(Middle Miocene) was an animal taller than the grizzly bear.

The head was about nineteen inches long and raised five feet

above the ground. The limbs were rather slender, and a strik-

ing peculiarity of this species is that the fore limb is nearly

twice as long as the hind limb (as indicated by the proportions

of the radius and tibia). This was not the case in its upper

Miocene ally (Ancyllotheriwm pentelici) from Pikermi, in which

the limbs were heavy and of the same length. There were

three toes upon each foot, but in both manus and pes, the

fourth or outer digit was the largest instead of the third or

middle digit as in the Perissodactyla. M. Filhol has repre-

sented C. magnum as fully plantigrade, but this appears to mẹ

an error; the perissodactyl displacement of the carpals and

1 Under the title “ The acne of Chalicotherium,” this article was written some

months ago. While it was in press, Artionyx, a new type of the order was dis-

covered, and at the saio suggestion, the article was held back to include a descrip-

tion of it. o

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherinm and Artionyz. 119

tarsals, the structure of the ankle and wrist joints, and the

terminal facets of the metapodials all indicate that the feet

were sub-digitigrade. Displacement is very rare in planti-

grade types. The proximal phalanges are peculiar in having

the metapodial facets directed obliquely upward; both these-

and the median phalanges are short; the distal phalanges are

` very peculiar, they present a deep terminal cleft and were evi-

dently drawn up or retracted, as in the cats, instead of being

drawn down or flexed, as in the Edentates. Thus, it is proba-

ble that Chalicotherium walked more like a clumsy-footed cat

than like the bear. The soles of the feet were slightly turned

inward and the fore-limb was adapted to digging or partial

prehension. :

Restoration. The axial skeleton in the accompanying draw-

ing is mainly based upon Filhol’s restoration, but the scapula

and pelvis are independently restored upon the perissodactyl

model; the sloping trunk leads us to expect a rather broad

` pelvic basin. All the above parts are purely conjectural.

The proportions of the fore and hind limbs with each other

and with the skull are based upon the figures of Depéret. In

Filhol’s drawing the skull is proportionately too small. The

side views of the feet are after Filhol’s excellent drawings, but

the articular positions are drawn differently, for M. Filhol

makes the animal fully plantigrade, while the metapodial and

phalangeal and higher articulations prove that it was digiti-

grade. s

What is the explanation of this remarkable assemblage of

characters? Where shall we place Chalicotherium, with ref-

erence to the two great orders between which it seems to stand

midway. If, observing the teeth and the carpus and tarsus,

we relate it to Perissodactyla, we find ourselves placing a

clawed type among hoofed types. Or is it to be considered an

Edentate because of its claws and edentulous premaxillaries

as Filhol has suggested? Or is it representative of a distinct

order midway between the Ungulata and Unguiculata? It is

too early to attempt a final solution of these questions. We

must wait for the discovery of the middle and upper Eocene

Chalicotheriide. It is evident from Gaudry’s discovery of the

120 The American Naturalist. [February,

feet in the Phosphorites, C. (Schizotherium) priscum, that the

finding of other Eocene types is not far off. In the meantime

I have tentatively offered the suggestion that Chalicotherium is

KOEI LIOR APR

CATTERY

N bat a PAA }

ae Fey if Lae k

en & ray i Wa 4 oa

Fig. 1. Restoration of Chalicotherium. Modified from Filhol and Depéret.

distantly related to Meniscotherium of the lower Eocene (Wa-

satch), and that this may give us a clue to its zoological posi-

tion. I will now expand and discuss this idea which may be

expressed as follows:

That the group to which Chalicotherium

belongs was derived from the Condylarthra

of the lowest Eocene, with affinities to the

Meniscotheriidae and primitive Perissodac-

tyla. It represents a distinct order, the

Ancylopoda (Cope). The likeness tothe Ungui-

culates and especially to the Edentata is dué

to secondary adaptations and contains no

proof of real affinity.

The history of the discovery of this animal is as unique as its

structure, and illustrates the uncertain path of the vertebrate

paleontologist. We are indebted for a full résumé, to Dr. Ch.

Depéret, who has fully discussed the bibliography, structure

and relations of this genus in his admirable memoir. Until

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 121

recently the skull and limb bones, wherever found, were placed

not only in different genera but in distinct orders. The first

remains discovered were the terminal phalanges, found in the

upper Miocene of Eppelsheim in 1825; they were sent to

Cuvier, who, noting the deep terminal cleft, named them Pan-

golin gigantesque. In 1833 Kaup found in the same beds the

isolated upper molars which he naturally attributed to an

ungulate, and named Chalicotherium goldfussi (syn. anti-

quum). Thus early began the confusion due to the wholly

diverse affinities suggested by the phalanges and the teeth.

In 1837 Lartet found the feet (in somewhat earlier Miocene

beds of Sansan) which he supposed belonged to a huge eden-

tate and termed Macrotherium giganteum. In 1853 Lartet also

discovered a skull and teeth at Sansan; he was unaware of

Kaup’s priority and first called the skull Anoplotherium, but

later separated it as Anisodon; Gervais, later, pointed out the

priority of Kaup’s term. In the upper Miocene of Pikermi

Gaudry found feet and limbs quite different from the Macro-

therium type; these he termed Ancylotherium. From the

Phosphorites, in 1875, he described the teeth of a new species,

C. modicum, and the feet of a supposed new genus, Schizo-

therium priscum. The skull and teeth were also found by

Falconer in the Siwaliks of India and termed C. sivalense.

Considering this exceptional mingling in so many horizons,

of one genus represented exclusively by skulls or teeth and

another by feet and limbs, Filhol, in 1888, first advanced the

conjecture that the two might really be one, and was happily

able to confirm this by his own discoveries in Sansan. Forsyth

Major independently arrived at the same concl usion from his

explorations in the Pikermi beds. Finally, in his memoir,

Depéret describes parts of a skeleton and skull found together

at Grive St. Alban, in beds nearly contemporaneous with San-

san. In the meantime it is probable that a similar confusion

has arisen with us. In 1877 Marsh announced the discovery

of phalanges of a large edentate in the middle and upper

Miocene of Oregon and Nebraska, and compared them with

those of Ancylotherium rather than with any true edentates;

he distinguished them by the coalescence of the first and sec-

122 The American Naturalist. [February,

ond phalanges as Moropus (species distans, senex and elatus).

The first undoubted remains of Chalicotherium in this country

were found by Garman in the Loup Fork (upper Miocene) and

described by Scott and Osborn. Cope has also described a

lower Miocene species (C. bilobatum) from the White River —

beds (Swift Current Creek) of Canada. It is not improbable

that Moropus belongs to the same types.

Nomenclature and Synonomy. Depéret advocates an impor-

tant modification -in our nomenclature. He believes that the

Eppelsheim type, to which the name Chalicotherium was origi-

nally applied, can be identified by the form of its phalanges

- with the Pikermi type (Ancylotherium Gaudry), and is, there-

fore, distinct from the Sansan type. For the latter he proposes

to retain the name Macrotherium Lartet. If this proves to be

correct these types should be distinguished as follows:

Middle and Lower Miocene.

Upper Miocene, Lower Pliocene.

(Sansan, Grive St. Alban, ? Phos- eens

phorites.

(Eppelsheim, Pikermi.)

es.)

Macrotherium. — Chalicotherium.

Syn.: Anisodon, ? Schizotherium, Syn.: Ancylotherium.

! Moropas. Quadrupedal. Heavy skeleton.

Semi-arboreal and fossorial. Light

skeleton. Fore-limb greatly elonga-

ted. Radius (= .70), tibia (= .29).

Radius with large external, and

small internal, fossa for humerus.

Fore- and hind-limbs nearly equal.

Radius and tibia of nearly same —

size; of heavy proportions. Radius

with subequal external and internal —

fosse of humerus. Ulna coalesced

Ulna distinct or very slightly coal- with radius.

esced with radius distally.

While many striking differences separated these two type —

especially in the proportions of the limbs, the teeth were sub- —

stantially similar. A strong family relationship is also exhib- —

ited in a peculiarity of the feet pointed out by Gaudry, namely; —

the proximal phalanges were retracted and not the distal, while - ’

in the cats the distal phalanges are retracted and in the edentates —

the phalanges are not retracted at all but are flexed. In the a

edentates the foot is thrown upon its outer side; in the Chali- —

cotheriide this was only partly the case. i a 2

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 123

Ungulate affinities of chalicotherium. M. Filhol’s view is

that this genus belongs to a group which bridges the gap

between the Edentates and Ungulates. When he showed me

his newly discovered skeleton in 1889, I was especially struck

by the perissodactyl character of the carpus and tarsus, and

considered it best to leave the genus in the Perissodactyla as “ an

aberrant form, with nearest affinities to Palaeosyops and gen-

era of that line.” It has also been doubtfully placed near the

Perissodactyla by Flower and Lydekker.

Depéret has now advanced sufficient evidence to exclude the

edentate idea entirely and shows clearly that the resemblances

which Chalicotherium bears to the sloths are purely superficial.

As shown above the adaptations of the phalanges for prehension

or digging involve an entirely different set of muscles from those

employed in either the Cats or the Edentates. This genus has

attained a somewhat similar functional result by a different

route—a case of analogy but not of homology. So with the

elongation and curvature of the fore-arm, the ultimate coales-

cence of the ulna and the radius, the backward direction of

the olecranon, the cleft ungual phalanges. All these are inde-

pendent and “ parallel” or “homoplastic” adaptations. Chal-

icotherium is still more positively separated from the Edentates

by the numerous ungulate characters which it displays.

Depéret is very much impressed by these ungulate structures

and places this genus definitely among the Perissodactyla. -

Let us, therefore, examine the ungulate hypothesis. Upon the

affirmative side is the structure of the molar teeth; they cer-

tainly bear a distant resemblance to those of Anoplotherium

and a more striking likeness to those of Palæosyops and Titan-

otherium. The reduction of the upper cutting teeth may be

regarded as a secondary adaptation which does not affect the

question of ungulate affinity either way. There are really

several questions involved; shall we waive the structure of

the terminal phalanges and call this genus an Ungulate?

Shall we then direct our attention upon the teeth and carpals

and tarsals and call it a Perissodactyl,or shall we follow Cope

and remove it entirely to the Unguiculata? Let us sum up

some of its leading characters:

124

The American Naturalist.

[February,

CHARACTERS OF CHALICOTHERIUM.

Shared by Ungulates.

Radius transverse

proximally, with two

fossæ for humerus.

Tibia with two fossze,

_ spine and crest.

um with

broad sustentaculum.

iplarthry in carpus

and tarsus.

Shared by Perissodactyla.

Tridactyl manus and

pes.

Astragalus and

carpal and tarsal facets

diplarthrous.

` Not found in Perisso-

dactyla.

Not mesaxonie.

fourth digit.

Secondary unquicu-

ate modifications of

limbs and phalanges.

Third trochanter ab-

sent.

' Large curved tym-

Buno-selenodont

Jaws with elevated molar type.

condyle and broad an-

panic bull. i

Reduction of upper

gle. incisors.

Molar teeth of sexi-

tubercular origin. :

This table shows that there are many characters, beside the

form of the phalanges, which excludes this family from the

Perissodactyla proper. The detailed comparisons of the skull

which Depéret institutes with Palxotherium and Palsosyops

relate to structures which are shared by all primitive Ungu-

lates. The only structures if which there is apparently con-

clusive evidence of a remote relationship to this great division

of the Ungulates is first in the teeth and second in the carpus

and tarsus. It remains, therefore, to be seen whether these

- also are products of homoplasy or “parallel adaptation,” oF

whether they really evince affinity. 3

Now let us turn to the broader question. Is Chalicotherium

to be classed as an ungulate or as an unguiculate in the Lin-

nean sense? We should, of course, compare it first with the

primitive ungulata which exhibit many unguiculate characters.

We are again guided partly by the excellent figures and descrip-

tions given by Depéret of C. magnum (race Rhodanicum). The

skull resembles that of the Ungulata Condylarthra in many —

features. The occiput is very low and broad and widely over-

hangs the condyles. There is a well arched sagittal crest and

a rather small cranium. The lower jaw has an elevated con-

dyle and a deeply extended angle. The external auditory

meatus is widely open below and there is a large mastoid pro-

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 125

cess. The maxillary bones are high. All these characters are

very similar to those in the skulls of the primitive Condy-

larthra, such as Periptychus, Phenacodus and Meniscotheriwm.

We should also mention many cranial features which we

believe belong to the category of secondary adaptive modifi-

cations; among such are the following: (1) the large curved

cylindrical tympanic bulle, (2) the feeble character of the

nasals, premaxillaries and anterior portion of the mandibular

rami. The latter modifications are associated with the reduc-

tion of the cutting teeth. Filhol has shown that the young

individuals of Sansan have a full set of incisors, while in the

adult the upper incisors are rudimentary or wanting. `

There are other secondary features of note. The condylar

facets are prolonged forward upon the basi-occipitals. The

posterior face of the centrum of the axis is directed upward ;

this and the preceding features point to peculiar flexibility of

the neck. The centrum of the axis is long and slender, the

odontoid process is round, the spine is unusually long and

high.

Looking again at the limbs we observe that the radius

covers the entire front face of the ulna and presents two dis-

tinct fossee for the condyles of the humerus. The tibia closely

resembles that of some of the short-limbed ungulates in its

cnemial crest and two fosse for the femur, in its spine and dis-

tal grooves for the double trochlea of the astragalus which

is like that in the short-footed Aphelops. This likeness to the

ungulates, and especially to the perissodactyls, in the form of

the upper foot bones and of their articulations with the meta-

podials is most striking. The calcaneum has a long tuber

and very broad sustentaculum. The astragalus rests widely

upon the cuboid, its tibial trochlea is very similar to that in

the short-footed rhinoceroses. The cuboid, navicular and

cuneiforms are, however, extremely flattened and specialized.

The diplarthrous character of the carpus is precisely like that

of Perissodactyla, the lunar rests upon the cuneiform and the

scaphoid upon the magnum, while the metapodials abut later-

ally against the unciform and magnum.

126 The American Naturalist. [February,

Upon the whole we find that primitive and second-

ary ungulate characters decidedly predomi-

nate in the skull, teeth and skeleton. The

secondary characters, especially in the ankle and wrist joints,

are parallel with those in the perissodactyls, and are not

mingled with unguiculate adaptations until we reach the

phalanges.

Relation to the Unguiculata. Cope was the first to advocate

the more radical view that this genus represents a distinct

order. He wrote: “It has little relation to the family of Per-

issodactyla to which it has given the name (Paleosyops).

Unlike the serial manus and pes of the edentata the carpus

and tarsus are here diplarthrous in structure or displaced upon

each other. While the Condylarthra are ungulate with an

unguiculate carpus and tarsus, this order Ancylopoda presents

the antithesis of including unguiculates with an ungulate car-

pus and tarsus.” This antithesis he assigned as the main — A

character of the new order? He still considers the form of

the terminal phalanges as of fundamental importance and

believes (in a letter of May 14, 1892) that Chalicotherium must

have been derived from some primitive unguiculate.

Lhe ancestry of Chalicotherium. Without any knowledge of

the ancestors of Chalicotheriwm we thus reach a dead lock.

Shall the unguiculate structure of the phalanges outweigh the — A

ungulate structures in other parts of the skeleton? Is it pos-

sible to derive such a skull and skeleton from any unguiculate

or such terminal phalanges from any ungulate? In looking

about for relatives of this genus we must now entirely discard

the Palæosyops group, and hunt among the lowest Eocene

types. The lowest Eocene unguiculates are wholly dissimilar.

The only form at all similar is the genus Meniscotherium.

Meniscotherium was a little plantigrade slightly larger than

_. Hyrax, and of very similar proportions. It is found in the — a

beds between the Wahsatch and Puerco and was even older than _ -

Coryphodon. The teeth are of the ungulate type known aS

7Gil’s term “Chalicotheroidea” was applied to these forms, considered

as a super-family, equivalent to the Camelide, Giraffidæ, etc., and not as 4 n

suborder. Arr. Fam. of Mamm., 1872, p. 71-77.

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 127

“buno-selenodont.” The feet are in the border region between -

the unguiculates and ungulates. This genus also occupies an

isolated position; although placed by Cope in the family

Meniscotheriide among the Condylarthra it is not even

remotely related to any of the contemporary ungulates. Its

molar evolution was precocious in both jaws, far more so than

in Phenacodus. I was led to the idea that this might possibly

be the long sought ancestor of Chalicotherium by the struct-

ure of the molar teeth. In 1886 Wortman regarded Menisco-

therium as an ancestor of the Hyracoidea. Later Schlosser

recognized the striking likeness of its molars to those of Chal-

icotherium, and considered it with Macrauchenia as a repre-

sentative of Perissodactyla which had retained a primitive

foot structure.

The comparison of the entire dentition of Meniscotherium

and Chalicotherium led me in 1891 to the discovery of many

very significant details of resemblance. In both, the anterior

portion (or cutting teeth) of the dental series is reduced and —

the posterior or cheek teeth are enlarged. In both, the true

molars have identically the same pattern in detail in both

jaws, including the absence of the third lobe upon the last

lower molar, which separates Meniscotherium from all early

Condylarthra and Perissodactyla. I was especially struck

also by the presence of a short posterior crest formed of the

hypocone and hypoconule in the upper molars, and by the

reduplication of the antero-internal tubercle (metaconid) in

the lower molars. At the tinie only the upper tarsals of Men-

iscotherium were known; these possess the unguiculate char-

acters which are exhibited in Phenacodus and all early ungu-

lates but are distinguished by a fibular facet upon the calca-

neum. It appeared to me altogether probable that the Wahsatch

form was related to the ancestors of Chalicotherium, and that

the question would be decided by the discovery of its feet.

This discovery was reported sooner than was expected in

Marsh’s recent paper upon M. (Hyracops) sociale in which the

fore and hind feet are fully figured. —

‘The feet of Meniscotherium present only one feature which

definitely points to those of Chalicotherium, namely, they are

128 The American Naturalist. (February,

functionally tridactyl, the outer toes being much shorter than

the three median toes. Marsh describes the terminal pha-

langes as intermediate between hoofs and claws, the extremi-

ties are thin, slightly expanded, and apparently covered by

thin nails. In other respects the feet are very primitive and

exhibit all the unguiculate features we now invariably expect

to find among the primitive ungulates, namely, (1) the “ cen-

trale ” and possibly (2) the “ tibiale,” (3) the fibular facet upon

_ Fig 2. Fore and hind Feet of Meniscotherium (Hyracops) sociale after Marsh.

the caleaneum, (4) the “astragalar foramen,” (5) the serial oF

undisplaced facets in both tarsus and carpus. As this was the

parent ungulate type there is no insuperable difficulty in sup-

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 129

posing that the ungulate carpus and tarsus of Chalicotherium

were derived from those of Meniscotherium.

The terminal phalanges present a greater obstacle ; is it pos-

sible that having progressed only so far toward hoofs as to be

called “intermediate,” they have subsequently retrogressed

into curved claw-bearing ungues? T consider this possible but

not in itself probable. We must not forget the manus of the

subungulate Lemurs which bears three or four terminal nails

and one large claw; or the phalanges. of the unguiculate

Mesonyx which are cleft, but also flattened and very ungulate .

in appearance. The line of division between claws, nails and

incipient hoofs was not very sharply drawn. Another diffi-

culty is seen in the fact that the median toe (III) of Menisco-

therium is enlarged, it is mesaxonic; while the lateral toe (IV)

of Chalicotherium is enlarged.

Fig 3. Fore and hind Feet of Chalicotherium after Gervais, (from Sansan.).

To offset these difficulties we find the striking similarities in

the molar teeth already noted, and in the dental series as a

whole. Meniscotherium is very exceptional in the absence of

130 ‘The American Naturalist. [rebrand

a third lobe to the last lower molar. The resemblance between

the skulls of these two types is also very marked in the whole -

region behind the infra-orbital foramen. We see the same

form of cranium, occiput, and auditory region.

I conclude, therefore, by giving a table of the résemblances

and differences between the two types. Both are numerous,

The question is, which are most fundamental ?

MENISCOTHERIUM. CHALICOTHERIUM.

1° Cutting teeth somewhat reduced............ Reduced or rudimentary.

s per molars, buno-selenodont e same ooo

A short posterior crest. Protocon- The same. Protoconule re-

ule large. duced.

Lower molars \opho-selenodont The same.

Metaconulid reduplicate. No 3rd

lobe on Mè. ` The same.

2° Five digits. Functionally tri- Three digits. Structurally —

dactyl. Mesaxonic. tridactyl. Not mesaxonie,

Carpus and tarsus, serial, (un-

guiculate type)........ Displaced (ungulate type).

3° Centrale, tibiale, 3rd trochan-

ter, entepicondylar foramen,

Fibulo-calcaneal facet All wanting.

4° Terminal phalanges sub-ungu-............... Unguiculate.

ate.

5° Plantigrade. Sub-digitigrade.

Many of these differences are such as separate higher from

lower forms, especially those under 3° and 5°. We witness

the loss of the primitive characters under 3° in many distinct

phyla, also the modification of the characters under 2° and 5°.

I have now endeavored to clearly state the pros and cons

of this question. The evidence for the original ungu-

late affinities of the Ancylopoda seems to me much stronger

than that for its purely unguiculate origin. Supporting this

view is the strong likeness of the skull and teeth of Chalice

therium to those of Meniscotherium, and finally the analogies

which it presents to the perissodactyls in the modernization of

the feet, wrist and ankle. My conception of its origin and

zoological relations can be expressed in the following diagra™-

aay ogee

Pan

Reh as

eS EE

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyz. 131

Ancylopoda Perissodactyla

Meniscotheriide : Phenacodontidæ

i Condylarthra

Protungulata

(unguiculate)

The purpose of this paper is not; however, to express a final

opinion but to suggest inquiry. While agreeing with Cope

that the Ancylopoda represent a distinct division of the mam-

malia, we must admit that the broad zoological relations of

this division are yet to be determined.

c. External.

a. Internal.

Fig. 4. Right hind foot of Artionyx gaudryi.

POSTSCRIPT. — THE DISCOVERY OF ARTIONYX.

The hind foot of Artionyz gaudryi was found last summer

by the American Museum party, under Dr. Wortman, in the

White River Miocene of South Dakota. ;

The discovery of this foot was one of those complete surprises

which render paleontological research so fascinating. As indi-

-cated in the above article, we were daily expecting to find

remains of Chalicotherium in the lower Miocene of America,

but no one could have anticipated finding a type related, and

yet so entirely different.

132 The American Naturalist. [February,

As Chalicotherium may be broadly termed an unguiculate

perissodactyl,so Artionyx may be called an unguiculate artio-

dactyl. This, in fact, sums up the main difference between

these types when we add that the terminal phalanges in the

former are cleft, and in the latter are uncleft.

If this foot of Artionyx had the metatarsals cut off half way

down, no one would hesitate to call it truly artiodactyl. The

tibia, fibula, astragalus and calcaneum, the navicular with its

posterior hook for the great-flexor tendon, the conjoined

ecto- and mesocuneiforms, the nearly even pairs of toes on

either side of the middle line—all these structures bear a

marked artiodactyl stamp. The entocuneiform is missing,

but there is no doubt that it supported a first digit, of which

the proximal phalanx is fortunately preserved.

The distal ends of the metatarsals and the phalanges exhibit

the same sudden transition to an unguiculate type which we

observe: in Chalicotherium, in fact they bear a very marked

resemblance to the corresponding parts in the feet of the

carnivora, until we come to the terminal phalanges, which are

short, deep and laterally compressed, but not hooked or retrac-

tile. As observed above, they are not cleft.

The foot differs as widely from that of Chalicotherium as

that of the pig does from that of the tapir. It is somewhat

hazardous to make a deduction from the foot alone, but wè

have ventured to divide the Ancylopoda into two subdivisions.

TEREE. SUB-ORDERS.

Aneylopoda. Ungulate, with A. Perissonychia (odd clawed),

unguiculate terminal phalanges. with perissodactyl tarsus and

mesaxial reduction. Ungues cl

B. Artionychia (even clawed),

with artiodactyl tarsus and parax

jal reduction. Ungues uncleft.

Subsequent discoveries may show that these are merely twO

families—the Chalicotheride and Artionychide. This discov-

ery rather strengthens the idea of the relationship of Menis-

cotherium to the Ancylopoda—for we observe in Artiony* the

fibulo-calcaneal facet of the older genus, also the depression

upon the inner side of the astragalus.

1893.] The Ancylopoda, Chalicotherium and Artionyx. 133

RECENT BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Cope: “The Vertebrata of the Swift Current River, II.”

AMERICAN NaturRAuist, March, 1889, p. 151 (species

C. bilobatum, order Ancylopoda).

2. Depéret: “La Faune de Mammifères Miocénes de la Grive-

St. Alban.” Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. d’Lyon, 1892.

3. Filhol: Assoc. Franç. Congrès Toulouse, 1888, p. 265.

“ Mammifères de Sansan.” Ann. Se. Géol., 1891, pp.

294-300, Plates 43—46.

4. Gaudry: Journ. de Zool., 1875, Plate 18 (Schizotheriwm

priscum).

“Les Enchainments du Monde Animal.” 1878, pp.

194-198.

“Fauna Attica.”

5. Osborn: “ Chalicotherium and Macrotherium.” AMERICAN

NATURALIST, 1889, p. 729.

“Meniscotheriide and Chalicotherioidea.” AMERI-

CAN NATURALIST, Oct., 1891, p. 911.

_ “Ts Meniscotherium a Member of the Chalicotheri-

oidea.” AMERICAN NATURALIST, June, 1892, p. 507.

“ Artionyx, a new member of the Ancylopoda.”

Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., February, 1893. (Osborn

and Wortman.)

134 The American Naturalist. [February,

EDITORIALS.

EDITORS, E. D. COPE, AND J. S. KINGSLEY.

—Boranists are waking up to the fact that they have too long

neglected to conform to the law of priority in nomenclature. The

return to older names of genera, species, etc., produces temporary

inconvenience, but it is in the interest of stability, which is the funda-

mental condition of convenience in this matter. Persons who are

accustomed to use certain names find it difficult to change them, and

endeavor to make exceptions to the general rule, as some leading bot-

anists are now proposing. But the sooner a clearing up of the whole

matter is made the shorter will be the diseomfort, for the law of pri-

ority is fundamental and must be supported under all circumstances

that fall within the scope of nomenclature.

It is evident, however, that in cases which violate other laws of —

nomenclature, the law of priority has no application. Such are typo-

_ graphic and orthographic errors ; also terms which cannot be given a

Latin or Greek form: Such rules are the conditions of ordinary schol-

arship. There is another rule which belongs to scientific scholarship

which has been hitherto respected, but which a small number of

American zoologists are endeavoring ‘to set aside. This is, that no

name or term is available for scientific use which has not been accom-

panied by a definition prior to the publication of any other name for

the same thing published with a description. So self-evident is the

necessity of this rule that it has been adopted without exception by all

scientific societies and committees in all countries which have proposed

or revised laws of nomenclature. The primary element in all exact

language is the definition of terms, and to omit this condition from

scientific nomenclature is to abandon science and to go into literature,

if mere word-making can be dignified by:such a title. When we

remember what a passion this word-making becomes in some persons,

it is clear that science must have some protection from it. The only

_ way that this protection may be had is to demand a raison detre for

every name that is proposed. The student then knows with what he

has to deal, and the proposer places himself on record in an available

form. The abuses of the neglect of this rule are self-evident, since it

lays the sciences open to charlatanism and to pretence of every i

tion, and makes scientific literature of the catalogues of the showman z

and the salesman.

1893.] Editorials. ; 135 .

The only body which has encouraged this abuse is the American

Ornithologists Union, which in its rules straddles the question. One

result of this position is that members of that body are not a unit in

their opinions on this point. A concrete case is the lists of names

published a half century ago by Fitzinger. In his early days this

naturalist made a creditable beginning of scientific work, but he soon

lapsed into a cataloguer and list-publisher. He projected comprehen-

sive systems which have little or no correspondence with nature, and

filled them out with names without definitions, many of which are not

applicable to anything which can be defined. So well known has this

- been in Europe that this work of his has been long since relegated to

the waste heap, where it should by all means be permitted to remain.

But the love of change has induced a few Americans at this late day

to resuscitate this rubbish. No better motive can be ascribed for this

resurrection, for it is not in accordance with existing rules; it is very

inconvenient; and it opens the door to continued inconvenience of the

same kind. It is a blow at scientific scholarship, and a distinct

encouragement to dishonest work. i

It is hardly likely that the botanists will split upon this rock.

—THE late meetings of the American Society of Naturalists and

the allied societies of morphologists, anatomists and physiologists, held

at Princeton, N. J., brought together a representative body of the

most active workers in the natural sciences of the eastern part of the

country. The west was ably represented by members from Cincinnati,

_ Denison and Chicago Universities. These meetings add to the pleas-

ures of the holidays, supplementing family reunions by professional

reunions of men bound together by similarity of tastes and modes of

thought. The advantages of these meetings are various, but one most

obvious one is the stimulus to care and precision which results from

free and friendly criticism. After living in an atmosphere of this

kind, the mind more fully appreciates the contrast between the more

or less careless, not to say disingenuous habits of thought that are so

common, and the clear, rational, and truthful attitude of the mind

which is so conspicuous in the workers in the fields of science. The

welcome given by President Patton was as clear and honest as the

minds of the men he faced, and it was a welcome to truth, let it come

from what quarter it may. :

The ceded were ok from an assembly which should include

suck a body of energetic workers as now constitute the Geological

Society of America. In view of possible further segregation, a com-

- 136 The American Naturalist. [February,

mittee was appuinted by the parent Society of Naturalists to suggest to

the society some measures looking toward a combined organization,

so that future cooperation might be assured. Such a combination

would hold a winter meeting corresponding to the summer meeting of

the American Association for the Advancement of Science, with the

difference that it would consist of professional naturalists only.

—Tue Smithsonian Institution has been requested by a petition

signed by a large number of American naturalists and by a resolution

of the American Society of Naturalists, to pay for the support of a

table at the Naples Marine Biological laboratory to be occupied by .

American students. It would seem that such an appropriation of

money is within the objects of the Institution as defined by the will of

Smithson. As a school for original investigators, the Naples Labora-

tory has been, and doubtless will continue to be, of the greatest utility. ,

PLATE I.

Protoceras celer Marsh.

1893.] Recent Books and Pamphlets. 137

RECENT BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS.

BEAL, W. J., AND C. F. WHEELER.—Michigan Flora. From the States Agri. Coll.

Mich.

BENEDICT, J. E.—Preliminary Descriptions of Thirty-seven New Species of Her-

mit Crabs of the Genus Eupagurus in the U. S. National Museum. Ext. Proceeds

Natl. Mus., Vol. xv, pp. 1-26. From the Smithsonian Institution.

BOETTGER, O.—Herpetologische Mitteilungen. Aus dem 29, 80,31 und 32 Berichte

des Oppenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde pag. 61, bis 164. From the author

— Katalog der Batrachier-Sammlungen des ‘asia der Senckenbergischen

Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main, 1892. From the author.

Bulletin No. 7, Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station, May, 1892

CALL, R. E—The Tertiary Silicified Woods.——The Fishes of the Des Moines

Basin. pis 6% Abnormal Hyoid Bone in the Human Subject. Artesian Wells

in Iowa. Exts. Resend Iowa Acad. Science, Vol. i, Pt. 2,1890-’91. From the “aren

Cops, N. A.—Arabian Nematodes. Ext. Vol. v, Proceeds. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.

From the author

Corr, E. D.—On Some New and Little Known Paleozoic Vertebrates. Reprint

Am. Philos. Soc., May, 1892

Darton, N. H.—Fossils in the — Rocks of Central Piedmont Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci., July, 1892. From the a

Day, D. T.—Mineral Resources -i < “United States, 1889, 1890. Seventh

Span of the Series. From the Smithsonian ——

DERBY, O. A.—Nepheline Rocks in Brazil. t. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc., May,

1891. From the author

DEVIS, C. W Repuki on Post-Tertiary Phascolomyidæ.—[In Confirmation of

the Genus Owenia so-called.——The Incisors of Sceparnodon. Exts. Proceeds.

Linn. Soc, N. S. W., 1891, From the author.

Dona.pson, H. H.—The Extent of the Visual Cortex in Man as Deduced from

the Study of Laura Bridgman's Head. Reprint Am. Jour. Psychol., Aug., 1892.

From the author.

ETHERIDGE, R —On the Occurrence of the Genus Belonostomus in the Rolling

Downs Formation (Cntr of Central Queens!and. Ext. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic-

toria, 1891. From the a

Garman, S.—On oe Collected by Dr. George Baur near Guyaquil, Ecuador.

——On Cophias and Bachia. Extr. Bull. Ess. ae t 1892.——Dr. D. H. Storer’s

Work on the Fishes. Ext. Proceeds. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Dec., 1891. From

the author.

GAUDRY, A.—Excursion dans l’ Amérique du aaa Ext. Bull. Soc. Geol. de

France, 8d série, t. xix, pp. 936-1024. From the au

GILL, go wie g yi Genus Hiatula of pea or Fantoga of Mitchell.

Ext. Proceeds. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xiv. From the author.

_ HALE, H.—Language as a Test of Mental Capacity, Being an Attempt to Demon-

` Strate the True Basis of Anthropology. Ext. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Vol. ix, E

, From the author,

138 The American Naturalist. [Febra

HASSALL, A., AND C. W. StiLes.—Strongylus rubidus, a New Species of Nema-

tode Parasitic in Pigs. Reprint. Jour. Comp. Med. and Vetern. Arch., 1892. From

the authors.

Hircucock, R.—The Ainos of Yezo, Japan. Ext. Rep. Nat. Mus., 1890, pp.

429-502. From the Smithsonian Institution.

HOoLLICK, A vous Paleontology of the Cretaceous Formation on Staten Island.

Ext. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. xi, No. 5. From the author.

Hom, TH he on the Flowers of Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Ext.

ceeds. U, S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xv, pp. 399-403. From the sctdoshad Institution.

Houcu, W.—The Methods of Fire-Making. Ext. Rep. Nat.-Mus., 1890, pp- `

395~409. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Howarp, L. O.—Insects of the Subfamily Encyrtine with Branched Antenne.

Ext. Proceeds. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xv, pp. 361-369. From the Smithsonian

Institution.

James, J. F.—Of the Age of the Point Pleasant, Ohio, Beds. On Problematic

Organisms and the Preservation of Algz as Fossils. From the author.

KOEHLER, S. R.—White-line Engraving in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries. —

n DE Nat. Mus., 1890, pp. 385-394. From the Smithsonian Institution. i

VERETT, F.—On the Shediiewice of the White Clays of the Ohio Region.

a o Geol., Vol. x, 1892. From the author

MATTHEWS, W.—The Catlin Collection of Indian Aog Ext. Rep. Nat.

Mus., 1890, pp. 593-610. From the Smithsonian Institutio

PoucHET, G.—Contribution à l’histoire des Cyames, Eat Jour. Anat. et Physiol.

de Homme et des Animaux, 1892. From the author.

Report Regarding the Proposed Establishment of a National Aquarium in Sydney.

1892.

Roser, C.—Ueber die.v. Koch’sche Versteinerungsmethode. Aus Anat. Anz,

1892, Nos. 16 and 17. From the author.

SMITH, F.—The Gastrulation of Aurelia favidula Per. and Les, Ext. Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Vol. xxii, No. 2. From the author. ;

Srarhpacinen, F.—Ueber neue und seltene Lacertiden aus den H Herpetologischen

Sammlungen des k. k. Naturhistorischen hofmuseums. Separat Abdruck aus Band

vi, Heft. 3und 4; Ann. des k. k. Piai sionen Hofmuseums. From the

STORER, H. R.—The Medals of Natural Scientists, Part 1. Ext. Proceeds. New-

port Nat. Hist. Soc., 1888-1891. a

- Third Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Texas, 1891. From the

rvey.

“‘Townsesm, C. H. T—A Remarkable New Hippoboscid from Mexico. Ext —

Entomol. News, 1891, pp. 105-106, From the author

_ Unter, P. R.—Observations on Some Remarkable Heteroptera of North Amet-

ica. Ext. Maryland Acad. Sci., 1892, p. 179. From the aut Si

WADSWORTH, M. E.—The Doña Inez and the Llano del the Meteorites from

, Chile, with EPEE A criptions. Ext. Proceeds. Rochester Acad,

Sci., Vol. 1. From the au

WATKINS, J. E.—The. Log » the Savannah. Ext. Rep. Nat. Mus. for 1890, pP:

611-639. From the Smithsonian Institution. _ B

TUER M.—Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederländisch Ost-Indien

Zweiter Band. Erstes Heft. Leiden, 1891. From the author. i

1893.] Recent Books and Pamphlets. 139

WILLISTON, S. W.—Higher Professional Requirements. From the author.

WILSON, TH.—Anthropology at the Paris Exposition in 1889. Ext. Rep. Nat.

Mus. for 1890. From the Museu

WOODWARD, A. S.—On a Ms ibik Tooth from the Wealden Formation of

Hastings. Ext. Proceeds. London Zool. Soc., 1891.

Supplementary Observations on oe non Fishes of the English Lower

Oolites. tena Proceeds. Geol. Asso., Vol.

keleton of a Chimeroid Fish (lschyodua) from pees ieee Clay of

Christian Maiford, Wiltshire. Ext. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., July, 1

holidophorus ae gee an Addition to the Fish Fauna i Z Upper Lias

of Whitby. Ext. Geol. Mag., Dec., 1891.

On the Lower sh Fish Fauna of Campbellton, N. B. Ibid., Jan., 1892.

The Hybodont and Cestraciont Sharks of the a es ricco Ext. Pro-

ae iseset Geol. and Polytechnic Soc., rom the fi

—A Review of Artesian Horizons in Southern aie Jersey. Ext.

“as en git Geol. New Jersey for 1891. From the a

ZIEGLER, F.—Modelle zur Demonstration der aon des Zähne des Mens-

` chen. From the author.

140 The American Naturalist. [ February,

RECENT LITERATURE.

Two Text-Books of Human Embryology.—Only a few

years ago the physician who wished to know anything about the

development of the human body found his whole supply of infor-

mation in one or two chapters of his physiological text-book. In

some respects the statements to be found there were reliable, but, at

least in most American physiologies, they were strange misconceptions,

as they could scarcely help being, for they were abstracts, at sixth or

seventh hand of the wonderful researches of Bischoff, of Rathke and

of von Baer, with never a bit of autoptic knowledge on the part of

the compiler. i

In the last two decades our knowledge of the embryology of man

and of the other mammals has been greatly increased, so that the

summary given by Balfour scarcely ten years ago is in many respects

behind the times. So a new résumé in English is very acceptable.

“Tt never rains but it pours.” Thesame week brings to our table two

works with essentially the same scope—that is the embryology of man

and the mammals, with side lights on the lower vertebrates—but of |

greatly different treatment.

The first to be mentioned, Minot’s Human Embryology, 18 A

large octavo volume, especially designed for the physician. That

is, it seems admirably adapted to lead the medical student or prac

titioner into a clearer knowledge of the history of the human body,

a knowledge of which the average physician has but the veriest

smattering. Minot gives first an introduction in which he describes

the uterus and outlines the stages of human development. Then the

main portion of the book is divided into five parts. In the first W°

Ot eee

have an account of the history of the genital products and the theory

of sex, together with a brief discussion of heredity. In Part Two the

origin and meaning of the germ layers are discussed. This portion

will prove more or less familiar to our readers, as several of its chap-

ters have already been given in our pages. In the Third Part the

chapters treat of the building up of the embryo, those of the Fourth E

the fætal appendages, while the Fifth Part takes up the fotus. AS

an appendix given is an exceedingly condensed list of references t0

the authorities quoted in the text. Such a table of contents as that =

‘Human Embryology by Charles Sedgwick Minot. N. Y., William Wood :

& Co., 1892, pp. xxiii + 815.

1893.] Recent Literature. 141

given above must fail to give an adequate idea of this book, and yet

it is about as much of detail as our space will allow. In general we

may say that the book pleases us; that while we find a few statements

here and there which we might question, we feel deeply indebted to

Prof. Minot not only for the compilation of such a valuable résumé of

the work of other embryologists, but for the numbers of new contri-

butions which we find in his pages. One feature which is of especial

_ value, and which cannot but strike the reader, is the richness of cita-

tion of the works of other students. The illustrations also are good,

and while most of them are process cuts, the majority have a freshness

which is very pleasing.

The other work upon our list, Prof. Mark’s Translation of Hertwig’s

Embryology,’ does not need very extended mention, as the original

has already been noticed in this journal. Its plan is greatly different

from that of Minot in that after the introductory chapters of Part

One the history of development is followed for the organs of the differ-

ent germ-layers: Entoderm, mesoderm, ectoderm and mesenchym.

The translation is done in a very satisfactory manner, and a careful

reading of a considerable portion of the translation fails to reveal

many of the “awkward renderings and German idioms” to which

Dr. Mark refers in the preface. One feature of the translation

deserves mention. For anlage the term fundament is used. Had this

translation been introduced several years ago it might hope for general

acceptation, but now that anlage is being bodily carried over into

English (Minot, for instance, uses it throughout), we hardly think

that the translation will prevail, especially in the face of the other and

not obsolete meaning of the word. The printing of the text is good,

but some of the cuts of the translation (clichés from the German cuts)

are muddy and lack the clearness and delicacy of the German edition.

It would have been difficult to find two men better adapted for their

respective tasks than these. For ten years Dr. Minot has been accumu-

lating the materials for his portly volume, and he has had excep-

tional facilities in working over the preparations of some of the

European masters. Dr. Mark, on the other hand, brings to the posi-

tion of translator an accurate and detailed knowledge of the subject

matter, and an almost extreme care that every word in his translation

shall express, so far as the genius of our language permits, exactly the

*Text Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals, by Dr. Oscar

Hertwig, translated from the third German edition by Edward L. Mark.

London, Swan Sonnenschein; New York, Macmillan & Co. 1892, pp. xvi

+ 670. -

142 The American Naturalist. [February,

idea of his author. A comparison of the two works is difficult. For

the student who has already a good foundation in the broader features

of general embryology, possibly Mark’s Hertwig will prove the more

useful, for it gives more the broader features of ontogeny without pay-

ing great attention to minor and, for him, unimportant detail. Minot’s

work, on the other hand, from its method of treatment, may be better

adapted for the student of medicine, for it takes up the subject morein

accordance with the ideas which he receives from the rest of his special

training, and in those points which may prove of value in questions of

medical jurisprudence it gives a fulness of detail which is foreign to

the purpose of the other work. Yet the average practitioner will

probably have little to do with either volume. All that he cares to

know concerning the questions discussed, would occupy very few

pages, and the 670 pages of Mark’s Hertwig, and the over 800 in

Minot’s volume, will, we fear, scare away the very men who most need

the information they contain. Yet it is difficult to see how the matter

could be much more condensed. ‘The fault is not, in either case, with

the author, but rather with the extent of our knowledge. This, how-

ever, will prove no drawback for the student of morphology, and, we

doubt not, these will be two of the most consulted books in his library,

for they are the two most important additions in our language to the

literature of biology for the year 1892.

To conclude, we would say that both books are valuable, and should

be owned by all morphologists. Minot’s volume is possibly the better _ f

adapted from its arrangement for the physician, and the greatest

objection which we can see to its use by medical men is its size.

Geological Survey of Texas, 1891.’—This volume constitutes

the Third Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Texas. It com —

sists of the usual introductory statements of the State Geologist, E. T.

Dumble, followed by the several reports of his assistants. The accom —

panying papers are reports on the geology and paleontology Eo

important regions by specialists in those departments. Mr. Kennedy a

contributes the result of investigations which carried him across the .

post-cretaceous deposits, from Terrell, in Kaufman County, in a south- =

easterly direction to the mouth of the Sabine River. Mr. Cummins —

gives a detailed report on the geology of the Llafio Estacado. He r

traced the Carboniferous formation to its farthest outcrop in Central ,

SS he Sea

eS So

Texas, determined the northern extension of the Cretaceous along the

"Third Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Texas, 1891. E.T

Dumble, State Geologist, Austin, 1892.

1893.] Recent Literature. 143

eastern escarpment of the Staked Plains, and determined the extent

of the Dockum and Blanco Canyon Beds and their relation to the

underlying strata. The Stratigraphy of the Triassic formation in

northwest Texas was assigned to N. F. Drake, who embodies his obser-

vations in a short paper of twenty-one pages. Mr. Steernwitz is still

at work on the Trans-Pecos region. In his paper he states that rocks

of Carboniferous age have been traced over a large area of this region,

gives the age and relations of certain conglomerates, and the strati-

graphic relationship between the schists and the red grit. Prof. E. D.

Cope, who had in charge the fossil vertebrata, reports on collections

from the Fayette formations, the Blanco Canyon bed, and the Triassic

or Dockum beds. Dr. Sterki furnishes notes on shells found in a dry

salt lake near Eddy, New Mexico.

The illustrations are numerous and compare favorably with those of

previous publications of the survey.

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1889 and 1890.'—

` This volume is the seventh of the series of Mineral Resources of the

United States, and carries the statistical data to Dec. 31, 1890. An

idea of the amount and value of the various useful mineral products

is given in a brief summary which forms the opening chapter. The

remaining 530 pages comprise carefully prepared statistical papers

containing much valuable information.

According to the report the year 1890 was a period of unexampled

activity in mining, particularly so in iron, silver, copper, coal and

petroleum. The total value of the product is put at $656,604,698, an

increase far beyond any previous year.

In addition to its individual index, this volume contains the general

index to the entire series from 1882 to 1890 inclusive.

“Mineral Resources of the United States, 1889 and 1890. David T. Day,

Chief of the Division of Mining Statistics and Technology, Washington,

1892.

144 The American Naturalist. [February,

i General Notes.

GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.

Paleozoic Formations of Southern Minnesota.—A sys

tematic account of the Paleozoic formations of southeastern Minnesota,

by C. W. Hall and F. W. Sardeson, is given in the Bulletin of the

Geological Society of America for 1892. The rocks described occupy

an area some 13,200 square miles in extent. They stretch eastward

from a straight line between Mankato and Hinckley to the State of

Wisconsin, and from Chengwatona southward to Iowa. These periods

of geologic time are represented by three formations: Upper Cam-

brian, Ordovician, and Devonian. These Paleozoic rocks are under-

lain by the Archean and Algonkian, and lie beneath patches of Cre-

taceous and a covering of quaternary débris save in the extreme south-

eastern corner included in Chamberlin’s “ driftless area.”

The Upper Cambrian is represented in this region by the Potsdam

sandstone and the Magnesian series ; the Ordovician by the St. Peter, —

the Trenton, and the Cincinnati beds. The Devonian is present in so

thin a layer in which so few fossils occur that it cannot be assigned to

any division of that group, but is supposed to belong near the middle.

The writers give the following summary of thickness and leading

lithological characters based chiefly upon their own measurements and

determinations : :

FEET.

Devonian. Not subdivided. php be and shale 10-15

( Cincin- f Wyko Limeston 20 70

nati. | Maquoketa. Shale at limestone 20

Maclurea “sins re

j Lingulasina limes

= Camar nas shaly risen »

: | Orthisina calcareous shale

Ordovician } Trenton 4 Zyeorpire shale Be

Stictopora shal 30

L Speco can ey bees Tamer añd shale 10

Blue rosi .12 =

Bu Paroa 15) “u

_ Saint Peter, not subdivided, iiio 15-11 an

t Shakopie dolomite 10-5 |

evator B (Ric hmond) medics

Magnesian, piin Sapa dolomite

Jordan sand

Caelio. 1 Saint Law kka me Malisacties and shales

Raden not subdivided, sandstones and shales

Total thickness of Paleozoic strata in Minnesota........++++

ined

1893.] Geology and Paleontology. 145

` The Genus Hybodus.—<According to Mr. A. S. Woodward, the

genus Hybodus, which was determined solely from the evidence of the

teeth and associated ribbed dorsal fin-spines, is now definitely deter-

mined by the other essential regions revealed by new specimens.

The fossils in question comprise numerous skulls and two portions of

the trunk of the typical Hybodus basanus from the Wealden of the

Sussex coast.

The characters which afford information are (1) the presence of

hooked cephalic spines, and (2) the occurrence of a vacant space

between the neural and hemal arches of the endoskeleton, which

must have been occupied by a persistent notochord. Mr. Woodward

is inclined to think that the presence or absence of cephalic spines will

eventually prove to be a sexual character—Proceeds. Yorkshire Geol.

and Polytechnic Soc., Vol. xii, 1891.

On Some Dicynodont and Other Reptilian Remains from

the Elgin Sandstone.—At the Aberdeen meeting of British Asso-

ciation in 1835, Dr. Traquair called attention to the skull of a Diey-

nodont which had been discovered in the Elgin sandstone of Cutlies

Hillock (= New Spynie). Since that time several other specimens

have been obtained from the same place, some of which are the prop-

erty of the Elgin Museum, while others belong to the Geological

Survey of the United Kingdom. These specimens are now being

worked out by Mr. E. T. Newton, and the following is a preliminary

note on the interesting results which have been obtained.

All the reptile remains obtained from Cutlies’ Hillock are in the

condition of hollow casts, the bones themselves having been dissolved

away; this, it will be remembered, was the case with some of the

examples of Stagonolepis from the Elgin sandstone, described by Prof.

Huxley, and the method of taking casts from the hollow cavities

which was adopted in that case, has been found of great advantage in

the present instance. The blocks when brought from the quarry were

more or less split open, exposing portions of the specimens. In some

cases these cavities were traced out and developed with the chisel,

while in others they were further split open, thus allowing casts to be

taken. In many cases these casts had to be made in several parts and

afterwards fitted together. The time and labor involved in this task

have been repaid by the restoration of the skulls and parts of skele-

tons of several Dicynodonts, and one or two other equally remarkable

forms of reptiles.

146 The American Naturalist. [February;

In most of these specimens, including that noticed by Dr. Traquair,

the skulls are similar in form, although differing in minor details, and

have a general resemblance to the South African Dicynodon and

Oudenodon, some of them having small tusks in the maxillary bones.

With most of these skulls parts of the skeleton have been found.

Two or three show the position of the vertebral column and ribs, but

up to the present no definite centra have been traced; besides this

there is evidence of scapula, clavicle, humerus, radius, and ulna, the

humerus having the characteristic anomodont expansion of the two

extremities. In two specimens the ilia are preserved. These forms

appear to be distinct from Dicynodon, and probably repro at least

two or three species.

Another skull presents most of the characters of Lystrosaurus,

but has a short muzzle and no teeth. The last, and by far the most

remarkable skull of this series, is about six inches in length, and has

the outer surface completely covered in by bony plates, the nostrils,

eyes, and pineal fossa being the only apertures. The chief feature of

this skull is the extreme development of horns upon the face and

cheeks, there being about thirty of these formidable defences varying

from about a fourth of an inch to nearly three inches in length,

besides some smaller bones. The dentition is pleurodont, and resem-

bles very closely that of the living Iguana; the palate is lacertilian,

but with the pterygoids united in front of the pterygoid vacuity. This

skull reminds one very strongly of the living Moloch and Phrynosoma, —

but it probably finds its nearest ally in the Pareiasawrus from the

South African Karoo bed. The detailed description of these speci-

mens is nearly completed and will, it is hoped, be shortly published—

Geol. Mag., Nov., 1892.

Cenozoic Insects.—In discussing the Rhynchophora of North

America, Mr. S. H. Scudder refers to the variety and abundance of

insect life during the early Cenozoic period as follows :

“In the earlier Tertiaries we not only possess in profusion represen-

tatives of every one of the orders of insects, but every dominating

family type which exists to-day has been recognized in the rocks;

even many of the families which have but a meager representation

to-day have also been discovered, and though many extinct genera

have been recognized, no higher groups, with a single exception oF

two, have been founded upon extinct forms. This is one of the most

striking facts which confronts the student of fossil insects. It is the

more striking from the delicacy, the tenuity, and miniatures of many

1893.] Geology and Paleontology. 147

of the forms which are here concerned; and the statement can be

enforced by the further fact that the parasitic groups—those which are

entomophagous—are represented, as well as many of those which in the,

present time show peculiar modes of life; thus we have representatives

of such microscopie parasitic insects as Myrmar, strepsipterons have

been discovered, the viviparity of the ancient Aphides has been shown

probable, the special sexual forms of ants and white ants were as

clearly marked as to-day, and the triungulin larva of Meloe has been

found enclosed in amber, showing that the phenomenon of hypermeta-

morphism had already been developed.—Proceeds. Boston Soc. Nat.

Hist., Jan., 1892.

Uplifts in the Sierras of California.—A paper of Mills in

the Bull. G. S. A., Vol. 3, contains the following account of the oro-

graphic movements from which result northern half of the Sierra

Nevada range.

Along the axes of the greatest uplifting of the present range a pre-

Mesozoic range arose carrying up both crystalline and metamorphosed

sedimentary rocks, which partially disappeared through erosion and

subsidence; then a mesozoic range arose and its strata became uptilted,

and it in turn was reduced by erosion and subsidence to very small

proportions, and then in Tertiary and Quaternary time has arisen the

present range, which is now undergoing its erosion.”

A New Pliocene Ruminant.—The right mandible of a large

animal found in the lowest Pliocene formation in the vicinity of Oran

has beer referred to the order of Artiodactyla by M. Pomel under the

name Libytherium maurusium. In dimensions it rivals Helladothe-

rium, with which it has some affinities, but from which it differs unmis-

takably. The fossil measures 30 centimetres from the posterior border

of the last molar to the posterior part of symphysis.—Revue Scien-

tifique, July, 1892.

A Remarkable Artiodactyle from the White River

Epoch.—In a late number of the Bulletin of the American Museum

of Natural History, Drs. Osborn and Wortman describe a species of

Artiodactyle which differs much from any form previously known.

A considerable part of the skeleton was obtained, together with crania

of both male and female. , The superior premolars (except the last)

are simple, thus excluding the genus from the Bodidea, and the cuboid

and navicular bones are distinct, a character which separates 1 from

148 The American Naturalist. [February,

the Tragulide. The cervical vertebrx are undescribed, but the char-

acters in general refer it to the Oreodontide rather than to any group

of the camel series. The metapodial bones are distinct, and there are

four in front and two posteriorly. Both sexes have a pair of low

horn-cores or tuberosities on the parietal bones, but the male has other

tuberosities and processes as follows: The superciliary borders are

produced posteriorly into a prominent lobe, and a low tuberosity rises

from the frontal at its anterior border, just in front of the orbit,

Each maxillary develops an anteriorly projecting process above the

last premolar tooth, and then rises into a huge elevated compressed

plate with thickened apex at the side of the narrow nasal fissure. The

latter opens far posteriorly, as the nasal bones are very short and wide.

The molar teeth are Oreodontoid, and the superior canines are worn

posteriorly, showing that there was a large inferior first premolar as in

Oreodon. ‘I'he canine has also the triangular section seen in that

family. The inferior canine is recumbent, and resembles an incisor.

No superior incisors. ;

The absence of superior incisors is a character which is uncommon

in the Oreodontidæ, but is found in the genus Merycopater, and prob-

ably in Pithecistes. The discovery of a horned member of the group

is interesting. The female of the species was first described by Marsh

under the name of Protoceras celer. It is probable, however, that it

is nearly allied to, if not actually pertaining to the genus Stibarus

Cope, described in 1873. The latter was founded on a fragment of

lower jaw with premolar teeth, a part which has not been found in

the species described by Drs. Osborn and Wortman. The latter was

found by Dr. Wortman in the upper White River beds; the Stibarus

obtusilobus is a smaller species, and comes from the lower beds of the

same series. I give figures of parts of the skeleton from clichés kindly

furnished by Dr. Osborn (Plates I and II).—E. D. Corr.

The White Clays of the Ohio Region.—In southeastern

Indiana and southwestern Ohio occur a series of clays overlying the

glacial beds and differing from them in color and structure. There

are similar clay deposits in southern Ohio outside the glacial boundary.

Mr. Frank Leverett, in a paper published in the Amer. Geol., July,

1892, cites evidence to show that these deposits are synchronous, that

they have a common origin, that that origin is independent of both

ice-dams and organic agencies, but is best explained by a fluvio-lacu®

trine hypothesis. Furthermore, they furnish important evidence

a the sequence of events in this region during the glacial

period.

1893.] Geology and Paleontology. 149

Geological News, General.—Mr. R. S. Tarr has published a

paper in the Am. Geol., July, 1892, calling attention to the relation of

secular decay of rocks to the formation of sediments. The essay is in

the main a summary of the present knowledge of secular disintegra-

tion. The rocks of the Guadalupe Mountains are referred by

R.S. Tarr to the Upper Coal Measures instead of the Permian as

determined by Shumard. Bull. No. 3, Geol. Surv. Texas——A Geo-

logical and Agricultural Survey of the State of Louisiana has been

undertaken in the interest of agriculture, the first publication of which

has just been issued. It consists of a preliminary report on the north-

ern part of the State, by Dr. Otto Lerch, covering the Topography,

General Geology, Water Supply, Distribution of Soils and Useful

Minerals. M. Adolph Carnot states that the relative age of fossil

bones can be ascertained by estimating the amount of fluoride of cal-

cium entering into their percentage composition. His method was

applied recently to determine whether a human tibia was contempora-

neous with the bones of animals with which it was associated. The

chemical analysis proved that the tibia contained only the same per-

centage of fluoride as a recent human bone, while the associated animal

remains vielded seven to nine times as much fluoride as their recent

analogues. Hence the tibia in question belongs to a later period than

the other fossils with which it was found, a result in which M. Riviére —

acquiesces on other grounds.—Comptes- Rendus, Vol. exv, pp. 337-339.

Archean.—Dr. Charles Barrois announces the discovery of Ra-

diolaria in the Archean rocks of Brittany. The fossils occur ina fine

siliceous matrix (phtanite) associated with fragments of graphite, in

the neighborhood of Lamballe, Cotes-du-Nord. M. Cayeux, to whom

the fossils were submitted, regards them as simple Radiolaria, of the

family Monospheridee—Natural Science, Oct., 1892. -

Paleozoic.—According to Dr. Riist, Radiolarian fossils are abund-

ant in Paleozoic rocks, and nearly all of the Paleozoic Radiolaria can

be referred to the genera recognized by Haeckel in the seas of to-day.

—Palxontographica, Vol. xxxviii, pp. 107-200.

Three me ai of fish—Protodus jexii, Diplodus problematicus,

and Acanthodes semistriatus—have been added to the list of Lower

Devonian Fish-fauna by Mr. A. S. Woodward. The fossils were col-

lected by Mr. Jex at Campbellton, New Brunswick, and are now In

the British Museum.—Geol. Mag., Jan., 1392.

150 The American Naturalist. | [February,

Mr. J. C. White reports a small collection of fossil plants from the

Wichita beds of Texas. They are essentially the same with the flora

from southwestern Pennsylvania described by Prof. Fontaine. This

makes an equivalency probable between the uppermost beds of the

Carboniferous system in West Virginia, southwestern Pennsylvania

and southern Ohio (the Dunkard Creek series), and those of the

Wichita beds of Texas—Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. iii.

Mesozoic.—A Termite, discovered in the English Lias by Mr.

Montagu Brown, exhibits even the patches of pigment on the wings.

It is described by Dr. Henry Woodward in the May number of the

Geol. Mag. under the name Paleotermes ellisii ——Mr. A. S. Wood-

ward reports Pholidophorus germanicus from the Upper Lias of

Whitby, Yorkshire. This Lepidosteoid fish was observed by Quensted

in the Lias of Wiirtemburg and named in 1858.—Geol. Mag., Dec.,

1891.—A mammalian tooth discovered by Mr. Charles Dawson has

been given the provisional name Plagiaulaz dawsonii by Mr. A. S. Wood-

ward, who describes and figures it in the Proceeds. London Zool. Sot.

Nov., 1891. This fossil is the first evidence of a European Cretaceous

mammal, A fine specimen of Belonostomus from the Rolling

Downs formation (Cretaceous) of Central Queensland is described and

figured by Mr. Etheridge in the Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1891, under

the name Belonostomus sweetii. The specimen is supplemented by four

other fragments so that all the more important features in the skeleton

of the fish are made known.

Cenozoic.—A proof of the identity of the diatomaceous beds of

New Jersey, Delaware and the outerops on the western shore of Ches-

apeake Bay is afforded by the presence of a single specific form of

diatom, Heliopelta, which occurs at the base only of this bed, and has

not been found elsewhere in the world, either fossil or recent.—Ann.

Rep. State Geol. New Jersey, 1891. Mr. Harlé reports the finding

of the right mandible of a monkey in a cave in the stone quarry °

Montsaunés. The fossil in question is that of a Macaque and as it

appears to Mr. Harlé to be a distinct species, he has given the name

Macacus tolosanus.—Comptes-rendus, fev. 1892.——A list of Birds from

the so-called Post-Pliocene drifts of Queensland, by Mr. De Vis, is 9°

interesting contribution to avian literature. The list comprises twenty-

eight species referred to twenty-four genera. The whole of the twenty-

eight species and seven or perhaps eight of the genera are extinct.

This change is very much the same as that observed in the case of the

marsupials——Proceeds Linn. Soc. N. S. W., Vol. vi.

1893.] -~ Zoology. 151

ZOOLOGY.

The Cercaria Stage of Amphistomum,.—Dr. Albert Lang

has completed' the life-history of Amphistomum subclavatum. The

adult lives in the frog, the young in the small Planorbis contortus of

Germany. He finds that the young become encysted upon the skin of

the frog, and as this is eaten at the time of molting the young obtain

access to the alimentary canal in that way. Lang also describes some

points in the anatomy of the Cercaria. Especially interesting is the

description of the excretory apparatus which cannot well be repro-

duced without a figure.

Fecundation of the Eggs of Clinus argentatus.—M. Fred-

eric Gintel gives the following account of the habits of a fish known

as Clinus argentatus during the deposition of the eggs and their fecun-

dation by the male:

“The extrusion of the eggs occupies about half an hour, and they

are deposited among the branches of a clump of seaweed, after which

the female goes away and the male comes in his turn to the alge to

fertilize the eggs, of which he then becomes the guardian until they

are hatched, driving away all the males and females that come near to

the nest. If the latter, however, are gravid, he invites them to lay

their eggs near those which he is already guarding. M. Gintel has

seen a male fecundate successively, and to care for seven separate

depositions by as many different females, at intervals of several days.

—Revue Scientifique, Août, 1892.

Preliminary Descriptions of New Fishes from the North-

west.—In the November number of Tae Naturatisr we described

a few of the new species collected in western Canada. We shall here

describe in a brief way the remainder of the new species. Full descrip-

tions as well as a general report on the collections und a comparison

between the fish faunas of the Red River of the North, the Saskatch-

ewan, the Missouri, the Columbia, and the Fraser River will appear

later, the MS. of the entire report being ready for the press.

1. Pantosteus columbianus E. & E.

Three specimens, 92-100 mm. Boise River, Caldwell, Oregon.

Related to P. generosus, the eye larger, the caudal longer. Head

"Berichte Naturf. Gesell. Freiburg vi, 81, 1892. `

152 The American Naturalist. [February,

42-43; D. II, 114 or 123; A I, 83; scales, 16-19-80-100-15 ; eye, 13-

2 in. snout, 11 to 12in interorbital, 3} to little more than 4in head. All

the fins pointed, the caudal lobes considerably longer than the head.

Light brown, with indistinct clouds of darker.

2. Notropis albeolus E. & E.

One specimen 73 mm. long. Medicine Hat, Assiniboia.

Related to N. maculatus and N. heterodon. D.94; <A. 84; scales,

4~35~—4 ; 15 scales before dorsal; teeth 4-4, 1, 2.

More slender than heterolepis ; fins all small; origin of dorsal over

ventral, equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and nares ; scales

closely imbricated, the exposed edges little higher than long. Lateral

line decurved, the tubes developed on fewer than ten scales; ventral

surface entirely white ; a plumbeous lateral band overlaid with silvery ;

a dark vertebral line from occiput to caudal; sides with a few dark

specks, dorsal surface more densely specked, the margins of the scales

darker.

3. Notropis heterolepis E. & E.

One specimen 35 mm.long. Fort Quappelle.

Related to N. heterodon and N. anogenus. D. 9}; A. 93; scales

5-35-4; 15 scales in front of the dorsal; teeth 4-4; dorsal inserted

equidistant between base of upper caudal rays and anterior margin of

eye, behind the last ray of the dorsal; scales loosely imbricated, almost

imbedded in front of the dorsal; scales along the median line with a

deep notch near the middle of the posterior margin; the line nearly

straight; a few black specks along the base of the anal, a dark line

from anal to caudal; a dark band from tip of snout along the sides to

the caudal; a conspicuous black curved line at the base of each scale

of the lateral line; all the scales above the lateral band dotted with

black; a narrow vertebral line from occiput to dorsal, a broad dusky

band on the back between the dorsal and caudal, between this and the

lateral band a lighter band; scales of back with dark markings;

series of minute black dots along each ray of the dorsal, anal an

anterior portion of pectoral ; dorsal and caudal quite dark.

4. Notropis reticulatus E. & E.

Twenty-four specimens from Fort Quappelle. Thirteen specimens,

the largest 76 mm. from Brandon.

Related ' to N. spectrunculus, fretensis, nitidus and topeka. It

approaches nearest to N. fretensis and topeka. From the former it

differs chiefly in the larger scales in front of the dorsal and from the

latter in the naked breast.

PLATE II.

Protoceras celer Marsh.

1893.] Zoology. 153

Head 4, depth 4-43; D. 9# or 103 (I or II, 83); A. 94 (II, 74);

scales 4 or 5-34-3 or 4; scales in front of dorsal, 12 or 14; teeth 44,

hooked, with evident grinding surface; head pointed, broad above,

and slightly convex ; snout decurved, pointed, the lower jaw included ;

mouth oblique, the premaxillary on a level with the lower margin of

the pupil or somewhat lower; maxillary reaching front of orbit; eye

large, considerably longer than snout, 3 in head, greater than interor-

bital; origin of dorsal over ventrals, equidistant from tip of snout

and base of upper caudal rays; longest ray scarcely extending beyond

tip of last when depressed ; anal low, the longest ray not extending

beyond tip of last when fin is depressed, equal to snout and eye; ven-

trals reaching vent, slightly longer than the highest anal ray; pecto-

rals little longer than head, less opercle; scales closely imbricated, the

exposed edges considerably deeper than long in the largest specimens ;

lateral line decurved, complete; breast naked.

Dark streak from anal to caudal, lower parts otherwise plain; a

dark vertebral line, a plumbeous band along the side: a faint spot at

the base of the caudal about as large as the pupil; a series of spots

along each side of the lateral line; upper parts of sides and the back

profusely spotted, the edges of the scales are black, giving the whole

part a reticulated appearance. The specimens from Quappelle are

darker than those from Brandon.

5. Notropis scopiferus E. & E.

Many specimens from Winnipeg, Brandon, Fort Quappelle,

Medicine Hat. ae

This species is evidently closely related to W. luciodus, from which it

differs in having a conspicuous jet black spot about as large as the

pupil at the base of the caudal fin.

Head 4-43; depth 44; D. 93; A. 104 (II, 83); scales 6-36 to 42-4 ;

14-18 scales in front of the dorsal; teeth 2, 4-4, 2 grinding surface

very narrow, on two teeth only; head heavy, compressed, flat above;

snout blunt, much decurved ; mouth small, little oblique; maxillary

extending to eye; eye, 3 in head, little less than interorbital ; lateral

line complete, evenly and gently decurved to above origin of anal Toon

conspicuous black spot at the base of the middle caudal rays; a sil-

` very lateral band, its dorsal margin distinct, color otherwise variable.

6. Agosia faleata E. & E.

Many specimens. Boise River, talene

Scales larger and fins much longer than in A. nubila.

Head 34 po 4}-5}; D. 11}; A. 9}; scales 53-60, about ten

above the lateral line; dorsal usually inserted directly over the origin

11 í

154 The American Naturalist. [February,

of the ventrals, the fin large, its anterior rays prolonged ; origin of

dorsal equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and nares; caudal

deeply forked, the lobes acute, 34 to 3% in the length ; anal rays 43-47

in the length; ventrals always more posterior in position than in

nubila, their tips extending to or past middle of base of anal; pector-

als not reaching ventrals.

A dark band forward from eye ; dark lateral band scarcely evident;

silvery below ; sides and back with numerous irregular, well-defined —

dark blotches; anal and sometimes ventrals with a dusky spot near

base in front; dorsal and caudal faintly mottled; crimson spots on

mandible, axil of ventrals and along base of anal.

T. Agosia shuswap E. & E.

Four specimens. Shuswap Lake, near mouth of Eagle River.

These specimens differ from A. falcata in a few characters; inter

gradations may be found, but none exist in our specimens.

Dorsal equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and posterior

half of eye, inserted directly over origin of ventrals; lateral band

well marked, otherwise as in A. falcata.

C. H. anp R. S. EIGENMANN.

The Larynx of Batrachia.—Dr. H. H. Wilder states that

Amphibia typically possess two pairs of laryngeal cartilages, an ante

rior pair of arytenoids, while the posterior, containing tracheal rings

as well as the future cricoids, are best called tracheal elements. In

Proteus and Necturus but one -pair is. present, while in many Anun

the tracheal elements fuse in the median line, forming a sort of cricoid.

Wilder suggests, arguing from position, innervation, and musculature,

that the arytenoids are the fifth branchial arches and are further

homologous with the so-called inferior pharyngeal bones of Teleosts.

The tracheal elements, on the other hand, are new formations.

The Kidney of Amphiuma.—Dr. H. H. Field has studied the

kidney anlage in young Amphiuma and finds’ that here as in the ge)

cilians as described by Semon, there is a true metamerism. In

material (which has already served for other studies published in these

pages‘) the kidney reached back to the cloacal region, and it was poe

sible to follow the different stages of formation of the canals. In the

caudal region in the middle of each somite there was a wide, sharply

*Anat. Anzeiger, vii, 570, 1892.

*Verh. Deutschen Zool. Gesellschaft, 1892, p. 113.

‘Hay, Am. Nar.. xxii, p. 315, 1888; Kingsley 1. c. xxvi, p. 671, 1892-

1893.] Zoology. 155

bent tube which communicated on the one hand by a nephrostome

with the body cavity, and on the other empties into the segmental duct.

Immediately above the nephrostome was the malpighian body. Going

forward the looping of the duct becomes more extensive, and extends

from wall to wall of the somite, but no anastomoses occur and the

nephrostome is always in the middle of the somite. The ontogeny of

this organ will doubtless prove of extreme interest, and this point goes

to support Cope’s thesis of the relationships of Amphiuma to the

Gymnophiona.

On a New Spade-Foot from Texas.—Spea laticeps sp. nov.

—Frontoparietal bones without fontanelle, smooth. Form of head

and body short and wide. Width of head at tympana entering length

of head and body two and one-quarter times. Front wide and per-

fectly flat, its width entering the length of the tibia two and one-quarter

times, and considerably exceeding the width of an eyelid. Muzzle

Spea laticeps Cope, nat. size.

projecting little beyond lip; nostrils nearly terminal ; canthus ros-

tralis not marked ; tympanum concealed; vomerine fascicles small,

posterior to a line connecting the choane. The latter exceed in diam-

eter the well-developed ostia pharyngea of the eustachian tubes.

The heel of the extended hind leg reaches the position of the tym-

panum. Its digits are half-webbed, three and one-half phalanges of

the fourth digit remaining free. On closing the fingers the second a

little exceeds the third in length, and the third exceeds the fifth. The

integument of the superior and lateral surfaces extends to or beyond

the middle of the femur. It is obscurely tubercular, and the inferior

surfaces are smooth. There are no distinct glandular aggregations of

156 The American Naturalist. ` [February,

crypts. The length of the head and body is 38.5 mm. ; length of head

(axial), including tympanic region, 14.5 mm.; width of interorbital

space, 6 mm. ; of head at tympana, 18 mm. ; length of fore leg from

axilla, 19 mm.; length of hind leg from urostyle, 41 mm.; length of

tibia, 12.5 mm.; of foot, 20 mm.

Color of superior surfaces brown, varied with large obscure spots of

‘dark brown.

There are no pale longitudinal stripes, but the borders of the sacral

region are pale and contract posteriorly, enclosing a narrow dark band

above the urostyle. This pale outline is bordered externally by brown,

and from this dark spots or bands extend transversely. There is a

dark spot on the canthus rostralis ; one on each side of the end of the

muzzle, one below the eye, and one posterior to the eye. Gular region

light yellow, rest of lower surface dirty white. Sheaths of hallux black

bordered.

The single specimen of this species before me is smaller than the

average S. hammondii proper, and is equal to the larger individuals of —

the 8. h. bombifrons. Its color and the position of its vomerine teeth

are more like those of the Scaphiopus couchii, but the proportions and

the perfectly smooth cranial bones with free integument, distinguish it

readily.

This interesting species approximates more closely the genus Scaph-

iopus than the known species of Spea. It was found by Mr. Wm. L.

Black, of Prof. W. F. Cummins’ party of the geological survey of

Texas, on the journey between Seymour, in northwest Texas south

the Red River, and Austin. Mr. Black obtained on the same expedi-

tion three species of Bufo, viz., B. compactilis, B. debilis and B. pune

tatus. The range of the last named is thus much extended eastward.

A specimen of the snake Tropidoclonium lineatum was also obtained,

which extends its range much westward, Dallas having been the pre

vious limit in this direction —E. D. Corr.

The Pedal Skeleton of the Dorking Fowl.—Mr. G. p. ;

Howes has been studying the pedal skeleton of two Dorking chicks,

reaching conclusions somewhat different from those of Mr. Cowper,

who has recently published studies of the adult structure. As a result

of his anatomical researches Mr. Howes advances the theory that the

two innermost digits of the Dorking fowl’s pes are the product of the

cleavage of the hallux, and adduces the recent discovery by Kiikenth

of an undoubted occasional splitting of the Cetacean pollex asa SUP

port of this argument. Mr. Howes states also that the types of Pr

1893.] Zoology. 157

hexadactyle limb met with in the Amniota, as well as the pentadactyle

pes of the Dorking fowl, is a monstrous formation, and that arguments

deduced from their study in support of hexa- and heptadactyle limbs

are premature. The author calls attention to the fact that inasmuch

as no observed amphibian either living or extinct is known to have

borne more than two phalanges upon its second digit, neither the sau-

-ropsidian nor the mammalian types can be derived from that of the

Amphibia except by a process of intercalation such as there is no evi-

dence to support. As involving the Mammalia, the force of the argu-

ment against a belief in the amphibian origin of the class it is second

only to that of the discovery of the mammalian condition of the

limbs in the Theromorous Reptiles—Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol.

XXvi.

158 The American Naturalist. [February,

EMBRYOLOGY.’

Experimental Embryology.—Under this title may be included

two most interesting recent contributions to our knowledge of the sig-

nificance of the cleavage phenomena in animal eggs. Both deal with

. the cleavage phenomena of eggs influenced by experimental interfer-

ence; the one in the case of a Vertebrate, the other in an Echino-

derm.

Prof. E. B. Wilson,’ of Columbia College, finds that the cleavage

cells of an Amphioxus egg when shaken apart are yet capable of

developing into gastrulas or even into complete larve of perfectly

normal structure. Yet the size of the gastrule or larve is determined

by the size of the cleaving cell; thus if one of the first two cells is

taken the resulting gastrula is half the normal size, if one of the first

four is taken, the gastrula is one-fourth the normal bulk. Gastrulas

of one-eighth the normal size occurred but were not products of isolated

cells in the eight-cell stage; in fact, the experiments go to show that

one of these first eight cells is incapable of forming a gastrula. There

is thus an early limit set upon the potentialities of the cleavage cells.

This, moreover, seems to be a qualitative and not a quantitative limit.

The homogeneous, undifferentiated character of the cells is lost at the

eight-celled stage.

When the cells are incompletely separated, double, triple, and even

quadruple embryos are formed.

Comparing the development of the isolated cells of Amphioxus with

what is known of similar phenomena in-other Vertebrates as known

from the work of Roux upon the frog, or with the facts established for

Echinoderms by Dreisch and others, we find an important and fun

mental difference in the time at which individuation and symmetry be

come apparent. While in the Echinoderm the partial development pro-

ceeds at first as if all the cells were present, and only later what maf,

improperly, be called a p fregeneration, forms that which waslack =

ing to the completion of a normal symmetrical embryo, in Amphioxus =

as the author shows by di ivi te ol tions than

had hitherto been made upon the exact mode of cleaving,—“the isolated

bss department is edited by Dr. E. A. Andrews, Johns Hopkins Unr

"On Multiple and Partial ioxus. Anat. Anz, IAA i

Nos. 23-24. Pp. ; ial Development in Amphioxus. Ana , a

1893.] Embryology. 159

blastomere develops as a unit, not asa half-unit ; and the cells to which

it gives rise cannot be individually identified with those of a normal

embryo-half. The development is transformed from the beginning.”

The second paper, by Hans Dreisch, of Zürich,’ contains many

important facts not presented in the preliminary article noticed in the

December NATURALIST.

When the eggs of certain sea-urchins are exposed to high tempera-

tures an acceleration in the rapidity of cleavage processes is not the

only result—but at a temperature of 31° C. certain marked changes

both in the size and position of cells, the entire absence of micromeres

and other such fundamental effects are produced. Nevertheless eggs

that cleave in these abnormal ways may develop into perfectly normal

larval forms, plutei. Long continued exposure to such temperatures

acts like the mechanical force applied in shaking eggs in a test-tube

and results in the separation of cleaving eggs into two, rarely more

than two portions, each of which may then develop by itself. As

some of these portions form normal larve, high temperature may be

one of the factors concerned in the formation of multiple embryos.

Returning to the cleavage of cells separated by shaking echinoderm

eggs, a series of figures are given to illustrate the fact that the isolated

cells continue to cleave, for a time, as if still in combination with their

fellow cells. Thus three cells taken from a four-celled stage do not at

once fill up the gap left by the removal of the fourth and this fourth

cell divides by itself just as it would have done if remaining in contact

with the three others. It is only at a later stage that the products of

isolated cells arrange themselves so as to form a complete, symmetrical

individual.

A portion of the paper is taken up with certain abnormal methods

of cleavage, beginning with the simultaneous formation of four instead

of two cells, at the first cleavage. In these cases the cleavage contin-

ues to be double, a sixteen-cell stage having two sets of each eight cells

comparable to the entire eight-cell stage of a normal egg. No larvæ

could be reared from such eggs, yet special interest attaches to them

upon the assumption that they owe their dual nature to a double fertili-

zation. The only evidence that these eggs were fertilized by two

sperms is the assumption by Fol and others that double fertilization

causes the formation of four in place of the normal two first cleavage

A most important addition to the methods of experimentation has

resulted in unexpected results. It consists in subjecting echinoderm

*Entwicklungsmechanische Studien. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 55, 1892. .

160 The American Naturalist. [February,

eggs to mechanical pressure by the very simple expedient of allowing

a cover-glass to rest upon them with more or less force as controlled by

` a hair inserted under the glass.

Eggs flattened out to several times their original diameter do not

Jose their power to develop, even when the egg membrane is ruptured.

If the eggs are fertilized and undergo cleavage under pressure the

resulting cells are not arranged in the form of a sphere but form a flat

isk. This arrangement of the cells results from the arrangement of

the nuclear spindles. While in a normal egg the spindles of the first

four cells would stand vertically, as it were, and produce a new set of

cells by a horizontal cleavage, under pressure the spindles are found

all lying at right angles to the compressing force; that is, parallel to

the cover glass or horizontally, and hence give rise to cells all lying in

one plane. When the pressure is removed the cells remain at first in

a flat disk, though each cell becomes rounded. Subsequent divisions

of these cells give rise to a spherical mass capable of forming a com-

plete normal embryo.

With the aid of figures the author makes it clear that in such cases

material which would normally have taken part in the formation of

only one pole or side of the embryo must now contribute to opposite

poles or sides. In the sea-urchin there is thus no early specialization

or differentiation of the material found in the cleavage cells; the mix-

ing up of the blastomeres would not prevent the formation of a com-

plete normal animal: the author concludes they could be mixed in all

_ possible ways without destroying the normal symmetry of the adult.

In the philosophical discussion that takes up the final portion of the

paper, the author considers the methods of morphological research and

upholds the experimental method, which tends to promise the redut-

tion of Biology to a scientific basis sooner than the descriptive, histor-

ical or mechanical lines of inquiry possibly can.

Studies in Insect Embryology.—Dr. H. Henking* having pře-

viously published extensive researches upon the formation, maturation

and union of the sexual cells in Pieris brassica and Pyrrhocoris apterus

concludes this comparative study with additional facts upon the eB o

of the latter insect as well as those of Agelastica ulni, Donacia lam-

pyris, Tenebrio, Lasius, Rhodites, Bombyx, Musca, and other represen-

tatives of nearly all the chief groups of insects and then summarizes

the whole with the aid of most interesting comparisons and sugges- |

tions.

* Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 54, 1892; 51, 1891; 49, 1890.

1893.] Embryology. 161

Along with the observation of normal processes, attempts were also

made in some cases to influence these processes by increasing or dimin-

ishing the atmospheric pressure, by placing the egg in horizontal and

vertical positions, by surrounding them with CO, and with O; but the

results are not definite enough to afford more than suggestions for

future work.

Regarding the maturation of the egg the author holds views that

depend upon the interpretation of peculiar appearances seen in insect

eggs, where, as is well-known, the technique is a most difficult factor.

The first polar body receives one-half of the chromosomes, one-half

the normal number of the ordinary cell, and also the first thelyid.

This thelyid or “ acromatic polar body,” is a rather vague mass of

acromatic substance including the connecting filaments and adjacent

substances between the two separating sets of chromosomes.

The second polar body receives the same number of chromosomes as

the first, these being formed by a division of each, so that a half of

each remains to form the egg nucleus; in some cases there is a second

thelyid, but this remains inside the ovum.

The two polar bodies may separate completely from the egg, but

more often they remain either in protoplasmic processes of its surface

or entirely beneath its surface; the first polar body may divide into two.

Even when the polar bodies are extruded they may be later taken

into the egg again. Their nuclei may undergo changes similar to that

of the egg nucleus, either retaining the separate chromosomes or form-

ing a chromatic network. The first and second or the product of the

division of the first and second may fuse with one another inside the

egg, much as the sexual pronuclei do. :

Meanwhile numerous sperms may enter an egg; polyspermy mr

insects has no apparent injurious results. The sperm passes into the

yolk in a bent attitude, with the union of head and tail preceding. A

clear area about the sperm, the arrhenoid, seems to give rise to radia-

ting striæ in the protoplasm. This peculiar body is regarded as formed

from the acromatic connecting filaments given to the sperm at the sec-

ond division of its mother cell; is thus comparable, in a way, to the

thelyid. Increase in size and change in the sperms take place simulta-

neously in all that penetrate the yolk; only one meets and unites with

the female pronucleus. i :

The number of chromosomes in the nuclei of ordinary somatic cells

and in the cleaving egg is 28, 24, 20, 18-20, 24-30, in five different

insects studied ; the number in the first and also in second polar bodies

in these same species, 14, 12, 10, 9, about 12. As far as studied the

162: . The American Naturalist. [February,

spermatocytes have also this same half-number after their first and

second divisions; with some interesting exceptions the sperm and the

polar body and the female pronucleus have the same number, in any

species, and this is half the number of other cells of that species.

With the aid of a diagram the author emphasizes the close parallel

between the formation of sperms and polar bodies. Starting from a

mother cell with, say 24 chromosomes, a reducing division forms two

sperm mother cells, or in the female an egg and a polar body, in each

of which are only 12 chromosomes, and these are half of the original

24, unchanged or undivided individually. A second division of each

cell results in the formation of four sperm mother cells or in the

female of three polar bodies, and the remaining egg, in each of which

are 12 chromosomes. These, however, are formed by an equal divis- .

ion, that is, from the previous 12, 24 arise by a division of each—not

by the separation of the whole set into two sets as in division with

reduction. Later the 12 chromosomes of a sperm may be added to the

12 of the egg nucleus to make the normal 24 of the cleavage nucleus,

whence, by equal division, all subsequent cells have 24 also. Likewise,

in the insects, one polar body may unite its 12 with the 12 of another

polar body.

Utilizing the recent researches of Guignard, the author draws &

most interesting comparison between the processes taking place in

insects andin plants. Without the aid of diagrams this can scarcely

be rendered intelligible ; the most novel part, however, is an attempt

to explain the polar bodies of animal eggs as, in a sense, “ larval

organs,” somewhat comparable to rudimentary structures within the

embryo sac of a flowering plant.

The fact that in insects the polar bodies may remain within the egg

and that they, or their descendants, may unite with one another, seems

to form a parallel to what takes place in the flowering plant. As 1$

well-known, the embryo-sac cell forms two sets of each 4 nuclei within

its substance, 4 lower antipodal cells and 4 upper cells, of which one

is the ovum.

The formation of these is directly comparable to the formation of

polar bodies in the animal—supposing a second series of divisions to

supervene and convert the 4, ovum and three polar bodies, into eight.

In the embryo-sac a remarkable fusion takes place between one of the

antipodal nuclei and the sister cell of the ovum; this union forms the

endosperm. Compared with the insect, this union is like the fusion of

polar bodies, only in a later generation. In the insect nothing appa

See this Journal, May, 1892.

1893.] Embryology. 163

ently results from the fusion of polar bodies; they are rudimentary

larval organs.

The fact that we here compare union of later generations in the

plant with that of earlier ones in the insect or animal is perhaps made

less objectionable by considering the state of things in the infusoria,

where, as Maupas has shown, the final fusion takes place between

nuclei resulting from more divisions than are employed in the

formation of sperm and female pronucleus.

The observations of Henking upon the number and division of the

chromosomes in insects conflict in an important particular with the

facts necessary to support Weismann’s theoretical explanation of the

use of polar bodies. In his “ Amphimixis” Weismann holds that

reduction takes place in the formation of both polar bodies, and that

there was previously a doubling in the number of chromosomes or

idanten to allow of greater complexity of combination of the iden or

hypothetical hereditary units found in the chromosomes. Hinking

denies that the second polar body is formed by reduction ; it is formed

by an equal division. Moreover, there is no previous doubling of

chromosomes; the apparent doubling is only a more or less pronounced

division into parts still remaining subservient to the whole, not acquir-

ing individuality. -

Weismann’s views are moreover limited in that they depend upon the

occurrence of two polar bodies, two divisions in the formation of sex-

ual cells; whereas in plants and in infusoria, nuclei that need to copu-

late result from more numerous divisions.

Parthenogenesis again, as seen in hymenoptera and lepidoptera, may

occur where two polar bodies with a smaller number of chromosomes

are present. > l ;

Though recognizing the strength of the evidence that heredity is

closely associated with the chromosomes, the author thinks they are

not unchangeable, and that at times they may be more intimately com-

bined with the other parts of the nucleus. If the centrosomes are to

be regarded in heredity as of like value with the chromosomes then

we must seek in them a process of reduction before copulation.

All present theories of fertilization and of inheritance have only a

provisional character.

164 The American Naturalist. [February,

ENTOMOLOGY.

On a Small Collection of Coleoptera from the High

Mountains of British Columbia.—A small series of Coleoptera

furnished the writer by Messrs A. G. Smith and F. Russell is of inter-

est sufficient to deserve notice; the collection was made near Donald,

B. C., on the top of the first range of mountains to the northeast and

above the base of the snow line. Some of the beetles are circumpolar

species, others are melanistic forms of those found in more favored sit-

uations. A list of them with remarks is appended :

Carabus oregonensis Lec.

One specimen of the insect was taken ; it is darker than those found

on the coast and somewhat smaller.,

Nebria sahlbergii Fisch.

Numerous specimens of small size and with rather dark legs. This

seems to have been the most common beetle on the mountain, and is

characteristic of boreal or mountainous districts; it extends from the

hite Mountains of New Hampshire to Alaska, and Dr. Hamilton

writes that he has it from the Coast Range of the south of California.

Bembidium incertum Mots. i

One specimen ; this is reported from Sitka, Alaska.

Pterostichus riparius Dej.

Four specimens; these are a little smaller than those from the coast

of Southern Alaska, but about the same as a number from the Stikine

River of British Columbia. It has been reported from Gray’s Peak,

Colo., at an elevation of 12,000 feet. Dejean described it from our

northwest coast in 1828 (Species General des Coleopteres, iii, 333).

Amara remotestriata Dej.

Three specimens were brought from the mountain top. It occurs in

mountainous and northern regions of our continent.

Harpalus innocuus Lec.

- Two specimens of this species are very black, but present no other

difference.

Hippodamia 5-signata Kirby.

_A series of five specimens show great variation in size and color

the smallest one being also the darkest. One of them is remarkable

‘This department is edited by Clarence M. Weed, Hanover, N. H;

1893.] Entomology. 165

in that the thorax has a large, perfectly regular fovea on each side

near the middle.

Hippodamia convergens Guer.

One specimen showing nothing of interest.

Coccinella transversoguttata Fabr.

One specimen of an ordinary type. Widely distributed in North

America, and occurs also in Northern Europe and Asia.

Psyllobora 20-maculuta Say.

A specimen of this species is the most thoroughly melanized of any

seen. All of the elytral spots, excepting the sub-apical, are more or

less confluent, forming two irregular vitte—one near the suture, the

other discal. This would go under the variety tedata Lec., but is

larger than typical 20-maculata instead of being smaller, as is usual

with that variety.

Byrrhus kirbyi Lee.

One specimen.

Byrrhus cyclophorus Kirby. i

Two specimens. This and the preceding species are northern or

montane in habit.

Buprestis lanta Lec.

One specimen.

Podabrus xanthoderus Lec.

Four specimens of a Podabrus which agree with Dr. Leconte’sshort

description of his variety a (Trans. Amer. Ento. Soc., ix, p. 48), are

referred here. The mandibles and sides of the head are yellow, as are

also the antennal tubercles and the first two joints of the antennæ.

One specimen (possibly a distinct species) has the thorax entirely black,

except a very narrow margin on the sides in front of the middle ; it is

also a little less in size, but seems to agree in other characters.

Aphodius ursinus Mots. __ :

Two specimens of this fine insect are in the lot. It is a black variety

of aleutus, according to the latest researches and is known from Col-

orado (Dr. Horn, Trans. Amer. Ento. Soc., xiv, p. 13) and from

Kamtschatka. Compared with examples of aleutus from Southern

Alaska these latter are only about half as large.

Aphodius granarius Linn.

Four rather large specimens. This species is found over nearly all

of North America and the rest of the civilized world.

166 The American Naturalist. [February,

Aphodius congregatus Mann.

One specimen of the variety with testaceous elytra.

Acmæops proteus Kirby.

A specimen of this variable species is almost exactly like one from

Ottawa, Canada. ;

Syneta albida Lec.

One specimen. Thesuture is narrowly dark, the thorax and head

also quite dark. The species of Syneta vary in color and it is quite

unnecessary to erect new species on such characters until the extent

of this variation is more definitely known.

Gonioctena arctica Mann.

Four specimens of this interesting species were taken, two of them

nearly typical, differing from Mannerheim’s description (Bulletin de

la Societe Imp. des Naturalistes des Moscow, 1853, p. 166) only in the

absence of- the pale thoracic borders and dorsal line. The remaining

two show both of these markings very well, but differ from each other

in minor particulars. , As the species is rare in American collections I

Fig. i:

have prepared the accompanying figure, which will give some idea of

the color variations exhibited even by a small set. This species *

known from Northern Alaska, the Nelson and Churchill Rivers and

from Arctic Siberia southward to the Amur, according to Dr. Hamil-

p. 88

ton, from whose valuable paper (Trans. Amer. Ento. Soc., xvi,

et seq.) much of the distribution herein quoted is derived.

Serropalpus barbatus Schall.

One specimen occurs “ from Maine to Alaska, Central and Western

Europe, Western and Eastern Siberia.” (Hamilton.)

H. F. Wickam, Iowa City, low’

A Peculiar Seed-Like Case-Worm from the Grand oer

yon.—While collecting in the Grand Canyon, July 8 to 11, 1892,

members of our party frequently found themselves covered with num-

1393] Entomology. 167

bers of very small, thin, seed-like bodies, which became attached to

their arms, hands, clothing, and faces. Examination proved these to

be the cases of a very small larva, which lived within. They were

afterward observed to be very common on the narrow-leafed willows

(Salix sp.), a round-leafed species of leguminous tree, and on many,

other plants. They were usually found on the edges of leaves, the

Fig. 2.—Larva, dorsal view—much enlarged. (Hair line shows nat-

ural si

case being attached thereto by a few extremely fine strands of silk.

They occurred especially on the Salix, and were found at 2500 feet and

more below the rim.

An examination of this larva proves it to be lepidopterous. It has

not been bred, but the description of the larva and case given below,

together with the figures, will serve to identify it. It is peculiar as

exhibiting no trace of legs or prolegs, yet it is unmistakably lepidop-

‘terous.

Description of Larva.—Body 13-jointed, whitish, very sparsely

clothed with weak hairs; head and second segment with anal hooks,

somewhat rufous. Head narrower than second segment, & little more

than one-half as wide, subcircular in outline from above, widely and

deeply notched behind; two small approximated simple a A

extreme outer anterior edge of lateral dorsal plates of head just ac

of antennæ, the anterior one slightly larger than the —

Antenne small, short, 3-jointed ; first joint stout, a little longer t

wide, with terminal bristles on outer edge; second joint very sm

and short ; third joint a little narrower and longer than second, or

to a point at tip. Mandibles stout, narrowed and twice-

168 The American Naturalist. : February,

(3-toothed?) apically. First pair of maxillee 3-jointed, joints about

equal in length, basal joint stoutest, second and third joints decreasing

in width ; two pairs of palpi springing from inner side of basal joint,

these palpi apparently also 3-jointed, joints of equal length, basal

stoutest, second and third successively narrowed. Second pair of max-

illæ with one pair of palpi, these palpi apparently 2-jointed, first joint

moderately narrow, terminal joint elongate, bristle-like, tapering to a

Fig. 3.—a, case—natural size; b, case—enlarged ; c, portion of case—

enlarged ; d, portion of case—greatly enlarged.

point ; spinneret 3-jointed, joints sub-equal in length, basal joint stout,

terminal joint pointed. Second segment corneous, with a transverse

row of about eight roundish markings near posterior margin, and 8.

median pair just anterior to row. Other segments fleshy, the integu

ment of all segments except head microscopically warted, in the pres-

ent alcoholic specimen much wrinkled, especially on third segment ;

third segment somewhat wider than second, fourth a little narrower,

segments 5 to 10 about same width, 11 to 12 nearly as wide; segmen

2 to 12 subequal in length. Thirteenth or anal segment narrowed,

shortened, longitudinally bifid on the median line posteriorly, fur-

1893.] Entomology. 169

nished with a pair of curved claw-like corneous hooks springing from

sides of ventral surface, their tips closing on each other posteriorly.

(Ninth and tenth segments each with a black circular or oblong con-

tained body.) Spiracles showing on eleventh and twelfth segments as

small nearly circular openings about the middle of segment near lateral

margin, not apparent on other segments. No indication of true thor-

acic legs or of prolegs.

Length of larva (slightly curved as in drawing), 23 mm.; width of

third segment (second from head), about $ mm.

Description of Case.—Case is small, seed-like in shape, very flat and

thin, a little longer than wide, pale brownish in color, composed of

two thin layers sub-oval in outline, glued together on edges, narrowly

separated or free at one end, the larva living between the layers. Under

the microscope a single layer presents a reticulated structure, appear-

ing as if uniformly made up of very small irregular pieces of nearly

equal size. It is apparently composed of vegetable tissue, probably |

very minute fragments of leaves.

Length of case, about 33 mm.; greatest width 2 mm., or hardly

more.

C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND.

Entomological News.—At the meeting of the American Asso-

ciation of Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations held in New

Orleans, Nov. 15 to 18, Chairman Lawrence Bruner, of Nebraska, and

Secretary F. M. Webster, of Ohio, of the Entomological Section, were

reelected for another year. But few entomologists were in attendance

at the meeting, most of the Station entomologists seeming to prefer the

Association of Economic Entomologists for the presentation of papers

in reference to their work. The report of the Chairman of the Sec-

tion of Entomology, Prof. Lawrence Bruner, was read by Prof. Osborn.

The report largely consisted in a statement of the equipment of the

Station entomologists as a whole, to which was added a statement in

detail of the entomological equipment of each station having an ento-

mologist. The report showed that while some of the stations were,

well equipped with laboratory, insectary, and other requirements for

work, yet there were many stations which had not given entomolo-

gists proper equipment. Some of the Station entomologists lack -e

for laboratory, others library, and many, microscopes. Valuable resu

of a practical as well as a scientific nature are rarely attained without

proper apparatus, and the Station entomologists need something more

than jack-knives with which to carry on their work.

170 The American Naturalist. ' [February,

It is gratifying to learn of the advancement being made by many of

the entomologists of the experiment stations. Prof. H. A. Morgan, of

Louisiana, and Prof. Popenoe, of Kansas, who were formerly entomol-

ogists and horticulturists of their respective stations, have, upon

their urgent request, been made entomologists of their stations only.

‘This is a step in the right direction.

Prof. John B. Smith will have charge of the entomological part of

the biological exhibit of the office of experiment stations at the

World’s Columbian Exposition.

Howard Evarts Weed, of the Mississippi Agricultural College is

making a special study of North American Myriopods, and would be

glad to exchange insects of any order for Myriopods of any locality,

especially the west. His address is Agricultural College, Mississippi.

Prof. C. H. T. Townsend is preparing a monograph of North Amer

ican Tachinidz, and desires material in this family from any locality,

especially bred specimens. His address is Las Cruces, New Mexico.

A recent issue of Psyche says: “ Entomologists everywhere will

regret to hear that the serious illness which has, for the past two years,

incapacitated Dr. H. A. Hagen, renders it improbable that he will be

able to do any further work. Dr. Hagen has had charge of the col-

lections of insects in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard

University since Oct. 12, 1867, and during this long period of twenty-

five years has applied himself with entire devotion to the interests of

the department. The scientific value and present excellent condition

of the collections are the result of his faithful and disinterested work. i

Recently the department has been placed in charge of Mr. Samuel

Henshaw.”

Dr. M. C. Cooke, the well-known English mycologist, has brought

together an account of the fungi parasitic upon insects in a volume

recently published by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge

(London, 1892).

We learn from The Entomologists Monthly Magazine that Mr. Oswald

- Latter reported at a recent meeting of the London Entomologics

Society that the moth Dicranura vinula produces, probably from

mouth, a solution of caustic potash for the purpose of softening the

cocoon.

An interesting summary of the value of entomological study bas

been sent out by Mr. James Fletcher in the report of his Evidot

mons.

before the Committee on Agriculture of the Canadian House s “

1893.] Psychology. 171

PSYCHOLOGY.

Vision in a Young Girl Six Years of Age, Operated Upon

for Double Congenital Cataract.—M. Grafé has published in the

Revue Scientifique July 16, 1892, an interesting account of an opera-

tion for double cataract, performed by M. Bribosia upon a blind girl

5 years of age, and discusses, in the same paper, some questions of

sight psychology. This reminds me of a similar operation performed

by myself several years ago upon a young girl 6 years old, born with

a double white cataract. Some notes of that operation, which I have

kept, will perhaps be of use to M. A. Grafé in the researches he has

undertaken in a new field.

What are the sensory impressions and emotions of a person born

blind when the veil which has hidden from him the marvellous world

is suddently rent? Would he, at first sight, see, as has been taught,

objects reversed, in consequence of the crossing of the rays of light

` from the object before their contact with the retina? Would he have

intuitively an idea of distance and of the third dimension of matter,

or would this idea be gained by observation and experience?

In order to succeed in solving the problems of optical physics and -

visual psychology, M. A. Grafé arrived a little late after the operation

by M. Bribosia. I had opportunities in the case of the child 6 years

of age, more advantageous for studying the curious phenomena which

took place, not only during the operation, but also during the dressing

of the wound and the first exercise of the newly acquired sense.

The following are the notes of the operation :

Julie D. had a double white congenital cataract at the age of 6 years.

She perceived less and less from infancy the light of day, even after

the local use of belladonna. Being intelligent, she had acquired a

variety of knowledge from conversation. Touch and hearing had

become very sensitive, and her memory was excellent.

I operated upon both eyes at the same time, as was my custom with

double cataract in old people as well as young. But, in order to avoid

a sudden flood of light, I operate always in a slightly darkened room ;

and before attending to the second eye, I hermetically seal the first

with a simple bandage. The dressing of the wound for the first few

days is done in the same manner in a similarly darkened room.

When I allowed Julie D. for the first time to remove the bandage

from her eyes she had a slight sensation of dizziness, which made her

172 The American Naturalist. [February,

put her hands to her face. Then she saw at a little distance objects

which she recognized by their shape; a coffee-mill, my hands, knives,

forks, a plate, a cup, a watch, a handkerchief, etc., the forms of which

she had become familiar with through touch during her long blindness,

But she could not distinguish color. She would make hap-hazard

guesses at red, green, blue, and yellow, but could sometimes recognize

black and white. I was anxious to know her first optical impression

as to the position of objects, whether they appeared right or reversed.

With this idea in mind I showed her, first of all, a coffee-mill, held at

the distance of a meter from her, and said, “ What is this?” “My

coffee-mill,” said she without hesitation. ‘How do I hold it, with the

drawer on top or on thebottom?” “It is below, as it ought to be.”

Thinking that the child was answering in accordance with her precon-

ceived notions contrary to her first visual sensation, I showed her a

knife fixed vertically by two threads to a sheet of white paper, aid

asked her to show me with her hand where was the handle of the knife,

at the top or the bottom of the paper. She pointed immediately with

her right hand to the handle, saying: “It is there, at the top.” This

was correct.

I did not indulge my scientific curiosity further at that time. At

the second and third interviews which took place the sixth and seventh

. day after the operation, Julie was no longer deceived as to colors, but

she still imagined as she had at first, that everything she saw was

within reach. Space, height and volume did not as yet exist for her.

However, she appreciated perfectly the distance of sounds. When

objects were held for her at less than a meter’s length, she would -

instinctively draw back, feeling, as she said, that they would strike her

eyes. As to everything she saw that was at more than arm’s length,

they all seemed ranged on the same line, that is, all seemed equally

distant. But this illusion did not last dong. The sense of touch had

- given her such just ideas of the form, the size, and the different dimen-

sions of buildings, persons and the objects in the midst of which she

had lived, that ideas of perspective and appreciation of distances were

speedily acquired. os

At the end of fifteen days she said she had almost forgotten that she

had ever been blind.

Had she, in the presence of what we call the wonders of nature,

the flowers, the trees, the monuments, the country, the storms, the sky

with its myriad stars, the sun and the moon, that awakening of ~ n

imagination roused by a spectacle as magnificent, as unexpected, whic

expresses itself in an ecstatic admiration? She was astonished at all, A

1893.] Psychology. 173

but she admired nothing. Had she dreamed, perhaps, during that

long night of six years more and better things than the realities which

unfolded themselves before her eyes?

It is a fact that the persons who have lost their sight, and recovered

it through an operation, have shown more pleasure at seeing again

their relations, their friends, and their coffee-mills than did Julie D.

at seeing for the first time all the objects of which she could have had

only a feeble and imperfect idea gained either through the sense of

touch or from descriptions given her by others—H. Boéns, Revue

Scientifique, Oct. 29, 1892.

ARCH ZOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.

Area and Population of European Countries.—M. E. Lav-

asseur, in a communication to the Academie des Sciences on March

21, 1892, calls attention to the diversity usually to be found in statis-

tics of area and population in standard works of reference. Consider-

ing only such high class publications as “ Die Bevölkerung der Erde,”

the “Almanach de Gotha,” and the “Statesman’s Year-Book,” he

points out that diversity does not necessarily convict any of error, as

the approximation to the exact figures may be arrived at in different

ways; that, in fact, absolute agreement in statistics is a sign that they

have been copied by one writer from another. In some cases the areas

of countries are officially derived from cadastral surveys, which, as a

matter of fact, often do not include the whole land and water area of

a country, geographers not being agreed as to what water areas should

__ be reckoned along with the land. In other cases official or semi-offi-

cial measurements are made on large-scale topographical maps, and the

degree of approximation must vary with the scale, and with the tech-

nical skill of the computor. Some countries are content with meas-

urements or estimates made by individuals, such as those of Strel-

bitsky and of Perthes’ Institute. The calculation of population is

still more uncertain, being dependent on census returns (themselves

imperfect), calculated to any given intermediate date by eeguesemnaes

derived from registers of births, deaths, immigration and emigration.

In a table brought down to the end of 1890 M. Levasseur gives a con-

Spectus of the area, population, and density of population of the

countries of Europe, classed in four groups, as follows :

174 The American Naturalist. [February,

Density

Inhabitants. Area, sq. m. per sq. m.

Western Europe......... 87,109,000 352,300 247

Central Europe........... 93,609,000 464,400 200

Southern Europe......... 71,826,000 557,800 130

rn Europe........+. 98,000,000 2,106,500 47

Northern Europe......... 9,100,000 378,000 23

All Europe 359,635,000 3,859,200 93.1

Notes as to the various estimates are appended ; those relating to the

German Empire may be cited as an example. The “ Bevölkerung der

Erde” in 1872 gave the area as 207,816 square miles ; in 1874 as m

935; in 1876 as 207,943; in 1878, as in 1880 as 207,883;

1882 as 207,899; in 1891 as 207,861; while Strelbitsky’s measure-

ment is 208,008, and that adopted in the tables from the “ Statistisches a

Jahrbuch fiir deutsches Reich” for 1891 is 207,929 square miles— —

Proceeds. Roy. Geog. Soc., July, 1892. i

A Measure of Civilization.—Dr. Lamborn suggests that the

proportionate length the artist gives the face or head to the body

might be considered a measure of civilization. He finds that the Jais

Spanish artists give 103 faces to the height. Dürer 10 to 1.

Spanish artists 9 to 1. The measurements of a number of wood cuts

of the Fifteenth Century run 5} to 1 and 6} to 1. The Mexican

images are 4 to 1, 3} to 1, and 3 to 1. The gold figures of Peru masè

the head larger than the body. (Lamborn’s History of Mexican Art)

1893,] Microscopy. ` 175

MICROSCOPY

On the Restoration of Osmic Acid Solutions.—The

osmic acid so valuable to the histologist as a fixing reagent, is

known to the chemist as osmium tetroxide, Os O,, and is one of the

series of osmium compounds with oxygen. It is readily reduced in

the presence of an organic substance, giving up two atoms of oxygen

and forming the deutoxide, Os O,. This is the well-known black pow-

der so familiar in specimens killed in any of the fluids into which osmice

acid enters. Osmium tetroxide affects fatty substances first, and these

are the substances that most readily undergo oxidation. Prolonged

exposure to the action of the tetroxide blackens the tissue so that it is

useless for histological purposes.

In preparing stock solutions of osium tetroxide the greatest care

must be taken to exclude organic matter, even acetic acid in the quan-

tity called for in Flemming’s stronger fluid, is liable to cause the

reduction of the tetroxide. A trace of impurity in the distilled water

sooner or later produces the fatal blackening, while a solution made

with pure water will keep indefinitely in the light. Let but a trace

of dust fall into the bottle and reduction will take place to some

degree.

During the summer of 1892, at the Marine Biological Laboratory

at Woods Holl, Mass., a large number of solutions were treated with

peroxide of hydrogen, H, O,, and different investigators tested them

with uniformly good results. The restored solutions acted in the same

manner as the fresh solutions, and produced the same results ; the only

noticeable difference was a gradual weakening of the solution, as

would naturally be expected. Specimens overblackened by the action

of the peroxide were rendered colorless without perceptibly changing

the character of the tissue, and a few experiments were made to deter-

mine whether the bleaching with peroxide could be so controlled as to

leave certain tissues blackened while others were cleared. This quan-

titative bleaching with peroxide yielded no very good results in the

few experiments made, but enough was accomplished to warrant further

attem

cacy of the restoration and the bleaching further demon-

strates that no injurious factor enters into the result as is shown by the

following equations :

This department is edited by C. O. Whitman, University of Chicago.

176 The American Naturalist. [February,

Os O, + organi¢ substance = Os O, + oxidized organic substance.

Os O, + 2H,0, = Os O, + 2H,0. .

That is, in bleaching a tissue, the Os O, is converted into Os O, and

water is formed, with which the tissue is already saturated.

To restore 100 cc. of a 1% solution of osmium tetroxide requires

from 10 to 20 drops of fresh peroxide of hydrogen, and clearing goes

on better in full sunlight. To bleach tissue with peroxide requires

about the same amount in 100 ce. of water, and the bleaching takes

place better in the sunlight also. The amount needed cannot be stated

with any more precision because the peroxide loses its strength some-

what with age. The peroxide made by the Oakland Chemical Co., 54

South Avenue, New York, is more stable and keeps better than many

of the preparations in the market.—C. L. BRISTOL.

PROCEEDINGS OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES.

The Geological Society of America.—The Fifth Annual

Meeting was held at Ottawa, Canada, on December 28, 1892, and fol-

lowing days. The following papers were read: Notes on the Early

Palæozoic Sponges, Sir J. William Dawson, Montreal, Can.; Noteson

the Devonian Formation of Manitoba and the N. W. Territories, J.F.

Whiteaves, Ottawa, Ont. The object of this paper was to show the

relationship of Devonian formation of Manitoba and the N. W. Ter-

ritories with that of Northern Europe. In Manitoba the Stringoceph-

alus zone is remarkably well developed and holds a rich fauna, whereas

in the Mackenzie River district, most of the fossils so far collected

seem to be from the Cuboides zone. On the Coals and Petroleums of ‘a

the Crows’s Nest. Pass, Rocky Mountains, A. R. C. Selwyn, Ottawa,

Ont.; On the Geology of Natural Gas and Petroleum in Ontario, H.

P. Brumell, Ottawa, Ont. A brief résumé of work done in gas and

oil explorations in Ontario, and dealing with the geological evidence 5

adduced from record of wells sunk. Including also a short account of

the geology of Southwestern Ontario. Some Features of the Phos

phate Bearing Rocks of Ottawa County, P. Q., Elfrie Drew Ingall, :

Assoc. Royal School of Mines, Eng. (Introduced by J. B. Tyrrell.)

This was a preliminary paper, based upon field observations, discussing

_ the phenomena exhibited by the Apatite deposits and their associated —

rocks in their bearing upon the question of the probable mode of for

mation of these deposits. Some Maryland Granites and Their Origm,

Charles Rollin Keyes, Des Moines, Ia. A brief sketch of the granite

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 177

rocks of Marylend, with a summary of the reasons for regarding them

as eruptive in origin. Epidote as a Primary Component in Granites,

Charles Rollin Keyes,!Des Moines, Ia. Occurrences of the mineral in

certain granites regarded as eruptive described, the evidences of its

original nature explained and its associations with the closely related

Allanite considered. On the Laurentian of the Ottawa District, Rob-

ert W. Ells, Ottawa, Ont. The paper briefly reviewed the work of

the late Sir Wm. Logan in this district, forty years ago, and discussed

the structure of the calcareous portion of the system, more partic-

ularly as regards the relationship of the crystalline limestones to the

underlying gneiss; with a brief statement of the several kinds of

intrusive rocks which penetrate both the gneiss and limestone, and

their apparent influence upon the occurrence of the economic minerals,

such as graphite, apatite and mica. The Contact of the Laurentian

and Huronian North of Lake Huron, Robert Bell, Ottawa, Ont. The

line of contact between the Great Huronian Belt to the northward

and the Laurentian area to the southward was traced from near Killar-

ney on Lake Huron to its intersection with the Ottawa River. The

two sets of rocks in this region were described with regard to their

structure and their relations to one another. The nature of their con-

tact here and in other instances in Canada was described in connection

with the question of the conformability or otherwise of the two sys-

tems. Reference was made to tl t linary develop tof quartzit

in the LaCloche region, to certain forms resembling fossils lately dis-

covered by the writer in the Huronian rocks of the vicinity, to the

greenstone masses and dykes, to the nature of the granites and to other

points in connection with the geology of the district. The marked

dependence of the physical geography upon the phenomena of erys-

talline rocks of the region was likewise pointed out. The Archean

Rocks West of Lake Superior, W. H. C. Smith, Ottawa, Ont. (Intro-

duced by R. W. Ells.) This paper gave a brief description of the

rocks and their distribution between the Lake of the Woods and Lake

Superior north of the International boundary and referred to some

of the theories of origin and structure of the various members of the

Archean system and to the iron orés and gold-bearing rocks of the

region. On the Archean of Sudbury Mining District, Alfred E.

Barlow, M. A., Geological Survey Department, Ottawa, Ont. This

paper related in detail the various phenomena in connection with

the contact between the Laurentian and Huronian to the northeast of

Lake Huron, with a discussion of the origin and relative age of each,

based on these observations. Notes on Cambrian Fossils from the

178 The American Naturalist. [February,

Selkirks and Rocky Mountain Region of Canada, Henry M. Ami,

Ottawa, Ont. This paper was based mainly upon a collection of Lower __

and Middle Cambrian fossils made by the author in the summer of

1891. It contains notes on some eight species of Lower Cambrian

(Olenellus zone) fossils from the gray, glossy and calcareous schists

and limestones of the entrance to the Selkirks, some two miles west of

Donald, British Columbia. The latter part of the paper dealt with

the forms met with in the Middle Cambrian of Mount Stephen in the

Rocky Mountains, near Field, B. C., where the terrane is highly fossil- _

iferous. Upwards of twenty species have been recorded from this

locality, many of which are very interesting and well preserved. On |

the Potsdam and Calciferous Terranes of the Ottawa Paleozoic Basin,

Henry M. Ami, Ottawa, Ont. The stratigraphical, lithological and

paleontological relations of the Potsdam and Calciferous terranes, as 3

seen and known in the Ottawa palæozoic basin and elsewhere weredis- |

cussed in this paper ; also the reference of these two terranes to the

Cambro-‘Silurian or Ordovician Epoch instead of to the Cambrian

Epoch, inferred from the internal evidence. The Criteria for the Rec-

ognition of Separate Ice Epochs, R. D. Salisbury, Chicago, Ill.; Note

on the Geology of Middleton Island, Alaska, George M. Dawson, a

Ottawa, Ont. This short paper was devoted principally to the descrip- a

tion of a boulder-clay or till from Middleton Island, which is foundto — n

contain some marine fossils. Eskers Near Rochester, N. Y., Warren

Upham, Somerville, Mass. The Pinnacle Hills, a very remarkable

esker series in the southeastern suburbs of Rochester, were described |

and attributed to deposition by a glacial river flowing between wals

of ice and open above to the sky. Their material, which is shown "

have been englacial, is chiefly gravel and sand, but also comprises m

some parts very abundant and large boulders, some of which are lified

200 feet or more above their sources within a few miles on a nearly —

plain country. Similar explanations are also applicable to other oo

eskers in Pittsford, several miles farther southeast. Comparison of a

Plistocene and Present Ice-Sheets, Warren Upham, Somerville, Mas. a

The Plistocene ice sheets of North America and Europe were compare? a

with the now existing Malaspina, Greenland, and Antarctic ice-sheet :

as to their areas, surface slopes and probable thickness, rates of erosioP

and ablation, subglacial and englacial drifi, and manner of deposition a

of various drift formations. The Malaspina glacier or ice-sheet, COW

`. ered on its wasting borders by much drift and growing forests, we

believed to afford explanations of forest beds between deposits fe

till, and of the peculiar drift accumulations named drumlins, both

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 179

being attributable to stages in the general recession of the North

American ice-sheet when increased snowfal] and onflow of the ice slack-

ened its retreat or caused it temporarily to re-advance. Under this

view, the Ice-Age seems probably to have comprised only one great

epoch of glaciation, with moderate oscillations of the ice-front, and to

have been geologically brief. Plistocene Phenomena in the Region

Southeast and East of Lake Athabaska, Canada, J. B. Tyrrell, Ottawa,

Can. The paper was the result of an exploration conducted by the

writer during the past summer in the hitherto unexplored region lying

southeast of Athabaska Lake and north of Churchill River. The

region has some strongly marked glacial features. The writer dis-

discussed the striation and character of the rock surfaces, the occurrence

of till, drumlins, kames, and other glacial phenomena, Some high-

level beaches, terraces, and other post-glacial deposits were also noted.

Notes on the Glacial Geology of the Northeast Territories, A. P. Low,

Ottawa, Ont. A short account of the geography and surface geology

of the western water-shed of Labrador Peninsula, derived from explor-

ations on the Rupert; East Main, Big, Great Whale and Clearwater

Rivers, and along the east coast of Hudson Bay. Notes on the Gold

Range in British Columbia, James McEvoy, B. A. Se., Ottawa, Ont.

(Introduced by H. M. Ami.) A short description of the topography

of the Gold Range and part of the adjoining Interior Plateau country,

with notes on the glacial geology of the same. The Glacial Gravels

of Glacier Bay, Alaska, Harry Fielding Reid, Cleveland, Ohio (Intro-

duced by J. S. Diller). The Post-glacial Outlet of the Great Lakes

Through Lake Nippissing and the Mattawa River, G. Frederick

- Wright, Oberlin, O.; The Height of the Bay of Fundy Coast in the

Glacial Period Relative to Sea Level, as Evidenced by Marine Fossils

in the Boulder Clay at Saint John, New Brunswick, Robert Chalmers,

Ottawa, Ont. Description of locality, area and thickness of boulder-

clay. Divergent strie on underlying rocks. The materials of the

boulder-clay from the north. Intercalated stratified portions and their

fossils deposited in the sea. Sections at Fern Ledges and Negrotown

Point given. The conclusions are that the climate was Arctic or sub-

arctic; that the boulder clay here was formed by a number of suc-

cessive accretions in a zone of oscillation of the ice-front, and that its

upper portion at least was thrown down when the lands stood atom

200 feet below its present level. On Certain Features in the Distribu-

tion of the Columbia Formation on the Middle Atlantic Slope, N. H.

Darton, Washington, D. C. This paper was a description of rela-

tions indicating an interval of erosion between the depositions of the

180 The American Naturalist. [February,

high-level and low-level portions of the formation, beginning in South-

ern Maryland and gradually increasing northward to New Jersey. A

Geological Reconnoissance in the Central Part of the State of Wash-

ington, Israel C. Russell, Ann Arbor, Mich. The region traversed

embraces about 10,000 square miles in the arid region east of the cas-

cades and drained by the Columbia. The reconnoisance was made for

the purpose of learning how far the conditions there existing favor the

project of obtaining artesian water for irrigation. The following is

a syllabus of the paper.

Geography of the region explored.

Geological formations.

Crystalline rocks. |

Columbin toe } Tertiary. Glacial records, ) Pleistocene.

ake Lewis,

Geological structure. Existing lakes. Artesian water supply.

The Abandoned Strands of Lake Warren, Andrew C. Lawson,

' Berkeley, Cal. The strands of Lake Warren, on the north side of

Lake Superior, up to an elevation of 1200 feet above sea-level are

post-glacial. It was not an ice-dammed lake. There was an outlet

northward corresponding to one of its higher stages. A post-glacial

depression of Central Canada whereby the James Bay slope was covered

with marine sediments to a present altitude of 450 feet above tide and

only 150 miles distant from Lake Superior is correlated with the max-

imum fullness of Lake Warren, and the subsequent uplift is correlated

with its subsidence. The strand lines show no evidence of deforma-

tion. In the absence of ice dams and of a gorge of permanent drain-

age, the Level of Lake Warren could only have been lowered by

epeirogenic depression along its southeastern margin, i. e., in the region

south of Lakes Huron and Michigan, which depression is thus coeval —

with the post-glacial uplift of central Canada. High terraces and

beaches are known to extend along the north side of Lake Huron from

Sault St. Marie eastward and they are reported on the high lands of

the Peninsula of Ontario; so that Lake Warren must have been the

greatest of the known Quaternary Lakes. Its area is roughly estima-

ted at 150,000 square miles. The Importance of Photography in

Illustrating Geological Structure, R. W. Ells, Ottawa, Ont. In con-

nection with this paper was shown a series of large photographs by

Topley, taken under the direction of the writer, showing more clearly

the mode of occurrence of the apatite in the deposit of the Bucking- |

ham and Lievre district, as well as the relations of the intrusive

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies, 181

apatite-bearing rocks to the surrounding gneiss. Two Neocene Rivers

of California, Waldemar Lindgren, Washington, D. C. It wasthe pur-

pose of this paper to briefly indicate the direction and grade of the

principal forks of the Neocene equivalents of the present Yuba and

American Rivers. These streams now drain an area in which many

important Neocene gravel deposits are located, and to trace the old

water courses is of the highest importance in order to successfully open

and mine the auriferous channels. The results recorded here have

been reached during the course of the investigation of the Gold Belt

carried out under the direction of Dr. G. F. Becker, by the U. 8.

Geological Survey.

The geological events related to the accumulation and covering up

of the Neocene channels were briefly sketched and the different systems

of channels described. The fact was accentuated that the Neocene

rivers closely correspond to those of the present day in the extent of

their watersheds, although by no means always in the direction of

their principal forks. A short statement was given of the work pre-

viously done in the same field by other investigators.

The course of the Neocene Yuba and American Rivers was des-

cribed, by the aid of a map, on a small scale. In places where

differing results have been obtained from those of other observers, or

where new facts have been brought out, a more detailed statement was

given. Practical results : The greater part of these Neocene channels is

now covered by heavy masses of volcanic material and many of them,

though auriferous, have not yet been opened for mining operations.

The vontinuity of certain channels under the lava cap can be asserted

and their approximate positions indicated ; some of them, most likely

to prove remunerative, but which have not yet been opened up, were

mentioned; among them are the Blue Tent Channel, the Long

Canyon Channel, and the Webber Creek Channel.

Boston Society of Natural History.—Dec. 21.—The follow-

ing papers were read: Some New Experiments on the Absorption of

Liquids by Aerial Parts of Plants, Mr. W. F. Ganong; The Abdom-

inal Pouch of Butterflies of the Genus Parnassius, Mr. 8. H. Seudder;

Columnar Structure in Stratified Rock, Prof. W. H. Niles.

- January 4, 1893.—The following papers were read : Account of Some

of the Botanical Establishments of Europe (photographs were shown),

Prof. W. G. Farlow ; Application of the Microscope to the Study of

Rocks (colored stereopticon views were shown), Dr. J. Eliot Wolff.

SAMUEL HENSHAW, Secretary.

182 The American Naturalist. [February,

New York Academy of Sciences, Biological Section.—

Meeting of Dec. 12.—The following is a synopsis of the papers: On

the Miocene Deposits of the White River, by Dr. J. L. Wortman;

These deposits were arranged in three groups, lower or Menodus beds,

middle or Oreodon beds, and upper or Protoceras beds. The Protoceras

beds were regarded as in part contemporary with the John Day beds

of Oregon. On the ileo-colic junction of Procyon lotor and allied

Arctoids, by G. S. Huntington. The absence of cecum in Procyon

was noted as repeating the condition found in Hyzena and the Urside.

The provision for preventing return of contents of large intestine

appears to consist in a series of constrictions in the terminal part 0

the ileum together with increase in the circular muscular fibres in

these situations as well as at the ileo-colic junction itself. There is a

complete absence of an ileo-colic valve. On the Origin of West Indian

Bird Life, by F. M. Chapman. Conclusions from study of bird and

mammal life were (1) distinctness geologically of Lesser from Greater

Antilles ; (2) independence of islands from mainland since the appear- —

ance of the present fauna; (3) original connection of West Indies to

Central America by way of Jamaica ; Central America at this time an

archipelago created by passage leading from Pacific to Carribean Sea;

(4) the older faunal forms of the West Indies represent survivors of the

insular Tertiary species ; (5) the newer forms are immigrants and become

differentiated under new conditions of living. H. F. Osborn reported

the discovery in the Miocene of South Dakota of a horned artiodac-

tyle represented by male and female skulls and complete fore and hind

fect. The female skull is comparatively hornless and proves to be

identical with Protoceras celer Marsh. The male skull exhibits no less

than five protuberances upon each side or ten altogether. Two of these

upon the frontals and sides of the maxillaries are very small ; the

parietal, supraorbital and maxillary protuberances are very promi-

nent and had apparently a dermal covering as

are four toes in front and two behind as in the early

types were found by Dr. J. L. Wortman, and are in

tions of the Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Basurorp DEAN, See. Biol. Section.

Tragulide. The

the recent collec:

Natural Science Association of Staten Isla

1892.—The election of officers for the ensuing year resulted as follows:

President, Walter C. Kerr ; treasurer, Thos. Craig ; recording secretary»

Joseph C. Thompson ; corresponding secretary, Arthur Hollick. A

paper on Our Historic Landmarks, by Mr. Ira K. Morris, was by

in the giraffe. There

EA E,

A E RERE ANT EE E E PEN

a ea ee Su REY

nd.—Nov. 1%

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies, 183

title, and will be published as a“ special” later on, Dr. N. L. Britton

presented specimens of Aspidium cristatum (L.) Sw., collected by Mrs.

N. L. Britton, near Oakwood. This fern is exceedingly rare on Staten

Island, having been previously reported from but two localities, in one

of which, the Clove Lake Swamp, it has been since exterminated.

Mr. Arthur Hollick read the following paper Upon Additions to the

Cretaceous Flora of Staten Island.

At the meeting of January 2, 1892, I gave a preliminary account

of the Cretaceous fauna and flora of the island so far as studied up to

that date. At the meeting of March 12, the rediscovery of fossil

leaves in the Kreischerville clays was recorded, and also the discovery

of a large fossil leaf near Richmond Valley. At the meeting of

September 10 the discovery by Mr. Heinrich Ries of fossil léaves in

the Cretaceous clay at Green Ridge was recorded and since that time

Mr. Wm. T. Davis has turned over to me a number of other specimens

found by him in the clay at Kreischerville.

All this new material and such of the old as had not been critically

examined has been the subject of careful study by me during the past

few months with the result that there has been added at least thirty-

eight species to our Cretaceous flora.

Most of them were known previously from the clays of Woodbridge

or Amboy, N. J., but others have not before been reported from East-

ern North America and we here have their first recorded occurrence in

this region. Of these fourteen represent species new to science.

The specimens have all been shown from time to time at our meet-

ings, and from these careful drawings have been made. The entire

subject will be presented before the New York Academy of Sciences

shortly, with full descriptions and figures of all the new species, which

will be published in the Transactions in due time.

We have forty-seven species representing the flora of the Cretaceous

formation on Staten Island: All the specimens from Tottenville,

Richmond Valley, Princes Bay and Arrochar are in ferruginous rock

of a concretionary character and are well preserved. Those from the

clays of Green Ridge and Kreischerville soon began to disintegrate

upon exposure to the air and are now mostly useless for purposes of

identification. <

Dec. 17, 1892.—A specimen of European “Gorse” or “ Furze,” sent

by Dr. F. Hollick, was shown and the following memorandum read :

The accompanying specimen was obtained Nov. 10, from a wren

bush, about a foot in height, of European furze (Ulex mop ),

Which is growing wild on Ward’s Hill, Tompkinsville. I first discov-

184 The American Naturalist. (February, a

ered it during the early autumn. To all appearances the plant is

self-seeded, and is remote from any garden or cultivated ground. The

only other vegetation in the vicinity is short stunted grass, so that the

bush in spite of its small size, is a conspicuous object and has probably

only escaped destruction by reason of its sharp prickly foliage. The

locality is strikingly similar to the “commons” or “downs” where it

grows in Great Britain. How it came here is a mystery, as the only

other place where it is known to occur in America, so far as I am

aware, is on the Island of Nantucket, where it was introduced about :

1860, and has since spread to some extent. If protected and encour- 7

aged it would doubtless become established here and spread as it has

done in the latter locality.

Mr. William T. Davis exhibited Cecropia cocoons which had been

partly destroyed by woodpeckers, and read the following paper on

woodpeckers and cecropia cocoons.

The caterpillars of the Ceeropia moth spin their cocoons in a variety

of places; occasionally on the flat side of a board fence, sometimes at :

the base of bushes such as the elder, and sometimes at the ends of sway- a

ing branches when the food plant happens to be a tree. The cocoons

spun near the ground are often devoured by mice that gnaw through

the silken coats to the edible pupa within. Specimens,which had been

thus destroyed were shown to this Association by Mr. Joseph C.

Thompson on Dec. 12, 1889. Cocoons that are placed on tree branches

are more safe from the attacks of mice, but are liable to be eaten by

woodpeckers.

On January 14, 1888, I saw a downy woodpecker investigating a

Cecropia cocoon in a white maple, the woodpecker thrusting its bill i

and pulling it out of the cocoon quite frequently. After a while it

flew to another cocoon a few feet away, but it being on such a small

branch it was unable to successfully pick it open, as the branch swayed —

up and down. It was then plain what a great protection it was to the —

insects to place their cocoons near the branch ends, though no doubt |

they are sometimes killed by the swaying of these branches during &

storm. ; L

_ When the woodpecker was gone I cut the cocoon off and found a —

small hole on its side quite near the branch, where it was easiest to $

drill because the silken fabric gave way the least to the strokes of the

bird. Cutting open the other side of the cocoon, I found that the pup#

shell was sucked nearly dry of its contents. A

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 185

_ The Cecropia cocoons, occurring commonly on white maples, are

generally placed near the ends of the long drooping branches, and it

will be seen from the foregoing that it is probably the safest situation

afforded by the tree. Near my home there isa small white maple that

has eight Cecropia cocoons on its branches, but only two of them, from

their position, can be injured by a woodpecker.

If a woodpecker is successful in making a hole into a cocoon it is

nevertheless sometimes disappointed at its contents. I have found a

cocoon that contained the tough case of an Ichneumon fly pupa

(Ophion), which had been drilled in the side by a woodpecker, and

then abandoned, leaving the parasite unharmed.

Mr. Davis also submitted the following note:

The tawny thrush or Veery (Turdus fuscescens), has not been-

reported as nesting on the Island, but during the last spring and sum-

mer it was not uncommon at Watchogue. Several would often be

heard singing at the same time, or be seen walking, hopping or run-

ning, for they do all three, along the wood paths and stopping by the

way to turn over a countless number of dead leaves for the insects to

be found beneath them. In every instance they frequented the edge

of the close timber near to some open or half cleared ground, whither

they often flew.

On June 26 I noticed a Veery carrying food in her bill, and was

thus enabled, after a time, to discover a young bird perched on a log

in a thick growth on the edge of a’ swamp. On July 10, with Mr.

Walter Granger, of the American Museum, I heard many Veeries

singing, but we were unsuccessful in finding a nest of the second brood.

It seems probable that this thrush has only been plentiful at Watch-

ogue during the past summer, for just as close attention has been given

to the district for a number of years, and yet only once before, namely

in May, 1891, was a Veery heard singing.

Mr. Arthur Hollick read Notes on Staten Island Clays collected for

the World’s Fair. Le

Mr. L. P. Gratacap exhibited berries of Smilox rotundifolia and

submitted a memorandum in connection with them. an

Mr. Gratacap also exhibited drawings from microscopic examination

of rocks to which seaweed had been attached, and read the following

note:

The great quantity of rock used in constructing the roadbed of the

Rapid Transit Railroad along our north shore has introduced upon the

island a very representative collection of N. Y. Island rock, including

mica schists, gneiss and granite. It serves the double purpose afford-

186 The American Naturalist. [February,

ing the local mineralogists an opportunity to study and collect feldspar,

' quartz and mica, with associated garnets and tourmalines and is a

suggestion as well of the underlying reefs of archæan metamorphic

masses upon which our own island is built, and our geological relation-

ship with New York from whose ledges the rocks have been trans-

ported. Wherever these fragments have rolled down to the waters’

edge or are so placed as to be inundated by the high tides, a very vig-

orous growth of the green filamentous seaweed (Calothrix?) has

appeared. I am not sure that it is more marked than the similar

growth over the traps, sandstones and shales which were the previous

occupants of the shores of the Island, and which have been somewhat

displaced from their intimacy with the waves and currents of the Kill

van Kull by these later arrivals, but it does seem to me as if it had

developed with interesting rapidity. The schistose flaky character of

many or most of these fragments may have conduced to facilitate this

luxuriant development; and where, as in the case of granite veins, the

feldspar is coarsely brecciated, the interlacing lines of angular defini-

tion between the crystals offer a crevice for attachment. As a fact the a

lamellar fragments are more quickly invaded. a

Placing under a microscope flakes of mica, feldspar and quartz, we :

can see the delicate filaments of the alga penetrating the films of the

mica or occupying pits and irregular surfaces of the feldspar with dis-

tributed spots of green granules. Sometimes lacunæ or minute cavi-

ties, situated a little way within the edge of mica flakes, will be filled

with the green spore-like groups. A few rude drawings show approx-

imately some of the phases in this process of investment of the rock

by the seaweed. say

Cumulative effects have of late been much emphasized, and it is not cs

unlikely that the alternating drying and swelling, from exposure to the —

sun at low and submergence at high water, of this alga may sensibly

determine the duration, as a mass, of the more schistose or friable

rocks, when the tiny extensions of this subtle enemy have effected an

entrance within their substance. : ge

The American Psychological Association—Met at Phila-

delphia, University of Pennsylvania, Tuesday and Wednesday, Dee. .

27 and 28, 1892. On Tuesday, Dec. 27 there was a business meeting

at which the nature of a permanent organization and other important -

questions will be discussed. The following papers were read : :

Errors of Observation in Physics and Psychology; Prof. J. McK. —

Cattell, Columbia College; Experiments Upon Pain, Dr. Herbert —

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 187

Nichols, Harvard University ; Tactile Estimates of Thickness, Prof.

Edward Pace, Catholic University, Washington; Some Experiments

Upon the Æsthetics of Visual Form, Prof. Lightmer Witmer, Univer-

sity of Pennsylvania ; Investigations of Reaction-times of Various

Classes of Persons, Prof. Lightmer Witmer, University of Pennsyl-

vania ; History and Prospects of Experimental Psychology in America,

President G. Stanley Hall, Clark University ; Experimental Psychol-

ogy at the World’s Fair, Prof. Joseph Jastrow, University of

Wisconsin.

Wednesday, Dee. 28,—Certain Phenomena of Rotation, Dr. Herbert

Nichols, Harvard University ; Note Upon the Controversy Regarding

the Relation of the Intensity of the Stimulus to the Reaction Time,

Prof. W. M. Bryan, University of Indiana ; Minor Studies at the

Psychological Laboratory of Clark University, Dr. E. ©. Sanford,

Clark University ; Preliminary Notes Upon Psychological Tests in the

Schools. of Springfield, Mass., Prof. W. M. Bryan, University of

Indiana.

Anthropological Society of Washington.—Dec. 20, 1892.—

The program of exercises was as follows: Is Simplified Spelling Feas-

ible? (Symposium.) Discussion by Prof. F. A. March, of Lafayette

College, Hon. A. R. Spofford, Hon. Wm. T. Harris, Hon. Edwin

Willits.

January 3, 1893.—The program of exercises was the following: Is

Simplified Spelling Feasible as Proposed by the English and American

Philological Societies? (Close of the Symposium. ) Discussion by

Prof. Lester F. Ward, Prof. Wm. B. Powell, Mr. James C. Pilling,

Prof. Benj. E. Smith, Editor Century Dictionary ; Dr. Charles R. G.

Scott, Editor Worcester Dictionary; Mr. E. T. Peters, Major John W.

Powell and Weston Flint. The discussion was closed by Hon. A. R.

Spofford and Dr. Wm. T. Harris—W Eston FLINT, Secretary.

The BiologicalSociety of W ashington.—Dec.17,1 892.-The prin-

cipal topic of the evening was What Should be the Seope and Object of a

Biological Society ? Introduced by Mr. B. E. Fernow. The following

communications were read: Frost Freaks of the Dittany, Prof. Lester

F. Ward ; Notes on Peach Rosette, Dr. Erwin F. Smith ; Destruction

‘of Lichens on Pear Trees, Mr. M. B- Waite; Notes on Apple and Pear

Fusicladii, Mr. D. G. Papen Se 1 toi Rovio

Indiana Academy of Science.—The eighth annual meeting

was held in the Capitol Building at Indianapolis Dee. 28 and 29.

188 The American Naturalist. [February,

There was a large attendance of members and visitors. President J.

L. Campbell, Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind., presided. The

large number of papers entered made imperative the meeting of the

Academy in three sections in the afternoon of the first day. These

were so constituted that papers on mathematics, physics, chemistry

and geology were read in one section; on botany in another; on

zoology and anthropology in a third. On the evening of the first —

day the President deliyered his address on The Independence of Lib-

eral Pursuits. The following officers were elected for the next year:

President, J. C. Arthur, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.; vice

president, W. A. Noyes, Rose Polytechnic Institute, Terre Haute, Ind.,

secretary, A. W. Butler, Brookville, Ind.; assistant secretary, Stanley

Coulter, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. ; treasurer, ©. A. Waldo

De Pauw University, Greencastle, Ind. ; auditors, Thomas Gray, Rose —

Polytechnic Institute, Terre Haute, Ind.; W. S. Blatchley, High

School, Terre Haute, Ind. L. M. Underwood, De Pauw University,

Greencastle, Ind.; and W. A. Noyes, Rose Polytechnic Institute, Terre

Haute, Ind., were appointed program committee. The Academy —

decided to hold its spring meeting the third week in May in Parks —

County, Ind., closing with an evening meeting Friday at Terre

Haute, Ind.

The following papers were presented: Notes on the Reproduction —

and Development of Grinnellia americana Harv., M. A. Brannon; —

tion of High Temperatures, W. A. Noyes; Tests of the Torsional

Strength of a Steel Shaft, Thos. Gray ; An Extreme Case of Parasit- i

ism, Robert Hessler; Exhibition and Explanation of a Geologi ay

Chart, Elwood P. Cubberly; Local Variations, C. H. Eigenmann;

Botanical Field Work in Western Idaho, D. T. MacDougal; The -

Quaternion Treatment of the Motion of Two or More Bodies U ae i

the Law of Gravitation, A. S. Hathaway; The Electrical Oxidation

of Glycerin, W. E. Stone and H. N. McCoy ; Notes Concerning Testsof

the Purdue Experimental Locomotive, W.F. M.Goss ; The Electrostati 7

Theoryof Cohesionand Vander Waal’s Equation, Reginald A. Fessenden

On Sulphon-pthaleins, Walter Jones’; Quartz Suspensions, Benj. W

Snow; Observations on Glacial and Pre-glacial Erosion at Richm¢

Indiana, Joseph Moore; A Modification of Grandeau’s Method | :

TE linear eg 2 ot ft dae ak et ge Fa eee ~~

j ARE A E eee A TI T o ee EE See A

1893.] Proceedings of Scientific Societies. 189

Determination of Humus in Soils, H. A. Huston and F. W. McBride ;

Experiments with and Phenomena of Vacuum Tubes, R. A. Fessen-

den; The Extraction of Xylan from Straw in the Manufacture of

Paper, W. E. Stone and W. H. Test; The Electro-magnetic Inertia of

a Large Magnet, Thos. Gray; The Determination of Chlorine in Nat-

ural Waters, W. A. Noyes; Some New Electrical Apparatus, R. A.

Fessenden ; Thiofurfurol and its Condensation Products, W. E. Stone

and Clinton Dickson ; On the Construction and Use of a Bolometer,

B. W. Snow; On the Determination of Valence, P. S. Baker; An

Application of Mathematics in Botany, Katharine E. Golden; On

the Fertilization and Development of the Embryo in Senecio aureus,

D. M. Mottier; Distribution of the North American Cactacee (by

title), John M. Coulter; Marchantia polymorpha, not a Typical or

Representative Liver-wort, L. M. Underwood; Notes Concerning

Certain Plants of the Southwestern Counties of Indiana, John S.

Wright; Spines and Epidermis of the Cactaceæ (by title), E. B.

Uline ; Preliminary Notes on the Genus Cactus, E. M. Fisher; An

Auxanometer for the Registration of Growth of Stems in Thickness,

Katharine E. Golden; The Apical Growth of the Thallus of Fucus

vesiculosus, D. M. Mottier ; Symbiosis of Orchidaceæ, M. B. Thomas;

Notes on Pediastrum, W. L. Bray; The Genus Corallorhiza, M. B.

Thomas; Notes on Root Tubercles of Indigenous and Exogenous

Legumes in Virgin Soil of the Northwest (by title), H. L. Bolley ;

Notes on Archeology in Mexico, J. T. Scovell ; Notes on the loss of

the Vomerine Teeth with Age in the Males of the Salamander,

Desmognathus fusca (by title), F. C. Test: Modern Geographical Dis-

‘tribution of Insects in Indiana (by title), F. M. Webster; New Species

of Indiana Hymenoptera, reared at LaFayette, Ind. (by title), F. M.

Webster; Description and Elevation of Mount Orizaba, J. T. Scovell:

The Climate and Glaciers of Mounts Orizaba and Popocatapetl, J.

T. Scovell; A Mite, Probably Hypoderas columbe, Parasitic in the

Pigeon, W. W. Norman; The Locustide of Indiana with Description

of New Species, W. S. Blatchley ; Early Stages in, the Development

of Cymatogaster, C. H. Eigenmann ; Some Remarks Regarding the

Embryology of Amphiuma, O. P. Hay ; Some Structural Peculiarities

of Pacific Slope Fishes (by title), A. B. Ulrey ; Peculiar Death of an

Oriole (by title), T. B. Redding ; The Range of the American Cross-

bill (Loxia curvirostra minor) in the Ohio Valley, with Notes on its

Unusual Occurrence in Summer, A. W. Butler; A Note on Loria

curvirostra, W. S. Blatchley ; Notice of a Terrapin to be Restored to

the Fauna of Indiana, O. P. Hay; A Migration of Birds and one of

Insects, T. B. Redding: The South American Catfishes Belonging to

190 The American Naturalist. [February,

Cornell University (by title), E. M. Kindle; Notes on the Genus Lytta,

W. P. Shannon; The Ichthyologic Features of the Black Hills Region,

B. W. Evermann; Explorations in Western Canada, C. H. Eigen-

mann; Ancient Earthworks Near Anderson, Indiana, Francis A.

Walker ; The Work of the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross

in the North Pacific and Bering Sea in 1892, B. W. Evermann; A

Thermo-regulator for rooms Heated by Steam, J. C. Arthur; Archæ-

ology of Tippecanoe County, O. J. Craig; Some Indian Camping Sites

near Brookville, A. W. Butler; Relation of Kings County Traps to

those of Cumberland County, N. S., V. F. Marsters; The Traps of

Red Head, N. B., V. F. Marsters; On Birds in Western Texas and

Southern New Mexico (by title), A. W. Butler; An Account of Veg-

etable and Mineral Substances that Fell in a Snow Storm in LaPorte

County, Jan. 8-9, ’92 (by title), A. N. Somers; How a Tendril Coils,

D. T. MacDougal; Remarkable Prehistoric Relic, E. Pleas; The

Brun’s Group of Mounds, H. M. Stoops ; Some Points in the Geology of

Mount Orizaba (by title), J.T.Scovell ; Two-ocean Pass (by title), B. W.

Evermann ; The Blattide and Phasmide of Indiana, W. S. Blatchley;

Forestry Exhibit of Indiana at the Columbian Exposition, Stanley

Coulter; The Yolk Nucleus, J. W. Hubbard; Some Causes Acting

` Physiologically Toward the Destruction of Trees in Cities, J. ©.

Arthur ; British Columbia Glaciers, C. H. Eigenmann ; A State Bio-

logical Survey—a Suggestion for Our Spring Meeting, L. M. Under-

wood ; The Mounds of Brookville Township, Franklin County, Ind, S

H. M. Stoops; How the Colleges could aid the Public Schools in

Teaching Biological Subjects, W. W. Norman ; Notes on the Flora of

the Chilhowee and Great Smoky Mountains, Stanley Coulter; The”

Need of a Large Library of Reference in Cryptogamic Botany in

Indiana—W hat the Colleges are Doing to Supply the Deficiency, L. ae

M. Underwood ; Exhibition of a Series of Grouse and Ptarmigan from

Alaska, B. W. Evermann ; Botanical Assemblies in the United States

Announced for the Year 1893, J. C. Arthur; Development of Ovule

in Aster and Solidago (by title), G. W. Martin; Remarks on Arche

ological Map Making (by title), A. W. Butler ; The Lilly Herbarium

and its Work, John S. Wright; Additional Facts Regarding Forest —

Distribution in Indiana, Stanley Coulter; Rotary Blowers, John T.

Wilken ; Some Effects of Mutilation on the Forms of Leaf and Sex —

of Morus alba and Morus nigra (by title), A. N. Somers; The Craw

ford Mound (by title), H. M. Stoops.

1893.] Scientific News. 191

SCIENTIFIC NEWS.

What Is an Acquired Character ?—I suppose that I am the

person to whom Prof. Nutting refers (December, p. 1009) as “ the

member ” who, at the Rochester meeting, “ had the temerity to confess

that he was not sure that he knew the exact nature of an ‘acquired

character. ” I have been strongly impressed with the feeling that

argument against the position of Weismann and his followers is useless,

from the method of these writers in explaining away whatever proofs of

the hereditability of acquired characters one may bring forward. The

definitions of an acquired character are themselves sufficiently vague

and various, but the treatment of individual instances by the Neo-

Darwinians seems to preclude the possibility of argument. Prof.

Ward has well said that Weismann’s “ treatment of this point (hered-

itability of acquired characters) often borders on the dogmatic.” The

practice seems to be to use the definition as a stalking-horse to shield

the philosopher from the onslaughts of his opponents. If he is driven

into a corner it is easy enough to say that the character in question

is not acquired, but that there existed a predisposition to it; and while

he cannot afford any proof of the assertion and may not be able to

bring furward any reason for it beyond its convenience as a method of

escape, his opponent cannot dislodge him from his position. It seems

to me, as I said at Rochester, that much of this argument is but a war

of words; and Prof. Nutting has precisely indicated my own difficul-

ties concerning it.

I have been growing plants for a single generation in soils of

different chemical composition, the seeds having been taken from the

same fruit. These plants show characteristic differences, and when

the seeds from the different lots are sown in one soil the resulting

plants show that some of the novel characters become hereditary for a

generation or more. If I were to bring these experiments forward as

proof of the transmission of acquired characters, my opponents would

simply say, “Oh, well, these are not acquired characters; there was a

predisposition to them.”

I may remark here that an inexhaustible field for study of contem-

- poraneous evolution is afforded by common cultivated “plants ; and if

we are to consider acquired characters in the Darwinian sense, I fancy |

that no one could long be a horticulturist without becoming a con-

firmed believer in their transmission.—L. H. Barry, Cornell Univer-

sity. j

os pag ` ‘The American Naturalist. [February,

The Geological Survey of Alabama.—The Legislature four

years ago reduced the tax rate, unwisely, as now appears, for it has

caused the money in the treasury to run now about $200,000 short of

what is needed to carry on the affairs of the State. When the present

Legislature met and was confronted with this deficiency in the treas-

ury, the first thought was to reduce the expenses of the State within

the present income by retrenching in every direction. Accordingly a

number of bills were introduced aiming to cut off everything that we

could possibly do without. Among these bills was one prohibiting the

payment of any money to the survey for the next two years, saving

$15,000 on this item. Many of the members both of the House and

of the Senate were disposed to support this wholesale retrenchment if

by it the raising of the tax rate could be avoided; for the raising of

the rate would be an unpopular measure as a matter of course, and

would be made the most of by the enemies of the party in power.

Upon closer examination it has become perfectly evident to every one -

that the tax rate must be raised, for all the retrenchment proposed and

in any way possible will fall far short of remedying the trouble. But

some of the members are afraid to vote for raising the rate without, as-

an offset, voting to cut down every expense in the State to its minimum. —

While it is not likely that the extreme measures at first proposed will

pass, there may have to be some compromise that will cut off part of

the sum usually coming to the survey. There is no one fighting the

survey, for the sentiment is very favorable to us, but they may haveto

show that they have economized.— EUGENE A. SMITH.

Recent Deaths.—John Obadiah Westwood, M. A., F. L. S., hon-

orary president of the British Entomological Society, died January Lsa

Prof. Westwood was born in Sheffield in 1805. He was educated at

Litchfield and was appointed in 1861 to the professorship of zoology

founded at Oxford by the munificence of the late Rev. F. W. Hope. —

In 1855 the Royal Society awarded bim one of the royal medals

for his scientific works, and in 1860 he was elected to fill the place

of the illustrious Humboldt as corresponding member of the Ento-

mological Society at Paris. He wrote “Introduction to the Modern

lassification of Insects,” “ Entomologists’ Text Book,” published in ef

.1838 ; “British Butterflies and Their Transformations” in 1841, and

a number of other works of a similar nature. The number of his”

memoirs on special groups of insects is large, and he introduced many —

important forms to the scientific record. 2

Prof. J.G. Joessel, of the University of Strasburg, is dead. He was

3 born April 27, 1839, and was ordinary professor of anatomy.

ADVERTISEMENTS,

yspepsia

PeT: B Andrews; Jefferson

Medical College, Philadelphia, says of |

Horsford’s Acid Phosphate.

; |

« A wonderful remedy which gave me |

8 |

most gratifying results in the worst |

forms of dyspepsia.”

It reaches various forms of |

Dyspepsia that no other medi-

cine seems to touch, assisting

the weakened stomach, and

making the process of diges-

tion natural and easy.

Descriptive painphlet free on application to

Rumford Chemical Works, Providence, R. I.

Beware of Substitutes and Imitations.

Seed sale by all Druggists.

WE OFFER

INVESTORS

le security and from six to eight per cent.

annem, with privile ee of withdrawing their

money on short notic

Sinking Fund Mo painoi our specia

Home Savings and Loan Lain of

Minneapolis

d ine apital, Si ,000, 000,

Over $0001 a tors,

For pamphlet, "address

lea ig NE

hres

Eastern C

| 533 Drexel Building, PHILADELPHIA, vise

| [When answering, mention this Journal,]

IX PER CENT.

Approved Investments,

Principal & Interest Guaranteed.

W. C. RODMAN,

313 Drexel Bldg. PHILA., PA.

293.

ROUILLOT & CO.,

STOCK BROKERS,

125 S. 3rd Street, PERES

STOCKS ON MARGIN A SPECIAL

Pamphlets, Bulls and baa " showing how

it gò gons on application.

ih, Rocks, Fossils, Casts of Fossils, Geological Relief Maps,

Stuffed Animals and Skins, Mounted Skeletons, Anatomical

Models, Invertebrates.

Ward’s Natural Science Establishment,

Mineralogy, Geology, Paleontology,

Zoology, Osteology, Anatomy,

Send for Circular. sep gerbera N. Ye

B A CATCHEL Sole proprietor. 7 DESIGNING

PHOTO ENGRAVING

PENNSYLVANIA WOOD ENGRAVING

ENGRAVING COMPANY,

114 to 120 S Sevens Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

2. 32

“ Halftone ” photo engraving, ( ) from Photographs, Brush drawing, ete.

“Line or Stipple ” photo engraving ( ip electrotype or zine etching) made direct from Pen-

ings, Woodcut prints, ete.

CHEAPEST AND BEST METHODS KNOWN.

ncaa

= a specialty of handling SCIENTIFIC WORK, or extra difficult copy.

n ADVERTISEMENTS,

—

THE POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS,

Read what our publication is, and then become one of its regular patrons. s

The publishers of the Pia Science News for the past TWENTY-SIX

YEARS have endeavored to supply a Journal pery to the popular presenta-

tion of scientific facts and themes. Have they been successful? Not a single

issue has failed to appear during that period, and for a quarter of a century the

new Science News has met with the approbation a support of a large and a

tured list of subscribers in every State of the Uni

The Popular Science News, as its name i alien is a popular record of pro

gress in the entire range of the physical and natural sciences. Familiar tpu n

by Aera Sanitary “and Hygienic Topics, fill the pages of each number,

o be recognized as a “guide, philosopher and friend,” wherever it is

nown. i

The News is now edited by Austin P. Nichols, S. B., and Wm. J. Rolfe, —

Litt. D. It is the only low-price scientific paper published i in the country, and ‘

is especially devoted to presenting the latest facts and discoveries in science in

a simple and popular style that all can understand. Each issue is illustrated.

: Price, $1.00 per Year.

POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS CO.,

m BOSTON, MASS.

- THE COLUMBIAN ANNIVERSARY IN AMERICA.

The editor of the American Antiquarian is E a series of books on pir

COLUMBIAN TIMES, and now offers the following to the public

1. The Mound-Builders—their Works and Relics.

ll. Animal Effigies and Emblematic Mounds.

ll. Native Moths and Symbols—Unfinished.

Cliff Dwellers and Pyramid Builders.

THE AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN FOR 1893.

The year wie - te a memorable one o American Archzol ogy. The. AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN, | being the

first Journal d hij will an especially interesting

and i aE volume. A h ble fe f thi ie Fifteenth Yokas ‘will be a series of sketchei

of prom t America EWS ogists; th eannan will be used as frontispieces. There will be

variety nes articles on naib Antiquities xè gentlemen located in different parts of the Continent: =

them, Prof. W. H. Montgomery, of Utah, James SO of British Columbia, Mr. T. H. Lewis, of Minne i

er a series sor saat 3 etc. oe objects paare > in the Columbian Exposition by com P olmes

cussi ent t arch ologists, pape H.H ik

Rev. ¥

LL.D., and on the Palestine Exploration Fund, by Theodore sP. Wright. The editor Y ?

articles on the Relics of Egypt, Assyria and the Holy Land, as compared with American Relics,

— his chapters o on prehinoric America. a and Book Reviews will —* be valuable.

Price per Vol. $4. 00 or saith American cleat $6. 00.

Address the Publisher at Office of

AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN i

175 WABASH AVENUE, CHICAGO

THe Rev. STEPHEN D. PEET, Pu. D., Evitor at AVON, iLL

ADVERTISEMENTS. iii

AMERICAN MONTHLY

MICROSCOPICAL JOURNAL

14TH YEAR, 1893. PRICE INCREASED TO $2.00.

Beautifully Illustrated.

—— —